Bob Vilahttps://www.bobvila.comen-USThu, 20 Feb 2025 04:39:25 -0500WordPress 6.7.2hourly1<![CDATA[Have You Ever Cleaned the Underside of Your Deck?]]>The post Have You Ever Cleaned the Underside of Your Deck? appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/exterior/cleaning-under-deck/https://www.bobvila.com/?p=428744Wed, 19 Feb 2025 18:16:32 -0500ExteriorDeck, Patio & PorchDIYWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

It’s easy to notice when it’s time to clean your deck surface, and many of us make sure to keep that backyard deck as tidy as our interior gathering spaces. But, it takes a bit of effort to dip down below the deck and consider maintaining the underside. Unlike the foundation walls of your home, the deck structure is typically uncovered and at the mercy of whatever severe weather is thrown at it. So, it’s a good idea to go under the deck to clean away the muck and check the soundness of the structure every spring. It’s an investment in your family’s safety, the deck’s appearance, and the longevity of your deck.

If you need a bit more motivation, consider this: About half of the 60 million decks in the U.S. need to be replaced or repaired, according to the North American Deck and Railing Association (NADRA), so there’s a good chance yours might be one of them. And the Consumer Product Safety Commission estimates 2,900 injuries and two deaths were caused by deck, balcony, or porch failures between 2016 and 2019. So with safety top of mind, here are the key deck features to clean and check. 

Get a good look at the ledger board.

It’s usually easiest to use an electric pressure washer—like the Ryobi 40V 1500 PSI, which earned “best cordless” honors in our hands-on testing—to clean the underside of a deck. Since you are directing water up and around you while you are working underneath the deck, it’s best to start at the house and work your way out toward the yard. Plus, the connection between the deck and the house, called a ledger board, is the most common place that deck failures happen. By cleaning away any debris, you’ll be able to get a good look at the ledger connection to make sure it’s still sound and securely connected. 

Remove mold and mildew from joists and under decking.

While the method for cleaning under a deck is similar to cleaning the decking on the surface, there are a few more things to consider. Mold and mildew fans out in the gaps between the decking boards and then it layers on the joists below. Use a deck cleaner or brightener with oxalic acid to remove mold and mildew while rejuvenating the natural color of the wood. As you’ll be working overhead with a chemical, make sure to wear a face shield, gloves, hat, and waterproof jacket to protect your skin and eyes. 

The point isn’t to make the deck look like it was just built; it’s to get rid of mold, mildew, and dirt to reveal the deck surfaces so that you can get a good look at the structure and inspect its condition. 

A deck surface with water pooling on decking.
Photo: Deb Perry/Moment via Getty Images

Check for any water issues. 

If you have a shaded deck with lots of conifer trees around, the needles can collect between the decking boards and create an organic dam that makes it difficult to shed water. And then microbes gather and can rot decking. Blasting the collection of goo from below with a pressure washer can be easier than working from the top, if you have the room below the deck. While shooting water under the deck, you will also notice where water naturally pools, which can be a playground for insects. It’s a good idea to take care of that with improved drainage. 

Bonus tip: Another source of potential water issues under a deck is a downspout extension that’s typically under there. They often fall apart and just gush water under your deck. Make sure to check whether your drainage system is connected and directing water properly.

Maintain the health of deck posts.

In addition to the ledger board, the deck posts are what keeps the deck off of the ground. While they may seem indestructible, they aren’t. Posts can start to grey from photodegradation and particulate matter in the air. It’s a good idea to clean them annually and check that they are still sound. Since posts are treated for ground contact, the chemicals can fade over time. When we resurface an older deck, we will often treat the posts with a preservative to lengthen the serviceability of the posts. It just takes a few minutes to insert the preservative into the posts. 

A wood deck post with a preservative inserted into the post.
Photo: Theresa Clement, MyFixitUpLife for Bob Vila

Inspect areas that are always damp.

Before you turn on the pressure washer, you might notice that it’s a soggy mess underneath the deck. If it’s always damp underneath the deck, it’s a breeding ground for mold and mildew that can slowly eat away at your wood deck. Consider covering the ground with stones to help with drainage. For more serious drainage issues, you may need to install a more involved drainage system. 

Scan for missing fasteners. 

Sometimes fasteners become loose and some may even wiggle out over time. It seems like you would notice it, but if it’s under your deck and dirt has filled the fastener hole…you might not ever notice until you go underneath the deck to check. Clearing out dirt can reveal locations where you may need to replace or secure loose fasteners. 

Young rabbits in a burrow under a home deck.
Photo: Oxford Scientific/The Image Bank via Getty Images

Watch for critter problems.

While you are under your deck, you may notice evidence of unwanted guests living there. If you have a dog, you might already know there’s an issue since dogs will react to critters and then scratch at the decking surface to try to get at them. The issue with critters is that they often dig near the foundation and then shoot a plume of dirt into the yard while they dig. The other issue is that animals can go under your deck to die, which is never a pleasant situation to add to a weekend chore list. 

Add a few inches of gravel underneath the deck to make digging an unbearable task for critters, and add a critter wall around the perimeter of the deck to prevent most critters from accessing under there. Make at least one panel of the critter wall removable, so you can access under your deck when you need to clean it and check it again next year. 

Tip: If cleaning the deck reveals deeper concerns and issues, stop using your deck until a local deck inspector can evaluate your deck’s health and develop a plan for making it safe for your family and friends.

The post Have You Ever Cleaned the Underside of Your Deck? appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-19T18:16:32-05:00
<![CDATA[Homemade Ice Melt Recipes: 3 Solutions for When You’re Iced In]]>Fresh out of ice melt? Make your own homemade ice melt concoctions—and save yourself a tumble down the driveway—using materials you already have at home.

The post Homemade Ice Melt Recipes: 3 Solutions for When You’re Iced In appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/homemade-ice-melt/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=56727Wed, 19 Feb 2025 11:19:12 -0500ExteriorCleaning & OrganizingDIYDriveways & WalkwaysWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

A slippery coating of ice can bring your life to a grinding halt if you don’t have the means to get rid of it. While ice melt gets the job done, what if a surprise storm strikes after you’ve used up the last of your supply? Or maybe you’re trying to cut down on commercial ice melt out of concern for plants, pets, and the environment. In either scenario, DIY alternatives can help you clear ice off your car, sidewalks, driveway, and other surfaces. So, the next time you find yourself iced in, try one of these three homemade ice-melting solutions that use ingredients you probably have on hand.

1. For front steps, car windshields and doors, and other small areas, try rubbing alcohol.

Woman wearing black winter coat sprays homemade de-icer on an icy car windshield.
Photo: Tom Fenenga for Bob Vila

Alcohol has a much lower freezing point than water. This homemade de-icer recipe harnesses its ice-melting potential: Combine 4 gallons of hot water, 16 ounces of rubbing alcohol, and 1 teaspoon of dish soap. (The dish soap reduces the surface tension of the water, helping the solution spread more evenly.) Pour the solution over icy areas, and then use a shovel to clear off loose ice and water.

For icy car doors or windshields, pour some of the cooled solution into a spray bottle and spritz the frozen areas. Keep a bottle of this solution in the car so you’re ready if the windshield gets frosted over when you’re far from home.

Pro Tip

No matter which homemade ice melt you choose, it’s a good idea to also lay down a substance that adds friction, at least to surfaces anybody might walk on. Sand, rock salt, and kitty litter all do the trick.

2. For walkways and driveways, try salt.

Rock salt, or sodium chloride, is the most common (and cheapest) ice melt around. It works by lowering the freezing point of water, eventually breaking down the ice. If you don’t have any rock salt handy for de-icing, table salt can do in a pinch. For best results, remove as much snow as possible from the surface before applying the salt. Because of its small granule size, table salt will start working faster than rock salt, but it won’t provide the same traction. As well, table salt tends to turn ice into tough-to-move slush, while rock salt is more likely to break it down into manageable chunks. For small areas, such as the front steps, try mixing warm water with table salt and applying this solution; this method also works for unsticking car tires. Though cheap and usually plentiful, salt has a few drawbacks: It is not effective at the low temperatures that some of the best commercial ice melts can handle. As well, it can harm plants, corrode metal and concrete, and impact fish and wildlife if it gets into waterways, so avoid regular use.

3. If you have nothing else available, try fertilizer.

Ammonium sulfate, a common ingredient in commercial fertilizers, works by lowering the temperature at which ice melts. While it doesn’t melt ice immediately, it speeds the process along. If you have no other potential ice melt around, check your leftover fertilizer to see if ammonium sulfate is listed as a component. To use, scatter it over the ice. Although fertilizer can help melt ice, it’s not recommended. Overuse can harm plants, fertilizer chemicals can damage concrete surfaces, and fertilizer runoff from melting ice is an environmental concern.

The post Homemade Ice Melt Recipes: 3 Solutions for When You’re Iced In appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-19T11:19:12-05:00
<![CDATA[6 Smart Ways to Prevent a Soggy Yard with Every Rain Shower]]>Ward off water woes in your front, back, or side yard with a few improvements to your landscaping.

The following article is paid advertising created in partnership with SupplyHouse. Its facts and opinions are those of BobVila.com.

The post 6 Smart Ways to Prevent a Soggy Yard with Every Rain Shower appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/slideshow/6-smart-ways-to-prevent-a-soggy-yard-with-every-rain-shower-52840/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/6-smart-ways-to-prevent-a-soggy-yard-with-every-rain-shower/Wed, 19 Feb 2025 09:21:51 -0500ExteriorCurb AppealWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Get to know your yard drainage options.

istockphoto.com

The following article is paid advertising created in partnership with SupplyHouse. Its facts and opinions are those of BobVila.com.

In an effort to reduce the flooding that follows rainstorms, today’s subdivisions are designed to direct runoff toward easements and curbs so water safely heads to the community’s stormwater drainage system.

Unfortunately, that’s not always enough to prevent your property from looking a bit swampy after a storm. If, for example, your yard doesn’t have enough slope to allow rainwater to run off, you could end up with standing water that kills your grass, leaks through your home’s foundation, and even creates a perfect environment for mosquitoes to breed. Obviously, it’s a good idea to address drainage problems sooner rather than later.

If portions of your yard hold water every time it rains, first try contacting your local zoning and planning authority. They may be able to help fix the drainage issue at no cost to you.

It may turn out that the problem isn’t in their jurisdiction, but don’t panic. Homeowners can take measures to alleviate localized flooding. Daniel O’Brian, technical expert for SupplyHouse.com, shared the following drainage and landscaping techniques for reducing flooding and directing water where it’s supposed to go—away from your house.

Divert water underground.

istockphoto.com

During a rainstorm, the torrents of water that rush through the gutters and out the downspouts can contribute to flooding if they can’t easily run off your property. The problem may be low spots, or a single spot, in the yard that prevent these streams from running to the storm drain. If so, rainwater can be safely rerouted through a French drain, a perforated underground pipe that collects and directs surface water.

“French drains provide a relatively easy method of moving excess water from pooled areas to a curbside storm drain,” O’Brian says. Installation involves digging a trench from the low-lying area to the street and inserting a buried pipe into a bed of pea gravel within the trench. Flexible pipe (as opposed to rigid pipe) allows you to customize the configuration of the drain as needed to maneuver around tree roots or other permanent objects in the yard. Once the pipe is in place, it’s covered with pea gravel and then topped with soil and grass.

Improve the yard grade.

istockphoto.com

The slope of your yard determines where and how rainwater will drain, making it the single most important factor in preventing your yard from flooding. For efficient drainage, your yard should have a minimum slope of 2 percent away from your house—that’s a fall of two feet for every 100 linear feet of yard.

If your yard doesn’t have adequate slope, water can pool in various areas or even back up along the foundation of your house, where it can lead to leaks and serious foundation problems. You can improve the grade by spreading topsoil along the foundation and in low areas to facilitate drainage.

Clear water from flooded patios and walkways.

istockphoto.com and supplyhouse.com

When a patio or sidewalk sits lower than the surrounding yard, it can end up covered in standing water after a rainstorm, and this water can take days to evaporate. Until then, those paved areas are unusable.

Raising the level of a patio or sidewalk is labor-intensive and often cost-prohibitive, but it’s not your only option. “Storm drain channels offer an increasingly popular means of eliminating standing water,” O’Brian shares. “Installed along sidewalks or patios, they direct water away from foot traffic.”

A product like Fernco’s StormDrain Plus Channel with Grate (available from SupplyHouse) should be installed along the lowest slope of the patio or sidewalk, where it can connect to a buried French drain (discussed above). When it rains, water that runs onto the patio will drain through the grate, into the channel, and through the French drain to an easement or the curb.

Protect your foundation.

istockphoto.com and supplyhouse.com

Flooding near your home’s foundation can spell big trouble, especially if you have basement windows and window wells. Because they are located below ground level, these are prime spots for water to collect and inevitably leak into the home.

“Sump pumps—especially when equipped with a backup battery—can provide a fail-safe method for draining these window wells,” O’Brian says. Install a collection tank with a sump pump, such as the Zoeller Premium Cast Iron Submersible Sump Pump (available from SupplyHouse), directly beneath the window well. When the tank fills with water, the pump turns on and pumps the water out and away from the house.

Create a rain garden.

istockphoto.com

If low-lying areas of your yard are consistently under water after a storm, consider turning these swampy patches into attractive, all-natural solutions to your water trouble: rain gardens.

Typically, these plant beds fill depressions in the ground with porous soil and plants that thrive in standing water, such as ferns and Japanese silver grass.

A rain garden can be as big or as small as you need, or are willing to take on, to correct your runoff problems. For a yard with more than one area that floods, you can create multiple rain gardens, or you can opt to direct water from one low-lying area via a trench and a buried perforated pipe to a single rain garden.

Consider a dry well.

istockphoto.com and supplyhouse.com

If your property experiences flooding that soaks into the ground relatively quickly (within one to four hours), your yard may be a good candidate for one or more dry wells.

Dry wells, like rain gardens, are positioned in low-lying areas to collect water, but instead of being used to grow plants, the excess water is held in buried tanks and then slowly released into the surrounding soil. The top of the tank features a grate through which water can enter and homeowners can inspect the water level below.

You may opt to install a dry well in the runoff path of each downspout. Alternatively, you can direct water to a dry well via a buried French drain and perforated pipe, such as the FLEX-Drain 4-inch by 12-foot Perforated Flexible Pipe (available from SupplyHouse).

The post 6 Smart Ways to Prevent a Soggy Yard with Every Rain Shower appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-19T09:21:51-05:00
<![CDATA[12 Smart Ways to Lock a Door Without a Lock]]>Worried about home intruders, or staying at a hotel that isn't as secure as you'd like? Learn how to block a door from the inside.

The post 12 Smart Ways to Lock a Door Without a Lock appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/how-to-lock-a-door-without-a-lock/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=247494Tue, 18 Feb 2025 22:23:01 -0500DIYExteriorInteriorWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Locks are the best method for securing a door. But if a lock fails, the door doesn’t have a lock, or you don’t trust the lock situation in an apartment or hotel, you can take steps to ensure that the door and the home are secured. Even if the exterior door has a lock, extra security can help fortify a sliding door to the yard, and locking your bedroom door can keep your college roommate from wandering in.

While the best fix is often to install, rekey, repair, or replace a lock, we also know of some clever DIY hacks for how to lock a door without a lock. The following are quick, temporary solutions that can help you get a good night’s sleep without worrying about your safety.

1. Use a Doorstop

A wooden doorstop made of pine is being used to wedge open a door.
Photo: robcruse / Getty Images

Doorstops are typically used to prevent doors from closing. But when you place a doorstop against an inward opening door, it physically prevents someone from opening it, even if they can turn the door knob. It’s a simple, effective method to help secure a home when the door lock or latch is broken. For extra security, look for a doorstop with an alarm such as a siren or barking dog sound. A nonslip bottom is essential to help resist pressure, especially for travel-size doorstops.

A doorstop will not work on outward-opening doors, however. And with enough force, an intruder could manage to bypass a doorstop. Consider securing an outward-opening door with an additional method on this list for increased security.

2. Make a Barricade Using the Back of a Chair

White wooden chair in a family room with a white-grey chaise lounge.
Photo: iStock

Installing a quality door lock is important, but if you need to barricade a door using items you have around the house, look no further than your dining room: Sturdy chairs can be a good choice for keeping a door closed because you can angle them so that the top of the chair wedges under the door handle while the chair’s feet stay firmly planted against the ground. This creates pressure between the door and the floor along the back and legs of the chair, preventing the door from opening. 

The back of the chair also can block lever-style door handles from opening downward. If the door handle also can open the door with an upward turn, then this method isn’t as useful. In this case, tie a belt or rope to the lever handle from the chair as outlined next to prevent it from opening downward or upward.

3. Tie a Belt or Rope

Brown leather belt rolled up on a wood table.
Photo: iStock

Lever-style door handles tend to be easier to lock than door knobs because a belt or rope can help restrain the physical movement of the handle. Just attach one end of the belt or rope to the handle and the other to a fixed object. Consider using two tethers to completely prevent movement when the handle can open both upward and downward.

A belt or piece of rope also is a good option for securing an outward-opening door because the tether can be attached to a heavy indoor object like a refrigerator or couch. For French doors, wrap both handles with the tether, blocking them from opening.

4. Insert a Portable Door Lock

A portable door lock in the jamb of a white door with dark metal hardware.
Photo: iStock

These helpful devices are great for renters and travelers who cannot install more permanent solutions. As the name suggests, an Addalock portable door lock is designed so you can use and remove it as necessary. Most consist of a metal piece, sometimes referred to as a claw, that fits over the bolt or latch on the existing door knob, and a lock that fits into the claw to prevent the door from opening. These locks are less effective on outward-opening doors.

5. Install a Security Bar

Silver security bar across a white door.
Photo: iStock

For better protection against significant force, like intruders attempting to kick a door in or break it down with their shoulder, security bars can help. Security bars or barricades consist of a pair of heavy-duty brackets that DIYers can fasten to the wall or door frame, depending on the product. A thick metal or wood bar then sits in the brackets, blocking the entire width of the door. 

You can lift this security bar up and out of the brackets when you need to use the door, and can quickly place it back in the brackets afterward with very little effort. Security bars are not effective at securing outward-opening doors.

6. Stick a Fork in It

Silver fork detail on light shaded background.
Photo: Massimo Merlini / Getty Images

In a pinch, you can grab a simple fork to temporarily lock a door that opens inwardly. To secure the door, bend the tines of the fork so that the tips of the tines fit into the door latch and the rest of the fork can comfortably remain in the gap between the door and the door frame when the door is closed. Open the door and remove the fork, then break off the handle of the fork. 

Place the head of the fork back into the door latch as before, making sure that the bent tines are securely hooked to the door latch, then close the door. With the door closed, slide the handle of the fork through the tines, creating a horizontal barrier that prevents the door from opening inward.

7. Prop Up a Door Jammer

Door jammer leaning up against a white door on a wood floor.
Photo: Amazon

A door jammer is a simple alternative to DIY solutions for locking a door without a lock, and an especially good solution for securing apartment doors. These tools typically consist of a height-adjustable security bar with a rounded end designed to fit snugly under a door knob or door handle. The other end has a padded foot that is made to sit flat on the floor and resist sliding, creating a system that puts pressure on the floor if someone attempts to open the door inwards. For recommendations on the solution for your situation, refer to our tested guide to the best door security bars.

8. Install a Floor Barricade

Black floor barricade installed in front of a white door on a wood floor.
Photo: Amazon

Floor barricades are made up of two pieces: a base and a brace that can fit into or be removed from the base. Install a floor barricade by inserting screws through the base and into the floor. Make sure when opening the door that it will clear the top of the base before installing, so you can use the door when the brace is removed. When you want to secure the door, just insert the brace and it will prevent the door from opening inward. Using a floor barricade is a good choice to help prevent a break-in for people who can install it in their homes, but it isn’t an option for renters and travelers.

9. Remove the Door Handle

Young woman removing door knob from a white interior door.
Photo: Jose Luis Pelaez / Getty Images

While this isn’t the best option to keep the door secure, removing the door knob or handle entirely presents a challenge for anyone trying to gain access to the home (or an interior room). Without a handle, an intruder can’t open the door in the traditional sense, though anyone interested in using this method should keep in mind that with enough effort and one or more makeshift tools, a savvy person can turn the door mechanism even without a handle. It might be best to pair this option with another temporary door lock, such as a doorstop, or even a barricade.

10. Mount a Strike Plate Lock

Silver Strike Plate Lock on a white background
Photo: iStock

A strike plate lock is a small device that a DIYer can mount to the door frame. It works similarly to a standard door chain except that the strike plate lock has a metal loop that slips over the door handle to prevent the door from opening. This method is more secure than relying on a set of screws on the back of a door to keep the door secured against break-ins. Also, users can install a strike plate lock using the existing strike plate screw holes to prevent further damage to the door frame. Or place it high and out of kids’ reach to secure a wandering toddler.

11. Install Security Film and a Glass-Break Sensor

A hand reaching for a white glass break sensor.
Photo: Amazon

Not all doors are made with solid wood or metal, so it’s important to consider how to prevent someone from simply shattering the glass to access the door knob or lock. One of the best ways to increase the security of your front door with an adjoining glass panel or a glass door is to apply a security film to the door. The film will reinforce the glass and hold the shards together if shattered. 

However, with enough time and effort, a potential intruder might still be able to break through the film, so pair this setup with a glass-break sensor that will detect when the glass is broken and then sound an alarm. This sudden alarm paired with the unexpected protection of security film will typically dissuade would-be thieves and trespassers. 

12. Block a Sliding Door with a Broom Handle or Bar

A steel patio bar that locks a sliding door.
Photo: Amazon

Sliding doors are often installed at the back or side of the home, where they open into the yard. Even if you use security film and a glass-break sensor, these measures are only effective if the door has a functional lock. If the lock on your sliding door is not working or might not be robust enough to stop determined assailants, then you should wedge a security bar into the door frame or track. 

Alternatively, you can place a sturdy household object like a broom handle or a long wooden dowel to block the sliding door and prevent it from opening, thereby securing the back door even without a reliable lock.

The post 12 Smart Ways to Lock a Door Without a Lock appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-18T22:23:01-05:00
<![CDATA[Why You Should Never Knock Down Icicles Yourself—and What to Do Instead]]>The post Why You Should Never Knock Down Icicles Yourself—and What to Do Instead appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/exterior/how-to-remove-icicles/https://www.bobvila.com/?p=427564Fri, 14 Feb 2025 17:20:27 -0500ExteriorRoofingWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Icicles hanging off your house and glistening in the sun might produce a gorgeous winter scene, but they can also cause damage and be a safety hazard to your family, pets, and home. Icicles form as snow on your roof melts slowly when temperatures rise above freezing, but then refreezes as ice when long drips of water hit colder air. As multiple icicles form over time, the weight can put stress on gutters and the roof, leading to expensive repairs. Tiny icicles are harmless, but those at least 1 foot long or more should be addressed. 

Although it might be fun and satisfying to knock down the icicles yourself, that is not the best idea. These are sharp objects that can pierce anything below when they drop quickly to the ground. Plus, the act of removing icicles can essentially be as dangerous as the icicles themselves. 

Learn why you should not remove large icicles yourself, how to remove icicles properly with the help of a professional to avoid any injury or destruction to your home, and when it’s necessary to do so. 

Falling icicles can injure people, animals, and structures.

It’s risky business trying to knock down icicles yourself because these spear-like objects can injure you or others in the vicinity as they break from the side of your house. They tend to fall in unpredictable ways, so you might be caught by surprise and get hit on the head, which could easily cause bleeding and in some cases, a head injury like a concussion. You could also end up with bad bruises and even broken bones. While the icicles are hanging on the side of your house, be mindful that they could come crashing down at any time on people, pets, wildlife, and structures or objects like your car. 

Long icicles and snow overhaning the roof and gutter of a home.
Photo: georgeclerk/E+ via Getty Images.

Removing icicles can damage gutters.

If excess water can’t flow freely through gutters, icicles can form on them and weigh them down. This is often the result of heat inside your house keeping the roof warm, and causing snow to thaw. As the snow melts, water flows into the freezing cold gutter and forms icicles as it spills over the sides of the gutter. This typically happens if the gutters are clogged with debris like leaves, pine needles, and dirt that block the water from running down the rainspout. 

If you tear down the icicles, the gutters can break. This is a costly repair you want to avoid. If they break and your home lacks functional gutters during wintertime when snow and ice are melting, this can cause a real problem, including structural damage to your house. 

Knocking down icicles can harm the roof.

If heavy icicles weigh your roof down, there might be an ice dam issue. It is common for ice dams to form on roofs in cold climates. An ice dam results from snow that melts and then refreezes at the gutter or soffit due to an abnormally warm roof. Water pools up on the roof and gets trapped between shingles before it freezes, which can weaken the roof, loosen shingles, and even cause leaks in the interior of your home. Those leaks can damage walls, ceilings, and insulation.

Ice dams are most common on asphalt shingle roofs, but can form on other roofing materials, especially if the roof is flat. Icicles are inevitable with ice dams, but removing icicles could cause damage to the roof if not done properly. It is best to take steps to prevent ice dams.

Man cleaning leaves from gutters of house.
Photo: svetikd/E+ via Getty Images.

Take steps to prevent icicles from forming in the first place.

While it’s unlikely that you can prevent all icicles from forming on your house, you can take some measures to minimize their occurrence and help prevent winter weather damage to your home.  

  • Clean gutters regularly to prevent clogs from debris buildup, which ultimately can cause water to back up and freeze. 
  • Keep up with snow removal, such as by using a snow rake, since less snow on the roof means less melting water that can lead to icicles forming.
  • Hire a professional to install heating cables on your roof to keep the snow and ice melted.
  • Check that the insulation in your attic is adequate because warm air that heats up that space can end up melting snow in some areas of the roof, creating water that runs off the edge of the roof where it freezes into icicles or ice dams.
  • Ensure there is adequate ventilation at the ridge and soffits to help keep the attic cool enough to prevent snow melt. 
  • Replace or add a drip edge to the roof to help manage water flow and prevent roof and structural damage. 
Snow roof rake clears the snow off of a house roof.
Photo: Douglas Sacha/Moment via Getty Images.

Icicle removal is best left to the pros.

Even if you are tempted to save some money and rip those icicles down, try to contain yourself and make a phone call instead. Safe, proper icicle removal from a gutter or the roof is best done by a licensed contractor or roof cleaner. Besides the risks of getting hurt by the sharp ice itself, it is dangerous to work on ladders and a roof under snowy, icy conditions. Plus, pros know how to remove icicles in such a way that won’t destroy your gutters, roof, and siding. 

Pros also have the right tools, gear, and training to remove the icicles and prevent them from forming in the future. This includes gloves, a helmet, safety glasses, a long pole or broom handle, and an extendable roof rake. Before the next winter, take steps to help prevent yearly icicles.

The post Why You Should Never Knock Down Icicles Yourself—and What to Do Instead appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-14T17:20:27-05:00
<![CDATA[Dormer Windows: Styles, Pros, Cons, and Costs]]>The post Dormer Windows: Styles, Pros, Cons, and Costs appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/dormer-windows/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=96909Fri, 14 Feb 2025 16:47:30 -0500DesignArchitectureExteriorRoofingWindowsWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Located on the sloped side of a roof, a dormer window brings natural light into the top floor of a home. They can be a great addition to an attic space that’s being converted into a finished space like a home office or bedroom. 

“Dormers are a great way to improve usable attic space, but costs can quickly add up depending on the sort of roof that one is being added to, and how big the dormer might be,” says Mike Patterson, Production Manager for Smiley Renovations LLC in Bethesda, Maryland. “There are also considerations of what to do with HVAC, plumbing, or electric components, which might need to be modified or relocated. Those affect the budget as well.”

If you’re considering dormer windows for a new house construction or loft conversion, keep reading. We’ll explain the pros and cons and advise on the style options available.

What are dormer windows?

Blue New England-style home with dormers and a front porch.
Photo: Oleg Albinsky via Getty Image

So what is a dormer window? This type of window sits vertically in a framed structure that juts outward from the pitch of the main roof and features a little roof of its own above the window. Dormer windows are often associated with Craftsman, Queen Anne, Colonial, Greek Revival, and other traditional architecture styles, but they can be found on any style of house that has a sloped roof.

Dormer windows first appeared in residential roofs in 16th-century Britain, where they helped direct natural light into attic sleeping areas. In residential construction, the use of dormer windows hasn’t changed much over the past few hundred years. They’re still valuable for bringing light into attics and lofts, but today, homeowners are more interested in choosing a style of dormer window to complement their house design.

Dormer vs. Gable

There are a lot of terms that architects and contractors use when discussing roofs, and it can be difficult to keep all of them straight. Both dormers and gables are parts of roofs, but are distinct architectural features. 

A dormer is a perpendicular protrusion from a sloped roof. While dormer and dormer window are often used interchangeably, they aren’t the same. All dormer windows are part of a dormer, but not all dormers have windows. Those without windows are called blind or false dormers. The extensions create more usable square footage without the additional natural light boost that a window would provide. 

A gable is the flat triangular portion of a roof that has two sloping sides. There are types of gable houses; the terms depend on the orientation of the house—whether the entry door is on a gable side or the sloped side. Those that have the entry on the gable side are called front-gable homes. Side-gable homes have the entry on a slanted roof side. Dormers aren’t found on the gable, but windows can be on gables. 

Dormer Window Styles

The style of the roof above the window defines the style of a dormer window. Often, a dormer roof matches the style of the house’s main roof, but there are plenty of exceptions. While a house with a gable roof can have a gambrel dormer, a shed dormer, or another style, the dormer roof often matches the main roof style. The type of roofing material on a dormer window also typically matches the roofing material on the main roof. If the main roof has asphalt shingles, for example, the roof over the dormer window likely will as well. 

Tip: Don’t place roof shingles on the sides of the dormer. The sides should be treated with the same siding material as the rest of the house.

While both traditional dormers and modern dormers exist, the following dormer window styles are common on today’s homes. Your favorite might just be among these dormer window ideas.

  • Old grey nuanced brick with white trim cottage style Canadiana home facade with landscaped front yard in summer, Quebec, Canada. This image is property released. CUPR0285
  • Chatham, MA, USA - Shingle house in New England with gambrel dormer and beautiful landscaping.
  • Beige octagonal Sears house with hipped dormer.
  • Shed dormer on a house with a grey shingled roof.
  • Eyebrow dormers on a building in Sibiu, Romania.
  • Colorful, Victorian-style house with bonnet dormers.
  • A slate-roofed house with a wall dormer.
  • A timber clad house with a gravel drive and lucarne dormers.
  • Dutch-style building with red roof and blind dormers in Suriname.

Gable Dormer

The most common style of dormer window features a gable (a triangular roof with slopes of equal pitch) over the window. Since it resembles a traditional dog house, it’s often called a dog-house dormer by contractors. 

Gambrel Dormer

The roof on a gambrel dormer features a gable at the peak of the roof, but then descends into two steeper roof slopes on the sides of the roof. Gambrel roofs often appear on traditional Dutch Colonial homes and barns, since a gambrel dormer has a barn-like feel.

Hipped Dormer

Unlike a hipped roof that has four equal sloped sides, a hipped window dormer features just three roof planes, one on each side and a third parallel to the front of the dormer. The fourth side of the dormer is the interior of the house. The three planes slope upward and meet at a common point at the peak of the dormer’s roof.

Shed Dormer

This dormer has only one roof plane that slopes in the same direction as the slope of the main roof, but with a much shallower pitch. The pitch of a shed dormer is sometimes so slight that it appears to be almost horizontal. Some slope is necessary, however, to allow water to run off.

Eyebrow Dormer 

Instead of flat roof planes, an eyebrow dormer roof features a gently curved wave that extends up and completely over the window. An eyebrow dormer has no additional vertical wall sides and can give the impression of an eye peering out from under a hooded lid. These are often found on shingle-style and Tudor homes.

Bonnet Dormer

A bonnet dormer has a curved roof—like half of a cylinder—and vertical walls on either side of the window. It’s common to install arch-top windows in bonnet dormers so the top of the window matches the arch of the bonnet. Though they are not popular as contemporary dormer windows, bonnet dormers might be featured on homes from the late 19th century. 

Wall Dormer

This type of dormer can appear on any one of the above styles of roofs, but its defining feature is that the front of the dormer is an extension of the exterior wall below. Instead of setting back in the middle of the roof, the siding on the main part of the house continues right up into the dormer, making the front of the dormer flush with the front of the house.

Lucarne Dormer

Inspired by those found on Gothic cathedrals, residential lucarne dormers are typically tall and narrow. Originally created just for ventilation, most feature gable roofs above the windows but can have a hipped or other style. Some also refer to all dormers as lucarnes. 

Blind Dormer

While most dormer windows permit light into the loft, a blind (or false) dormer is for adding extra space or for architectural massing. From the street, a blind dormer can appear identical to an ordinary dormer window, but instead of the dormer opening into the interior of the house, it merely attaches to the surface of the roof. While it can increase the usable space inside the top floor, it can also serve merely as decoration.

Pros and Cons of Dormer Windows

Bed and lamp in a modern interior with a dormer window, flooded with sunlight.
Photo: Jon Lovette / Getty Image

Dormer windows are desirable not just for bringing in natural light and adding extra usable space; they also have exterior aesthetic appeal. A common misconception about dormer windows is that they make interior spaces smaller, but without a dormer window, there could be even less usable space. The dormer window opens up part of the floor area for a person or piece of furniture to occupy and increase the light into the space. Otherwise, the top floor space would need to be rebuilt with a flat roof or even a mansard, which was developed to create a more usable attic floor. 

If you’re considering adding dormer windows to a new house or having one retrofitted on your existing home, the following benefits and drawbacks might help in the decision-making process.

Pros

  • Interior illumination: Attics and lofts are naturally dim without a window to brighten the interior.
  • Increased living space: The interior area of a typical dormer window can serve as a sleeping or reading nook, or hold a dresser or bench.
  • Better airflow: An operable window in a dormer helps ventilate warm air out and fresh air in.
  • Exterior appearance: Dormer windows attractively break up the long expanse of a roof, adding character and style.

Cons

  • Added cost: It takes time and materials to build a dormer window, so installation cost is greater than the price of a roof without one. Plus, you might need to reroute HVAC, electrical, or plumbing, which adds to costs and might increase the number of trades that need to be involved in the project.  
  • Increased leak risk: Dormers, like chimneys, penetrate the main roof, which means there’s a greater likelihood of leaks. Flashing—a method of interweaving shingles and sheet metal—is necessary to reduce the risk of leaks. Still, penetrations remain more leak-prone than other parts of the roof.

Dormer Window Cost

According to HomeAdvisor, adding a dormer window costs an average of $12,000, and can range from $2,500 to $30,000 per window, depending on the style, size, roof framing, roof type, and material choice. Prefab dormers, like this dormer window kit for a shed or garage, are also an option. However, prefab dormers designed for a home can cost between $8,000 and $14,000.  

Shed dormers are usually the least expensive option, and more complicated eyebrow and arched dormer windows can cost the most to install. However, a dormer provides about a 40 percent return on investment. 

Dormer Window Installation

Young man checking plank on construction site under dormer window with exposed insulation.
Photo: UWE_UMSTAETTER / Getty Images

Installing a dormer window is not a DIY project. Putting in a dormer window is strictly a job for the pros. It involves working on the sloped roof, and often requires complex angle-framing. If it’s a retrofit, an engineer must design the reconfiguration of the rafters necessary to support and install the new dormer. 

Dormer Windows in New Home Construction

Framing contractors will construct the frame of the dormer at the same time they frame the roof structure. Sheathing (the plywood that covers the framing studs) is attached to the outside dormer walls and over the rafters of the main roof at the same time. The next step is the installation of a vapor barrier wrap over the sheathing on the vertical walls of the dormer. 

A pro usually installs the window next, and then the roofing contractor will install the roof shingles over the dormer roof and the main roof at the same time so there is no noticeable transition between the two—just a seamless layer of shingles over the entire roof. The sides of the dormer are clad in exterior wall cladding like siding. When the exterior is complete, the interior of the dormer is finished (painted and trimmed) at the same time the interior loft space is finished.

Dormer Windows in Remodeling Projects

When a dormer window is retrofitted in an existing house, the main focus is to reduce the amount of time you have a gaping hole in your roof. 

Timing

It’s essential to consider the season and weather when scheduling the construction of a new dormer. “Opening a house in winter or a rainy season is going to require a lot more protection efforts,” says Patterson. “The size and competence of the crew make a difference also. A larger crew, with everything well planned, materials pre-cut etc., will get the dormer weathertight more quickly than one or two guys just plodding along. Every day open, there is more risk of damage,” he says.

Find trusted local pros for any home project
+

For this reason, interior framing, such as alterations to the interior rafters or trusses (alterations that must be cleared by a structural engineer), is often done first, and then the contractor constructs the exterior frame of the dormer on the surface of the roof. 

Roof Framing 

When the interior framing is complete, the contractor cuts a connecting hole through the roof and then completes any necessary additional framing. “If the roof is made of trusses, any alterations need to be carefully looked at by a licensed professional engineer (PE),” says Patterson. “Stick-built roofs are a little easier to modify, but both require that the load path of the new dormer be properly installed down to the foundation—and still should use a PE. This can involve opening ceilings and walls below the work area to install posts or beams; adding costs that might not immediately be apparent.” 

The window is typically installed next and then the dormer can be wrapped with a vapor barrier before finishing the exterior and interior as desired.

Roof Shingles

If you’re thinking about retrofitting one or more dormer windows in an existing house, the best time to do it is when you’re replacing the shingles. That way, the roofing contractor can lay new shingles over the entire roof at the same time. This provides the most cohesive look because it can be difficult to perfectly match new shingles to existing ones.

Access to Finished Attic Space

“Another potential surprise can happen when deciding to turn an attic into finished living space, and that is how one gets up there,” says Patterson. “A steep attic staircase will likely need to be replaced with a code-compliant one, and space and money need to be found to do that work,” he says.

The post Dormer Windows: Styles, Pros, Cons, and Costs appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-14T16:47:30-05:00
<![CDATA[This Major Power Tool Brand Wants to Help You Clean Your Pool]]>The post This Major Power Tool Brand Wants to Help You Clean Your Pool appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/exterior/ryobi-pool-vac-news/https://www.bobvila.com/?p=427102Wed, 12 Feb 2025 13:05:58 -0500ExteriorCleaning SuppliesDIYLawn, Garden & PoolPool MaintenancePools & Water FeaturesReviewsWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Although best known for its DIYer-friendly electric power tools, Ryobi actually makes a pretty diverse portfolio of products. Over the years, the brand ventured into the world of vacuums with its cordless stick, handheld, and wet/dry vac (which we tested and consider one of the better compact wet/dry vacs). Now, this March 2025, Ryobi will expand its cleaning line even more to include its new and improved handheld pool vacuum. 

Powered by the brand’s flagship 18V One+ battery system, the handheld pool vacuum boasts a hose-free design, which means no more fighting with bulky and tangled hoses. The vacuum, instead, suctions everything into the removable debris tank. If you’re like me and have experienced frustration over tangled hoses while cleaning a pool, that’s quite a helpful upgrade! For greater reach, the handheld vacuum can also be used with a standard pool pole. The vacuum has an IPX8 rating and is submersible up to 13 feet. With a suction power of 13 gallons per minute and a wide inlet, this powerful handheld vacuum will make quick work of dirt and debris, including leaves. The large 1.7-liter tank will also allow pool owners to clean more before having to empty the tank. 

  • Person using Ryobi pool vac with pole to clean pool
  • Ryobi pool vac cleaning pool stairs
  • Person emptying Ryobi pool vac debris bin
  • Ryobi pool vac cleaning pool floor

The Ryobi 18V One+ pool vacuum will be available for $149 (tool only) or $179 (as a kit with 18V lithium battery) exclusively at The Home Depot

Ryobi wading into the waters of pool and hot tub cleaning is a pleasant surprise. Although, honestly, I’m not too shocked by the launch after having seen Ryobi launch everything from power scrubbers to coolers in recent years. It’s clear that Ryobi is on a mission to make its impressive rechargeable batteries even more versatile and useful for the average homeowner by adding these outdoor, cleaning, and even recreational gadgets to the collection.  The flagship One+ line includes more than 300 handy products that can run on 18V One+ batteries! So if you don’t already have a collection, maybe this is your sign to start one.

The post This Major Power Tool Brand Wants to Help You Clean Your Pool appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-12T13:05:58-05:00
<![CDATA[We Tested 2025’s Best Single-Stage Snow Blowers and Found 9 Top Models You Can Rely On]]>The best single-stage snow blower is made for clearing lighter snow or flat surfaces. We put the top picks to the test; see our results here.

The post We Tested 2025’s Best Single-Stage Snow Blowers and Found 9 Top Models You Can Rely On appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-single-stage-snow-blower/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=155705Mon, 10 Feb 2025 18:37:23 -0500ReviewsDIYDriveways & WalkwaysExteriorToolsTools & MaterialsWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Single-stage snow blowers are compact and lightweight, offering an affordable and highly maneuverable alternative to full-size machines while still eliminating the back-breaking work of shoveling. But when gas, cordless, and corded options can cost between $100 and $1000, it’s hard to know how much you need to spend to get a model you can rely on. That’s why we researched dozens of popular options before testing nine you can trust to clear your driveways and walkways.

After using these tools in a variety of snowy conditions and reaching out to an expert for their opinions, we selected the Snow Joe 24V-X2-SB18 48V Ionmax Snow Blower as our best overall electric model and the Troy-Bilt Squall 208E 21″ Snow Blower as the top gas option. Both machines offer consistent performance and impressive clearing abilities. By reading through the pros and cons of the snow blowers on our list and familiarizing yourself with the features of these machines that matter most, you will be well positioned to choose one of the best single-stage snow blowers for your property.

  1. BEST OVERALL ELECTRIC: Snow Joe 24V-X2-SB18 48V Ionmax Snow Blower
    ↓ Jump to Review
  2. BEST OVERALL GAS: Troy-Bilt Squall 208E 21″ Snow Blower
    ↓ Jump to Review
  3. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: Greenworks 13-Amp 20″ Corded Snow Thrower
    ↓ Jump to Review
  4. UPGRADE PICK: Ego Power+ Peak Power 21″ Snow Blower
    ↓ Jump to Review
  5. BEST LIGHT-DUTY: Wen 5664 Snow Blaster 18″ Electric Snow Thrower
    ↓ Jump to Review
  6. BEST MEDIUM-DUTY: DeWalt 21″ 60V MAX Single-Stage Snow Blower Kit
    ↓ Jump to Review
  7. BEST HEAVY-DUTY: Ryobi 40V HP Brushless 21″ Whisper Snow Blower
    ↓ Jump to Review
  8. BEST SELF-PROPELLED: Toro Power Clear 721 E 21″ Gas Snow Blower
    ↓ Jump to Review
  9. BEST BATTERY LIFE: Greenworks 60V 22″ Single-Stage Snow Blower
    ↓ Jump to Review
A close-up photo of single stage snow blower after use with snow on it
Photo: Zach Lazzari for Bob Vila

Before You Buy a Single-Stage Snow Blower

Compared to traditional two-stage machines, single-stage snow blowers are lighter, more mobile, and better suited to light- to moderate-duty jobs. For folks who regularly get severe storms with several feet of heavy snow at a time, these machines might be underpowered. 

However, if you’re looking for a good snow blower that can clear smaller amounts of snow on average-size driveways and walkways, a single-stage model will be a relatively cheap snow blower that still offers plenty of convenience power. 

Single-Stage Snow Blowers Comparison Chart

Product NameTypeWeightClearing Width
Snow Joe 24V-X2-SB18 48V Ionmax Snow BlowerCordless electric37.5 pounds18 inches
Troy-Bilt Squall 208E 21″ Snow BlowerGas100 pounds21 inches
Greenworks 13-Amp 20″ Corded Snow ThrowerCordless electric50.6 pounds21 inches
Ego Power+ Peak Power 21″ Snow BlowerCorded electric32 pounds18 inches
Wen 5664 Snow Blaster 18″ Electric Snow ThrowerCordless electric59 pounds21 inches
DeWalt 21″ 60V MAX Single-Stage Snow Blower KitCordless electric52 pounds21 inches
Ryobi 40V HP Brushless 21″ Whisper Snow BlowerGas84 pounds21 inches
Toro Power Clear 721 E 21″ Gas Snow BlowerCordless electric65.5 pounds22 inches
Greenworks 60V 22″ Single-Stage Snow BlowerCorded electric32 pounds20 inches

Our Top Picks

Just ahead are some of the best single-stage snow blowers in a variety of categories, all tested in tough conditions. Each of these snow blowers are capable of clearing driveways and sidewalks after moderate snow events.

Best Overall Electric

Snow Joe 24V-X2-SB18 48V Ionmax Snow Blower

 The Best Single Stage Snow Thrower Option: Snow Joe 24V-X2-SB18 48V Ionmax Snow Blower
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Two 24-volt batteries; 40 minutes of runtime each
  • Quadruple-bladed steel auger cuts 10 inches deep
  • Moves up to 10 tons of snow per charge
  • 180-degree adjustable snow chute

What We Don’t Like

  • Plastic blade can chip on hard gravel or debris

Specs

  • Type Cordless electric
  • Weight 37.5 pounds
  • Clearing width 18 inches

This Bob Vila Approved product carries our brand’s highest level of recommendation.

Bob Vila Approved badge

Bob Vila Approved recognizes the household and DIY products that impressed us most in our real-world testing and that exemplify core values of the Bob Vila brand, including craftsmanship, innovation, and value for the dollar. Winners of this designation come recommended by our professional review team and are personally approved by Bob Vila.

This battery-powered snow blower from Snow Joe is made to rival the power of a standard two-stage snow blower. Equipped with two rechargeable 24-volt (V) batteries, it offers up to 80 minutes of runtime and can throw up to 10 tons of snow per charge. Its 18-inch auger is rubber tipped, can cut a 10-inch-deep path, and works noticeably faster than other models. In some instances, it also threw snow farther than the 20-foot mark claimed by the manufacturer.

We chose this Snow Joe cordless snow blower as the best electric snow blower because it’s very functional, moderately priced, and a solid, consistent performer in a variety of conditions. At a relatively light weight of 37.5 pounds, it’s plenty easy to push around and manage. It also has a nice set of LED headlights to increase visibility in dark conditions. 

Shoppers seeking an economical single-stage snow blower with plenty of power, simple operational features, and great performance won’t be disappointed.

What our tester says: “We were so impressed by how quickly the batteries on this Snow Joe charged. But they also lasted long enough for us to make it through full snow-clearing sessions during testing, which is a big part of why this model was a clear favorite.”—Zach Lazzari, Product Reviews tester and writer

Read our full review: Snow Joe 24V-X2-SB18 48V Ionmax Snow Blower

Get the Snow Joe single-stage snow blower at Amazon (with cover and scraper), Walmart, Best Buy, or Blain’s Farm & Fleet.

Best Overall Gas

Troy-Bilt Squall 208E 21" Snow Blower

 The Best Single-Stage Snow Blower Option: Troy-Bilt Squall 208E 21-Inch Snow Blower
Photo: The Home Depot

What We Like

  • Easy to start, runs efficiently, and is impressively quiet
  • Auger throws snow with remarkable force
  • Fairly affordable for a high-quality gas-powered snow blower

What We Don’t Like

  • Wheels may be too small for deep snow

Specs

  • Type Gas
  • Weight 100 pounds
  • Clearing width 21 inches

The Squall is a smooth-running unit with an efficient 208 cubic centimeter (cc) 4-stroke engine, meaning it doesn’t require users to mix oil and gas as with a 2-stroke machine. Its user-friendly design features an easily accessible gas-fill neck and an oil fill that doesn’t require any manipulation of the machine or leveling. The unit’s electric start performed flawlessly, repeatedly firing up on the first push.

During testing, we really appreciated how quiet the engine ran and how easy it was to push this snow blower around, especially considering how loud and heavy gas models can be. We were impressed with the auger’s ability to virtually vacuum up snow before projecting it through the chute at high speeds. While its standard-size half-gallon fuel tank may seem small, the machine’s efficiency allowed us to clear multiple properties without needing to refill. The 100-pound machine pushed along easily, even though its wheels are smaller than is ideal for deep snow. Overall, however, this gas snow blower is perfect for moderate storms and snow loads under 12 inches. 

What our tester says: “We tested several gas models that performed exceptionally well, so assigning this award wasn’t easy. Ultimately, the Troy-Bilt Squall took the top prize, but we think shoppers will also want to take a hard look at the Toro self-propelled model. Both snow blower brands excel in the gas snow blower design with reliable engines and smooth functionality.”—Zach Lazzari, Product Reviews tester and writer

Get the Troy-Bilt single-stage snow blower at The Home Depot, Walmart, or Northern Tool + Equipment

Best Bang For The Buck

Greenworks 13-Amp 20" Corded Snow Thrower

 The Best Single-Stage Snow Blower Option: Greenworks 13-Amp 20-Inch Corded Snow Thrower
Photo: Walmart

What We Like

  • Clears a 20-inch swath of snow with each pass
  • Discharge chute throws snow up to 20 feet
  • Rubber auger blades don’t damage pavement
  • Attractive and affordable price point

What We Don’t Like

  • Corded operation can be inconvenient
  • Requires an extension cord, which is not included

Specs

  • Type Corded electric
  • Weight 32 pounds
  • Clearing width 20 inches

At just 32 pounds, this corded electric Greenworks 20-inch snow thrower is almost a mini snow blower, yet our tests proved it’s powerful enough for clearing snow up to 12 inches deep on small driveways, walkways, and decks. Though the manufacturer doesn’t advise operating it in heavy snow, we did try to tackle some deeper snow and found the ramping-up technique quite effective. The unit put out consistent power without requiring us to stop and recharge a battery. Of course, that meant we always had to be within access to an outlet, which generally involved using an outdoor-rated extension cord we had on hand.

While this model does have a clip that helps secure its cord to prevent it from accidentally unplugging, it was sometimes still challenging to wrangle the long cord in areas with multiple obstacles. Still, there’s a lot to like about using this unit to remove snow: its push-button start is convenient, and controlling the chute is simple via a lever located just below the handle. Although our model did not include LED lights, Greenworks makes a version with the option, which would make nighttime snow removal much easier.

Get the Greenworks 20-inch single-stage snow blower at Walmart.

Upgrade Pick

Ego Power+ Peak Power 21" Snow Blower

 The Best Single-Stage Snow Blowers Option: Ego Power+ SNT2112 Peak Power Snow Blower
Photo: Amazon

What We Don’t Like

  • Large wheels make it easy to push
  • Throws snow up to 40 feet for clearing large driveways
  • Handles can fold for easy storage
  • Extended battery life provides plenty of working time

What We Like

  • Can be challenging to push up hills

Specs

  • Type Cordless electric
  • Weight 50.6 pounds
  • Clearing width 21 inches

For those looking to invest in a machine with some unique features, the Ego Power+ cordless snow blower could be just the ticket. This model can throw snow up to 40 feet, far exceeding many single-stage units. That impressive distance, along with the adjustable discharge chute and steel auger, makes plowing large snow piles easy—even in icy conditions.

This Ego snow blower features a 21-inch capacity, which is a bit larger than most comparable models. It comes with two 56-volt 5.0 amp hour (Ah) batteries that can power the brushless motor long enough to clear snow off a 12-car driveway. The adjustable throttle also allows the user to regulate the power and battery as needed. This unit even has a folding handle with quick-release levers that make it easy to store. The only downside to this Ego is that it is on the heavier side, but the extended battery life is definitely a plus that cannot be ignored. 

What our tester says: “During testing, this model performed exceedingly well. It was easy to operate and push, even over less-than-smooth terrain. We also enjoyed the folding handle with quick-release levers, as it made storing this model a breeze.”—Zach Lazzari, Product Reviews tester and writer 

Read our full review: Ego Power+ Peak Power 21″ Snow Blower

Get the Ego Power+ single-stage snow blower at AmazonLowe’s, Ace Hardware, or Walmart.

Best Light-Duty

Wen 5664 Snow Blaster 18" Electric Snow Thrower

 The Best Single Stage Snow Thrower Option: Wen 5664 Snow Blaster 18 Electric Snow Thrower
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Lightweight, portable snow blower
  • 13.5-amp motor clears snow up to 7.8 inches deep
  • Can move up to 490 pounds of snow per minute

What We Don’t Like

  • Requires some assembly and an extension cord
  • Not designed for deep snow removal

Specs

  • Type Corded electric
  • Weight 32 pounds
  • Clearing width 18 inches

This 13.5-amp electric blower by Wen is a lightweight, 32-pound machine designed for use in small areas. It can clear an 18-inch swath of light to medium snow accumulation up to 7.8 inches deep and features a 180-degree rotating chute that’s easy to adjust with minimal effort. Despite its compact and simple design, we found it to be a powerful and effective tool for removing light snowfall as well as wet snow (if we gave it a little extra push). 

This Wen requires a cord to function, so it’s best in areas with convenient access to electricity—we found it most useful on our front steps and deck. The plastic auger worked surprisingly fast, and the throwing distance was more than ample for those spaces. We also liked that this unit has a folding handle that makes it easy to transport and store. 

Get the Wen single-stage snow blower at Amazon or Wen.

Best Medium-Duty

DeWalt 21" 60V MAX Single-Stage Snow Blower Kit

 The Best Single-Stage Snow Blower Option: DeWalt 21-Inch 60V MAX Single-Stage Snow Blower Kit
Photo: Ace Hardware

What We Like

  • Impressive 21-inch clearing path
  • Steel auger is tough enough for hard, icy snow
  • Electric controls enable quick throwing-direction changes

What We Don’t Like

  • Auger angle control requires manual adjustment

Specs

  • Type Cordless electric
  • Weight 59 pounds
  • Clearing width 21 inches

With this medium-duty model, DeWalt introduces some great features into the electric snow blower market. It’s one of the few single-stage options available that has a steel auger, making it great for chopping through ice and wet snow. It also offers an impressive 21-inch width so users can process more snow in less time, and its batteries provide about 40 minutes of continuous runtime. 

During testing, the DeWalt worked through light snow with no resistance, and once conditions iced up, it continued to do really well. We had to use a bit more effort as the snow got heavier, but the auger was more than capable and still threw snow reasonably far. We were also impressed by how easy it was to change throwing directions via this machine’s electric tab-style buttons. If you need a snow blower that’s a bit more powerful than a light-duty model but not as heavy-duty as a two-stage machine, the DeWalt is a great choice.

Get the DeWalt single-stage snow blower at Tractor Supply Co., Ace Hardware or The Home Depot.

Best Heavy-Duty

Ryobi 40V HP Brushless 21" Whisper Snow Blower

 The Best Single-Stage Snow Blower Option: Ryobi 40V HP Brushless 21-Inch Whisper Snow Blower
Photo: The Home Depot

What We Like

  • 21-inch clearing width and 13-inch clearing depth
  • Variable-speed auger throws snow more than 35 feet
  • Whisper-quiet operation and LED light bar
  • Handle-mount controls are comfortable and easy to use

What We Don’t Like

  • Not a self-propelled option
  • Plastic tires aren’t as durable as rubber ones

Specs

  • Type Cordless electric
  • Weight 52 pounds
  • Clearing width 21 inches

With its multiple batteries and 40 minutes of runtime, this Ryobi snow blower boasts plenty of long-lasting power and excellent snow-blowing capabilities. The 40V brushless single-stage unit comes with a push-button start, a variable-speed rubber-metal auger (the center shaft of the auger is metal while the blades are rubber), and handle-mount control for an overall ergonomic design. 

This Ryobi has a 21-inch clearing width, a 13-inch clearing depth, and a 1.4-watt LED light bar. It comes with dual 7.5Ah batteries as well as a charger. Want more? It also has whisper-quiet operation (purportedly 84 percent quieter than other snow blowers) and launches snow over 35 feet. 

During testing in a huge storm event in the Sierra Nevada mountains, this model really stood out. The batteries charged quickly, and it was capable of churning through heavy snow with minimal force. The charging port does only accept one battery at a time, but for most users, this is still a high-performance machine that will get the job done.

Get the Ryobi single-stage snow blower at The Home Depot

Best Self-Propelled

Toro Power Clear 721 E 21" Gas Snow Blower

 The Best Single-Stage Snow Blower Option: Toro Power Clear 721 E 21-Inch Gas Snow Blower
Photo: Tractor Supply

What We Like

  • Self-propelled 212cc 4-cycle overhead valve engine
  • Throws snow up to 35 feet
  • 210-degree chute features a locking deflector
  • Folds for compact storage

What We Don’t Like

  • For use on paved surfaces only
  • Heavy compared to similar models

Specs

  • Type Gas
  • Weight 84 pounds
  • Clearing width 21 inches

Those wanting to quickly remove snow without having to push a heavy snow-removal tool can rely on the Toro Power Clear 721 E. This self-propelled snow blower has an electric start and comes with Curve Technology that easily shreds through snow. Its auger is durable and strong, making this unit a candidate for pushing the limits of single-stage capabilities. The locking deflector on the 210-degree chute allows users to direct where the snow goes after it has been picked up. 

This Toro nearly snagged the best overall gas model, and it’s certainly one of the best and most powerful single-stage snow blowers we tested. The gas motor is powerful, efficient, and even relatively quiet. Though it’s not on par with electric models for reduced noise, the trade-off is that users won’t even need to wait for this machine to recharge. The fact that the Toro is self-propelled is a major bonus, as this will save users the effort of pushing through difficult snow. The only downside is that changing chute angles and throwing directions is done manually. It’s a quick process, but there are no controls within reach of the handle area. 

Get the Toro 721 E single-stage snow blower at Lowe’s, Tractor Supply Co., Ace Hardware, or The Home Depot.

Best Battery Life

Greenworks 60V 22" Single-Stage Snow Blower

 The Best Single-Stage Snow Blower Option: Greenworks 60V 22-Inch Single-Stage Snow Blower
Photo: Tractor Supply Co.

What We Like

  • 2 powerful 5.0Ah batteries and a dual port charger
  • Runs for up to 60 minutes; recharges in about 45
  • Folding handle enables easy transport and storage
  • LED headlights enhance visibility during heavy storms

What We Don’t Like

  • Not self-propelled

Specs

  • Type Cordless electric
  • Weight 65.5 pounds
  • Clearing width 22 inches

While battery-powered tools offer the convenience of cordless operation and minimal maintenance requirements, the compromise in power and runtime can make them impractical. Not so with this snow blower from Greenworks. The 60-volt, 22-inch model doesn’t look especially beefy, but its two 5.0Ah batteries really pack a punch. They deliver exceptional power and longer runtimes so users can work up to an hour to get big jobs done.

It’s hard to overstate the benefits of more battery power. We found the battery life to be a huge bonus during bigger storms and when the neighbors needed a hand with snow removal. The dual charging port also offers simultaneous or alternate charging for near-continuous use. 

Outside of the batteries, this unit also performed as well as any of those tested. It has great auger speed and throwing distance as it zipped right along, clearing a wide 22-inch path. It’s not self-propelled, but otherwise, we had zero complaints about the quality of this machine.

Get the Greenworks 22-inch single-stage snow blower at Tractor Supply Co. or Walmart

Jump to Our Top Picks

How We Tested the Best Single-Stage Snow Blowers

We tested a range of electric and gas single-stage snow blowers in a series of Montana and Sierra Nevada storms. We evaluated each unit’s ease of assembly and functionality on concrete as well as light gravel, if applicable. We looked at overall performance, auger quality and speed, snow-throwing distance, battery life, and build quality. 

Since the storms during our tests delivered everything from a few inches of powder to a foot of heavy snow alongside temperatures as low as -10 degrees Fahrenheit, we got a great idea of how well these machines’ batteries and gas motors could hold up in difficult conditions. After rating each unit based on the above factors, we assigned awards to worthy models. 

What to Consider When Choosing a Single-Stage Snow Blower

According to Wes Bollingmo, Channel & Product Support Manager at Toro, one of the most important things to consider when choosing a snow blower is its type, and that doesn’t mean gas or electric. Wes says, “While fuel types do matter in the buying process, it’s much more important to ensure you have the proper type of snow blower: single-stage, in-line two-stage, or two-stage.” After that, you can look into things like power source, clearing width and depth, ease of use, and additional features.

Type/Power Source

The best snow blowers come in corded electric, battery-powered, and gas-powered varieties. 

  • Electric snow blowers are typically designed to clear light snow up to about 8 inches deep. They must be plugged into an outlet with an extension cord, limiting their performance slightly and making them best for minimal snowfall levels and relatively short sidewalks and driveways. Since they’re lightweight enough to lift and move, they’re also handy for clearing snow from decks and steps.
  • Cordless snow blowers are convenient battery-powered machines ideal for light to medium snowfall and spaces that can be cleared in 30 to 40 minutes. To extend this runtime, some models come with a spare battery that users can swap in if needed. Generally speaking, single-stage cordless models are lighter and more compact than gas units. 
  • Gas-powered snow blowers boast more power than electric and battery blowers and don’t restrict their operators to the length of an extension cord. They can clear away deep and heavy snow all along the driveway and then continue down the sidewalk and clear the neighbor’s drive as well. They’re generally more expensive and louder tools and also require more snow blower maintenance to stay operational across seasons.

Toro’s Wes Bollingmo does point out, however, that the power difference between gas and electric machines is becoming less substantial over time. “Thanks to recent technological advances, today’s battery-powered snow blowers offer performance comparable to gas models, making fuel type less of a deciding factor than in years past,” he says. Still, since power source can impact ease of use, it remains a relevant consideration.  

Weight

Weight plays a significant role in how easy it is to push or turn a snow blower. Though a large snow blower can clear a driveway in fewer passes than a small snow blower, bigger machines are harder to maneuver.

Most single-stage gas snow blowers weigh at least 80 to 100 pounds, while corded and cordless blowers weigh closer to 30 to 60 pounds. Those needing something lighter may want to consider a handheld snow blower, snow thrower, or electric shovel snow blower

Clearing Width and Depth

Before choosing the best single-stage snow blower, it’s important to consider the width and depth of snow the machine can clear with each pass. Most single-stage machines can clear paths between 15 and 22 inches wide—and the wider the path, the faster you’re finished. 

Intake height determines the depth of snow each tool can remove with each pass, and most single-stage snow blowers have an intake depth between 7 and 12 inches. A good rule of thumb is to choose a snow blower with an intake depth 2 inches higher than your area’s average snowfall. 

Wheels, Tracks, and Terrain Type

Wheeled snow blowers feature two large rear wheels that drive the machine forward, while tracked models have tracks similar to those found on a military tank. 

  • Tracked snow blowers provide significantly better traction in the snow, making them better able to climb steep slopes without slipping backward. Most tracked models are two- or three-stage snow blowers, as single-stage models typically don’t produce enough power to drive the tracks. They also operate more closely to the surface, leaving a thinner layer of snow and ice on a driveway or sidewalk than wheeled models. 
  • Wheeled snow blowers are easier to turn since tracked models don’t pivot. Wheel sizes for single-stage snow blowers range from 6 to 8 inches. Larger wheels perform better in deeper snow, while smaller wheels are easier to maneuver. While wheeled blowers are generally faster than tracked models, some higher-end tracked blowers offer faster speed and turn-on-a-dime technology that makes them comparable in speed and maneuverability. 

Terrain type will influence which of these design options is best for a specific user. Paved surfaces, such as driveways and sidewalks, are best suited for wheeled snow blowers. Tracked snow blowers are better suited for unpaved surfaces. Grade also has a significant impact; steep driveways require a snow blower with good traction and enough power to pull it up a snow-covered slope.

Speed Control

Speed control in a snow blower can refer to both the speed at which you can move the machine as well as the speed of the auger. Gas snow blowers can be quite heavy, so many shoppers prefer self-propelled models to make pushing them faster and easier. Battery-powered blowers are generally lighter and feature digital drive systems that help optimize output without unnecessary effort.

Blowers with variable-speed augers can be useful for adapting to different types of snow. If the snowfall is nice and light, increasing the speed at which the snow is scooped and thrown through the chute will make it easier to move the machine. For heavy, packed snow, you will need to slow the blower to give the machine time to discharge it without clogging. 

Chute Control

The chute, a curved, hollow tube that extends from the back of the intake on a snow blower, provides a route for the snow to be thrown from the machine. On most blowers, a manual crank or lever lets users change the angle and direction of the snow being displaced. 

Premium snow blowers, however, have auto-rotating chutes that users turn by pushing a button near the handle, which doesn’t require the machine to be stopped. The angle on some chutes also can be changed to allow the snow blower to throw snow even further.

Additional Features

Single-stage snow blowers often boast some extra features to improve ease of use. 

  • Electric start is a useful feature for gas snow blowers. This typically involves a push-button ignition that replaces the standard pull start and choke.
  • Heated handles may seem luxurious, but personal safety is an important part of working outdoors in freezing temperatures. The heat generated by the handles helps keep the user’s fingers warm in the cold air and makes it easier to hold and control the snow blower.
  • Drift cutters help clear deep drifts of snow. The cutter’s metal housing collects and pushes snow down into the auger for removal.
  • Headlights make it easier and safer to clear snow at night or in dim lighting.
  • Automatic safety shutoffs turn off the snow blower when the user releases the handle.

We asked Corey Welch, founder and CEO of Mow & Snow, an on-demand snow removal and lawn care company in Canada, which of these features he appreciates most on a snow blower. He said, “Headlights are a game-changer for early mornings or late evenings, and heated handles are a luxury that keeps your hands from freezing during long jobs.” Anyone looking to increase comfort and ease of use will want to look for a model with these features.

FAQs 

If you still have questions about single-stage snow blowers, we suggest you refer to the answers to common FAQs below before putting on your work boots and heading outside. 

Q. What’s the difference between single-stage and two-stage snow blowers?

The biggest difference between a single-stage vs. a two-stage snow blower is power. Most single-stage snow blowers can handle a maximum of 7 to 12 inches of snow, whereas two-stage snow blowers can tackle up to 2 feet. The “stage” term refers to how each blower removes snow. 

A single-stage snow blower has an auger that both gathers and blows away the snow. A two-stage snow blower, in comparison, has an auger that sucks up the snow and an impeller that launches it into the air. In addition to being able to remove deeper snow, two-stage snow blowers also have larger intakes that range in width from 20 to 36 inches. 

Q. What size cord is suitable for a single-stage electric snow blower?

The length of the extension cord depends on the gauge of the power cable. A 12-gauge cord will work up to 100 feet, while a slimmer 14-gauge cord only extends about 50 feet.

Q. How do I start a single-stage snow blower in the cold season?

Getting a snow blower started depends on its power source. Keep these tips in mind for electric and gas-powered machines: 
Corded electric: Plug the unit into an outlet and press the start button. These models take their power from an AC power source, so there are no issues with low-temperature start-ups. 
Cordless electric: Some electric snow blowers will not start if the battery is too cold. It’s a good idea to store lithium-ion batteries at room temperature to prevent this issue. 
Gas-powered: Gas snow blowers with a pull-start motor may be challenging to start in low temperatures. Make sure to use lightweight motor oil, such as 5W-30, which is designed to operate at low temperatures. 

Q. How do I change the fuel filter on a single-stage snow blower?

Periodically changing the fuel filter ensures contaminants won’t find their way inside the engine and negatively impact performance. The fuel filter is usually located between the fuel pump and fuel tank. 
Change the filter by removing the two hoses that connect to it, making sure to keep the hoses pointing upward to prevent fuel from leaking out of the tank. Install the new filter by attaching the hoses to the line leading from the fuel tank and the line leading to the engine.

Q. What fuel does a single-stage snow blower use?

A single-stage snow blower might use gas, corded electricity, or a battery as its fuel.

Q. Are single-stage snow blowers any good?

Yes, single-stage snow blowers are good, though they aren’t right for everyone. If you live in an area with light to medium amounts of snowfall and don’t have an especially large property, a single-stage snow blower can provide effective performance and affordability.

Q. Can you use a single-stage snow blower on grass?

The augers on single-stage snow blowers are designed to clear snow down to the ground, so using them on grass is not recommended. They may damage your lawn or even pick up debris that can damage your machine.

Meet the Testers

Zach Lazzari is a freelance writer splitting time between the great outdoors, travel, and DIY projects ranging from camper builds to home renovations and maintenance. His home base in Montana is the perfect testing grounds for winter products and snow equipment. With over a decade of professional writing experience, he also covers a variety of other projects and maintenance topics for Bobvila.com.

Tom Scalisi is a full-time DIY and construction writer for many of the largest websites in the industry, including BobVila.com, This Old House, Family Handyman, and Forbes. He also owns and operates a pest control blog called RiddaBugs.com.

Additional research provided by Tony Carrick.

The post We Tested 2025’s Best Single-Stage Snow Blowers and Found 9 Top Models You Can Rely On appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-10T18:37:23-05:00
<![CDATA[Keep Your Snow Blower Running Efficiently With These High-Quality Oil Options]]>Keep your snow blower in good working order and ready to go when needed. Read on to find recommendations on the best oil for snow blower upkeep.

The post Keep Your Snow Blower Running Efficiently With These High-Quality Oil Options appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-oil-for-snowblower/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=154594Fri, 07 Feb 2025 04:00:41 -0500ReviewsDIYDriveways & WalkwaysExteriorToolsTools & MaterialsWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

High-quality oil for snow blowers helps keep your gas snow blower in peak condition, making starting and running it easier and smoother so you can clear wet winter weather quickly. However, knowing which oil type is best for your machine can be a challenge, so we researched dozens of popular snow blower lubricant options and reached out to an expert for their insights on choosing the right one. 

Based on our efforts, we learned that the best-performing oil should flow easily through a snow blower engine, even in the coldest temperatures, without leaving deposits and grime. That’s why we chose the Pennzoil Platinum Full Synthetic 5W-30 Motor Oil as our top pick: This synthetic engine oil offers excellent performance in extreme cold and washes away dirt as it flows through, helping extend the life of snow-blowing tools season after season. 

Read on to learn more about the features that make a motor or car oil appropriate for a snow blower, and see the rest of the best oils for snow blowers on the market today. 

  1. BEST OVERALL: Pennzoil Platinum Full Synthetic 5W-30 Motor Oil
    Jump to Review
  2. RUNNER-UP: Briggs & Stratton 5W-30 Synthetic Engine Oil
    Jump to Review
  3. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: Valvoline Advanced Full Synthetic SAE 5W-30 Motor Oil
    Jump to Review
  4. BEST FOR SMALL ENGINES: Briggs & Stratton 5W-30 Low-Temp Small Engine Oil
    Jump to Review
  5. BEST FOR 2-CYCLE ENGINES: Klotz TechniPlate 2-Stroke Snowmobile Oil
    Jump to Review 
  6. MOST VERSATILE: Castrol GTX High-Mileage 5W-30 Motor Oil
    Jump to Review
A person using a snow blower lubricated with the best oil for snow blower option
Photo: depositphoto.com

Best Oils for Snow Blowers Comparison Chart 

Our Top Picks

Our top picks feature oils specially formulated for cold weather, and many also have additives that help keep snow blower engines free of harmful dirt and deposits. Any of the following recommended products will help keep your snow blower running smoothly.

Best Overall

Pennzoil Platinum Full Synthetic 5W-30 Motor Oil

 The Best Oil for Snow Blowers Option Pennzoil Platinum Full Synthetic 5W-30 Motor Oil
Photo: Lowe’s

What We Like

  • Suitable for snow blowers and car engines
  • 5-quart size has 2 handles for controlled pouring 
  • Protects for long periods of time

What We Don’t Like

  • Oil losses can occur with intense friction

Specs

  • Volume: 1 quart (other sizes available)
  • Configuration: 5W-30
  • Type: Synthetic

Seasonal machines, such as snow blowers, often sit idle for months before they are needed, which allows time for impurities and gunk to build up. However, Pennzoil’s Platinum motor oil washes dirt and deposits out of the engine as it passes through, helping to extend the life of the machine while ensuring it starts when the next snowfall arrives. As a fully synthetic clear 5W-30 oil made from natural gas, this pick can keep your snow blower engine up to 45 percent cleaner than standard oils. 

Pennzoil Platinum comes in 1-quart, 5-quart, and 55-gallon bottles, and buying a larger volume might be smart since it also works in car engines. Another thing we really like about this product is the 5-quart bottle has handles on both the top and the side, making it much easier to pour without making a mess.

Get the Pennzoil oil for snow blowers at Lowe’s, Ace Hardware, The Home Depot, Walmart, or Blain’s Farm & Fleet.

Runner-up

Briggs & Stratton Synthetic Small Engine Motor Oil

 The Best Oil for Snow Blowers Option Briggs & Stratton 5W-30 Synthetic Engine Oil
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Helps maintain a clean engine
  • Suitable for use in other garden equipment
  • Enables a smoother snow blower start

What We Don’t Like

  • More expensive than similar options

Specs

  • Volume: 1 quart
  • Configuration: 5W-30
  • Type: Synthetic

This Briggs & Stratton 5W-30 small engine oil is well suited to snow blowers—its use makes starting engines in cold temperatures easier while also minimizing oil consumption. As a synthetic oil, it lasts longer (up to 5,000 hours in a snow blower) and stays thinner at lower temperatures than conventional oils. 

With a high-temperature viscosity rating of 30, this oil is also a good option for other 4-cycle small engines that operate in hot temperatures, including lawn mowers. The 1-quart bottle has convenient measurements on the side that allow the user to see exactly how much snow blower oil is left. 

Get the Briggs & Stratton synthetic oil for snow blowers at Amazon (2-pack), Walmart, or Briggs & Stratton.

Best Bang for the Buck

Valvoline Advanced Full Synthetic SAE 5W-30 Motor Oil

 The Best Oils for Snow Blower Option: Valvoline Advanced Full Synthetic SAE 5W-30 Motor Oil
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Provides excellent wear protection
  • Slightly more budget-friendly than competitors
  • Configured specifically for cold conditions

What We Don’t Like

  • Bottle may leak if stored incorrectly

Specs

  • Volume: 1 quart
  • Configuration: 5W-30
  • Type: Synthetic

Valvoline 5W-30 weight motor oil is a synthetic formula with additives that provide 50 percent more wear protection than standard motor oils. The included detergents flush sludge and harmful deposits from the engine, which is significant for small 4-cycle engines that are used only when it snows. 

This snow blower oil’s low cold operating viscosity is ideal for winter-use tools, while its 30-weight high-temperature viscosity rating also makes it suitable for warm-weather machines like lawn mowers. This Valvoline product comes in a 1-quart bottle, but a 5-quart bottle with a pour spout is also available. 

Get the Valvoline oil for snow blowers at Amazon (6-pack), Lowe’s, Walmart, or Tractor Supply Co.

Best for Small Engines

Briggs & Stratton 5W-30 Low-Temp Small Engine Oil

 The Best Oil For Snowblower Option: Briggs & Stratton SAE 5W-30 Snow Thrower Oil
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Ideal for use in cold temperatures
  • From a brand known for high-quality products
  • Specially suited for small engines

What We Don’t Like

  • Quite pricey compared to similar products

Specs

  • Volume: 1 quart
  • Configuration: 5W-30
  • Type: Synthetic

Made by one of the best-known names in small engines, this Briggs & Stratton 4-cycle oil is specially formulated for use in small engines. The synthetic formula comes in a 1-quart container with a handy gauge on the side that allows users to see how much oil is left in the bottle. 

With its 5W rating, this snow blower engine oil works well in machines operating at temperatures below 50 degrees Fahrenheit. It also has a high-temperature viscosity of 30, making it suitable for use in warmer-weather motors like power washers or lawn mowers. 

Get the Briggs & Stratton 4-cycle oil for snow blowers at Amazon or Briggs & Stratton.

Best for 2-Cycle Engines

Klotz TechniPlate 2-Stroke Snowmobile Oil

 The Best Oil for Snow Blowers Option Klotz TechniPlate 2-Stroke Snowmobile Oil
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Made for temperatures as low as -48 degrees Fahrenheit
  • ISO-EGD compliant for engine protection 
  • Formula helps extend engine life 

What We Don’t Like

  • Reports of leaky packaging

Specs

  • Volume: 4 quarts
  • Configuration: TC-W3
  • Type: Synthetic

Made for cold temperatures as low as -48 degrees Fahrenheit, the Klotz TechniPlate Snowmobile oil is designed for with 2-cycle engines like those in ATVs, motorcycles, race cars, and, of course, snow blowers. It works with stock engines or modified ones made by all leading manufacturers, including Ski-Doo, Arctic Cat, Polaris, and Yamaha as well as C-TEC and E-TEC engines. 

This clean-burning synthetic formula is TC-W3 certified and ISO-EGD compliant for reliability and efficiency. It’s made to improve throttle response and prevent plug fouling and can be used as an injection oil by pouring it directly into the tank or as a pre-mix product by blending it with gasoline. 

Get the Klotz oil for snow blowers at Amazon or Klotz.

Most Versatile

Castrol GTX High Mileage 5W-30 Motor Oil

 The Best Oil for Snow Blowers Option Castrol GTX High-Mileage 5W-30 Motor Oil
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Provides immediate engine protection on startup
  • Lasts for extended periods and still look clean
  • Suitable for both cold and hot weather

What We Don’t Like

  • Bottle shape is awkward for filling a snow blower

Specs

  • Volume: 5 quarts
  • Configuration: 5W-30
  • Type: Synthetic

With technology designed to protect engines and improve performance, this 5W-30 Castrol GTX motor oil features Castrol’s sludge and wear protection additive. It prevents buildup, extending the life of engines both large and small.

Castrol GTX also makes it easier to get a pull-start engine running, and once you start your snow blower’s engine, the oil quickly coats it to provide immediate protection. Additionally, this option features the optimal 5W oil rating for winter use and a 30 high-temperature viscosity rating for hot weather. 

Get the Castrol oil for snow blowers at Amazon, Lowe’s, Tractor Supply Co. (1 quart), The Home Depot (1 quart), or Walmart (1 quart).

Jump to Our Top Picks

How We Chose the Best Oils for Snow Blowers

To provide shoppers with a list of top picks for snow thrower and snow blower oils, we primarily considered oil type and viscosity. 

Oil type: Synthetic oil is the best choice for snow blower motors because it can handle lower temperatures and resist breakdown better than conventional oil. 

Viscosity: Our recommendations are all variations of 5W-30, which is the ideal oil viscosity for snow blowers. The products we selected include budget-friendly versions for occasional use and heavier-duty options that come at a slightly higher price point. Most of the picks on our list are also versatile enough for other home and garden equipment and suitable for both cold and hot weather conditions.

What to Consider When Choosing Oil for a Snow Blower

The right oil can make the difference between a snow blower not starting because it has a gummed-up engine and one that kicks on without issue. Ahead, learn how viscosity, snow blower oil type, and other factors affect engine performance in a snow blower. 

Type

Gas-powered snow blowers use 4-cycle engine oil, a type of oil for snow blower engines that uses separate tanks for gas and oil, much like car engines. The gas fuels the engine, while the oil lubricates it. 

Smaller engines, such as those on chainsaws, have 2-cycle engines. This type of small engine uses an oil and gas mixture that goes into one tank. Don’t use 2-cycle engine oil in a snow blower, as it will not properly lubricate the engine and will damage it. The motors on electric snow blowers don’t require engine oil.

Identifying the right type of engine oil is easy. The oil container has “4-cycle” or “2-cycle” clearly printed on the label. Although some 4-cycle engine oils are labeled for “small engines,” they are actually the same oil commonly used in cars and trucks. 

Viscosity

Viscosity refers to the thickness of the oil. Higher viscosity oil is better at protecting and lubricating engines at high temperatures and peak load (high RPMs). Oil with a low viscosity remains thinner at lower temperatures, promoting better flow through the engine, making it easier to start and more efficient to run. 

Viscosity is based on a scale created by SAE International, formerly known as the Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE). Motor oil has two viscosity ratings: 

  • The first rating—the “W” (for “winter”) after the number—represents the cold temperature viscosity. For example, an oil rated 5W flows better at lower temperatures than a 10W oil. 
  • The second number indicates the high-temperature viscosity. For example, an oil with a high-temperature viscosity of 30 stays thicker at higher temperatures. 

Since snow blowers operate exclusively in cold weather, they typically use SAE 5W-30 weight oil, which ensures the engine will start at low temperatures. Make sure to check the maintenance section of your operating manual for the proper snow blower oil weight for your machine.

Synthetic vs. Standard

Not all 5W-30 engine oils are the same. Some engine oils are synthetic, which means they use higher-quality base oils than conventional oils. Synthetic lubricants can generally withstand higher temperatures and resist breakdown better. This means synthetic oil in a snow blower will last at least 50 percent longer than conventional oil, so you’ll probably need to perform less frequent snow blower maintenance

Many synthetic oils also contain additives to help improve engine performance and extend engine life. Additives include detergents that flush grime and buildup and chemicals that coat engine parts to enhance lubrication.

For these reasons, synthetic oils are generally more expensive, often costing several times more than conventional oils. Still, proper maintenance of a quality snow blower will likely run you less than the cost of snow removal if you live in an area with relatively frequent snowfalls. 

Versatility

The 4-cycle engine oil that snow blowers use is the same oil used in any 4-cycle engine, which means it’s also an appropriate oil for lawn mowers, power washers, and even cars and trucks. 5W-30 oil provides adequate protection during both cold and warm weather. 

Engine oil generally comes in 1-quart bottles, which is ideal for snow blowers since they hold about that much. It also comes in 5-quart containers and large, multi-gallon drums, but since its shelf life is generally around 5 years, it’s important not to buy more than you need. To store 5W-30 oil, keep it tightly sealed in a cool, dry environment. 

FAQs 

Even though you now know a fair bit about oil for snow blowers, you may still have additional questions. For details on deciding which type of oil in a snow blower is best to use and how often to replace it, read answers to some frequently asked questions below. 

Q. Can I use synthetic oil in my snow blower?

Yes, synthetic options are likely the best oils for snow blowers. Synthetic oils are refined to run cleaner, leaving fewer deposits in the engine. Many also include additives that clean grime and sludge from the engine to improve performance. 

Q. Can I use car oil in my snow blower?

Yes. Snow blowers, like cars, are 4-cycle engines, so they use the same type of motor oil. Use a motor oil weight with a low-temperature viscosity rating, such as 5W-30, since snow blowers must run during cold weather. 

Q. How do I know which oil is the right one for my snow blower?

Snow blowers operate in frigid temperatures, so the most important factor to consider is viscosity. Use motor oil with a low-temperature viscosity rating, such as 5W-30, to ensure the snow blower starts easily and runs smoothly. 

Q. What happens if I put too much oil in my snow blower?

Adding too much oil to a snow blower, or any 4-cycle engine, will cause the oil to rise and come in contact with other moving parts around the engine, aerating the oil and creating a huge mess.

Q. How often should I change my snow blower oil?

According to Christ Urato, owner-operator of Urato Landscaping, LLC, you should perform a snow blower oil change “after the first 5 hours of use for new snow blowers, then every 20 to 50 hours of operation or once per season, depending on usage.”

Q. What is the life expectancy of a snow blower?

A well-maintained snow blower should last around 10 to 15 years, but actual lifespan will depend on build quality and frequency of use. Performing regular maintenance tasks and avoiding common snow blower mistakes will help your machine last as long as possible. 

Q. Should I run my snow blower out of gas at the end of the season?

“Yes, running it dry prevents stale fuel from gumming up the carburetor and causing maintenance issues,” says Chris Urato, a landscaper and snow-removal provider from Goshen, New York. 

Q. How long should you let a snow blower warm up?

If you have a gas snow blower, you can give it 2 to 5 minutes before use so oil has time to run through the engine and lubricate it. If you have a battery-powered blower, there’s no need to let it warm up. 

The post Keep Your Snow Blower Running Efficiently With These High-Quality Oil Options appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-07T04:00:41-05:00
<![CDATA[How to Finish Concrete]]>Finishing is a step that turns freshly poured concrete into a strong, smooth surface before it fully sets. Here’s how to do it properly.

The post How to Finish Concrete appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/how-to-finish-concrete/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=284874Thu, 06 Feb 2025 15:36:36 -0500DIYDeck, Patio & PorchExteriorFoundationsWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

When you need to repair a sidewalk, create a space to store a trash can, or build a small storage shed, a few basic concrete skills come in handy. A small concrete slab doesn’t cost much to DIY, and the process is straightforward.

However, grading the soil, assembling concrete forms, and mixing and pouring concrete require a bit of planning. It is also no small amount of physical work. Properly finishing the concrete will ensure that the new slab looks great, resists cracking, and remains functional for many years to come.

After the concrete has been poured into the forms, it’s time to start finishing. The concrete finishing process transitions the freshly poured concrete into a strong, smooth surface before it fully sets. Doing it well calls for close attention to the condition of the wet concrete, and properly timing each step.

Read on to learn about the necessary tools, techniques, and timing for a strong, durable, and attractive finish on concrete. After reading this article, you will better know how to finish concrete.

Tools & Materials

Bobvila.com may earn a commission from purchases made through these links.

Project Overview

Working Time: 30 minutes
Total Time: 2 hours
Skill Level: Beginner
Estimated Cost: $15 or more, depending on tools that need to be purchased

Before You Begin

Wet concrete is highly alkaline, so the first order of business is to protect yourself from the risk of chemical burns. Whether you are mixing, pouring, or finishing concrete, be sure to wear rubber gloves to keep your hands safe, and safety glasses to protect your eyes.

Also wear long pants, a long sleeve shirt, and if you’ll be standing in the wet concrete, rubber boots. If your bare skin comes into contact with wet concrete, rinse it off with plain water right away.

Before beginning the essential job of finishing, bear in mind these helpful tips:

  • Concrete projects are weather-sensitive. Hot (above 80 degrees) or cold (below 50 degrees) weather complicates the finishing process. For beginners, a cloudy day with moderate temperatures and no rain in the forecast is best for pouring and finishing concrete.
  • Timing is critical. Each of the steps ahead is tied to the condition of the concrete. Steps 1 through 3 are done immediately after the pour, before water rises to the surface. Wait for “bleed water” to appear and evaporate before resuming steps 4 through 6. Step 7 is to be done after the concrete has completely cured.
  • Avoid over-handling wet concrete. Doing so can cause the different sizes of aggregate within the concrete to separate, weakening the final slab.
  • Use a flat shovel or trowel, if needed, to move and spread the concrete. Round point shovels do not spread concrete evenly.

Step-by-Step Guide to Finishing Concrete

Step 1: Spread the wet concrete evenly to completely fill the forms.

Wet concrete slab
Photo: Debbie Wolfe for Bob Vila

Immediately after pouring the concrete, make sure that the concrete form is completely and evenly filled. It may be necessary to move some of the wet mix from high spots, using a trowel or flat shovel, to fill voids.

If the form appears to be full and the surface is even, use a hammer to gently tap the form on all sides. This vibrates the wet concrete and helps it settle in place, preventing air pockets from forming in the face of the concrete.

Step 2: Screed the wet concrete level at the top of the form.

Using a trowel to smooth concrete slab.
Photo: Debbie Wolfe for Bob Vila

The purpose of screeding is to make the concrete surface perfectly flat and level with the top of the form. For all but the smallest projects, it helps to work with a partner on this step.

  • Lay the narrow edge of a long, straight 2×4 board across one end of the form.
  • Use a quick sawing motion to slide the screed board across the surface of the concrete from one end of the form to the other.
  • Use a trowel to pick up excess concrete from high spots and fill in low spots.
  • Screed 3 or four times, or more, until the whole surface is flat. Smoothing concrete at this point is not necessary.

Step 3: Float the surface of the concrete before bleed water appears.

Using rounded edge tool on wet concrete
Photo: The Home Depot

Floating concrete embeds the aggregate and begins to pull excess water to the top of the concrete. A handheld float or darby will suffice for smaller projects, but a bull float is a better option for large slabs. For best results, raise the leading edge of the tool slightly as you move it across the surface.

Use long sweeping strokes to smooth the entire surface of the concrete. Don’t worry about creating a perfect texture at this point. We will cover how to smooth concrete in step 6. After floating, allow the concrete to rest for at least 15 minutes before moving to the next step.

Step 4: Edge the concrete after the water evaporates from the surface.

You may only need to wait 15 minutes after floating the concrete, or it could take several hours. When the surface water disappears, it’s time to begin the finishing touches, starting with the edge. A rounded edge helps prevent breakage and chipping at the edges.

Use a handheld edging tool to shape the rounded edge all the way around the perimeter of the slab. As you move the edger along the form, keep the leading edge slightly raised and apply gentle downward pressure on the following edge.

Step 5: Add contraction joints at the proper depth and spacing.

Person smoothing out fresh concrete sidewalk
Photo: iStock

A flat concrete surface is subject to cracking that diminishes both the appearance and durability of the slab. Adding grooves, or joints, minimizes uncontrolled cracking by providing space for expansion.

With a clean 2×4 board as a guide, use a handheld groover to score expansion joints from edge to edge into the surface of the concrete. These joints should penetrate ¼ the depth of the concrete, or 1-inch deep for a slab that’s 4 inches thick. Space them between 2 and 3 feet apart for each inch of thickness, so every 8 to 12 feet for a 4-inch-thick slab.

Step 6: Broom the surface or refine it with a trowel.

tarp covering concrete slab while it cures
Photo: iStock

The earlier stages of finishing concrete leave the surface flat and uniform but with an inconsistent texture. The final tooling depends on your project preferences. Brooming establishes an even textured surface, while troweling concrete at this stage makes the surface of the concrete smoother.

If you prefer smooth concrete you can trowel finish concrete immediately after adding the expansion joints. Begin at a distant edge and work backwards to avoid marring the finished work. Move the trowel across the surface in broad sweeping motions with moderate downward pressure, always with the leading edge slightly raised.

For all-weather functionality, a broom finish looks good, remains durable for years, and offers good walking or driving traction. Wait until the concrete has dried to the point that it no longer exhibits a wet sheen. Then, with a stiff bristle broom, applying just enough pressure to raise the texture of the concrete, brush across the surface in long straight lines.

Tried-and-True Advice

“The slab is something you will look at regularly so take the time to tamp out air, trowel everything evenly and edge for a perfect form. I love a smooth trowel finish for smaller slabs, but brooming is far more efficient while working larger surfaces. Spend as much time as needed to get the final surface evenly finished, and your project will look fantastic.”

—Zach Lazzari, Contributing Writer

 

Step 7: Protect the slab until it hardens, then seal it after curing.

After all that hard work, protect the still-pliable concrete surface from foot traffic, falling debris, and rainfall for at least 24 hours or until the concrete is dry. Use scrap lumber laid across the forms to support a covering of tarps or plastic sheeting. This covering will also prevent the slab from drying too quickly which could cause cracking under certain conditions. Do not allow foot traffic for 3 to 4 days, and no automobiles for a week.

It takes about 4 weeks for a new slab to fully cure. After 28 days, it’s time to apply a protective concrete sealer. Concrete sealer prevents surface damage, corrosion, and staining, extending the life of the slab.

Final Thoughts

Some jobs call for the services of a professional contractor, but pouring and finishing a small concrete project does not have to be one of them. The timing of each step is critical and you’ll need to pay close attention to the moisture level of the concrete. With a good plan and the right tools, finishing concrete isn’t difficult. Following the steps outlined above, many DIYers can apply a durable and attractive finish on a freshly poured slab.

The post How to Finish Concrete appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-06T15:36:36-05:00
<![CDATA[We Cleared Nearly 400 Feet of Pavement to Find the 10 Best Snow Blowers]]>The best snow blower can help clear your driveway quickly and efficiently. We recently put our top snow blower picks to the test. Check out our results and some shopping tips.

The post We Cleared Nearly 400 Feet of Pavement to Find the 10 Best Snow Blowers appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-snow-blower/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=84991Wed, 05 Feb 2025 16:47:07 -0500ReviewsDriveways & WalkwaysExteriorTools & MaterialsWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

When snowflakes start to fall, it can be tempting to run out and buy the first snow blower that fits your budget. After all, these specialized tools make it much easier to tackle tough snow-clearing tasks. However, it’s worth taking a little time to learn which machine will work best for your climate and specific driveway and walkways rather than snapping up the first one you see. To help make the process much quicker, we used over 35 top models to remove snow and ice from hundreds of feet of pavement and gravel. 

Our top pick? The Troy-Bilt 2890 Storm Tracker—a powerful machine with excellent traction, a wide clearing path, and an easy-to-maneuver touch-sensitive steering system. Depending on how much snow you typically receive and whether your property is flat or sloped, this may or may not be the ideal model for you. Keep reading to learn more about all of the best snow blowers that made our list and get helpful insights from an expert in the snow blower industry.

  1. BEST OVERALL: Troy-Bilt 2890 Storm Tracker Snow Blower
    Jump to Review
  2. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: PowerSmart Two-Stage Gas Snow Blower
    Jump to Review
  3. UPGRADE PICK: Cub Cadet 2X 30″ Max Snow Blower
    Jump to Review
  4. BEST BATTERY: Ego Power+ 24″ Snow Blower With Peak Power
    Jump to Review 
  5. BEST SINGLE-STAGE ELECTRIC: Snow Joe 48V 18″ Ionmax Single-Stage Snow Blower
    Jump to Review 
  6. BEST TWO-STAGE ELECTRIC: Toro 24″ Power Max e24 60V Two-Stage Snow Blower
    Jump to Review 
  7. BEST HEAVY-DUTY: Toro Power Max HD 828 OAE Two-Stage Gas Snow Blower
    Jump to Review
  8. MOST VERSATILE: Ryobi 40V HP Two-Stage Self-Propelled Snow Blower Kit
    Jump to Review 
  9. ALSO CONSIDER: Troy-Bilt Storm 2600 Two-Stage Snow Blower
    Jump to Review
top three of the best snow blower options set in a driveway
Photo: Zach Lazzari for Bob Vila

Snow Blower Comparison Chart

Our Top Picks

To help you select the right snow blower, each of the following reviews details important aspects like fuel source, surface compatibility, clearing width and depth, and ease of use. They also discuss unique insights gained from our hands-on tests so you can find the best fit.

Best Overall

Troy-Bilt 2890 Storm Tracker Snow Blower

 The Best Snow Blower Option: Troy-Bilt Storm 26-Inch 208cc Gas Snow Blower
Photo: The Home Depot

What We Like

  • Excellent traction on loose and icy surfaces
  • Broad 28-inch-wide swath
  • Touch N’ Turn power steering

What We Don’t Like

  • Track system makes it more expensive

Specs 

  • Type: 2-stage
  • Width: 28 inches
  • Self-propelled: Yes

The Troy-Bilt Storm Tracker makes clearing snow on paved, gravel, or dirt surfaces easier than ever. With its 28-inch clearing width, powerful auger and drive system, and tracks for superior traction, this machine is an absolute beast in big storms. The 272 (cubic centimeter) cc motor has plenty of power for big jobs, and the many drive settings allow for perfect speed control. The pull-cord start required only one or two pulls, and the electric start fired immediately. 

During our tests on loose substrate, this snow blower with tracks maintained excellent surface contact and pushed forward with ease. The same was true on icy surfaces. It has adjustable skids to set the lower blade height, and its settings adjust even further with a lever that quickly raises or lowers the blade. When working through gravel and rocky areas, this user-friendly system was a huge benefit. 

What our tester says: “Even on ice, the tracks maintained traction, and having multiple speed settings helped me find the right pace to keep moving forward. I was able to crawl, hit a moderate speed, or move quickly. I also really like this unit’s extras, like heated grips, trigger turn tabs on the handle, and easy chute controls.”—Zach Lazzari, Product Reviews tester and writer

Read our full review: Troy-Bilt 2890 Storm Tracker Snow Blower

Get the Troy-Bilt 2890 snow blower at The Home Depot, Walmart, Northern Tool + Equipment, or Troy-Bilt.

Best Bang for the Buck

PowerSmart Two-Stage Gas Snow Blower

 The Best Snow Blower Option: PowerSmart Two-Stage Gas Snow Blower
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Great price compared with other 2-stage models
  • Powerful enough to clear large driveways
  • Self-propelled design easily clears snow up to 10 inches
  • 180-degree adjustable chute and push-button electric start

What We Don’t Like

  • Narrower intake means more passes
  • Reduced traction on steep inclines and ice

Specs 

  • Type: 2-stage
  • Width: 24 inches
  • Self-propelled: Yes

Budget-minded shoppers will want to take a close look at the PowerSmart two-stage snow blower, a model that offers many desirable features found in higher-end models at a more modest price. While it may not be the best choice for especially extreme conditions, it’s plenty capable of clearing the occasional big storm and all light-to-medium snow loads. 

With an intake height of 20 inches and a high-speed impeller that works well in dense snow, this machine performs well in dense snow. It also excels on uneven surfaces and inclines, thanks to a quality drive system that includes reverse options. During testing its 208cc engine ran smoothly, and the electric star made it easy to fire up eerie time. Once we were clearing, it even threw snow through the adjustable chute with power that matched models costing twice as much. 

This model stands out as one of only a few low-cost snow blowers deliver both powerful performance and user-friendly functionality. It’s only slightly more expensive than a heavy-duty electric snow shovel, yet it’s more than enough machine to clear the average driveway with ease.

Get the PowerSmart snow blower at Amazon or PowerSmart.

Upgrade Pick

Cub Cadet 2X 30" Max Snow Blower

 The Best Snow Blower Option: Cub Cadet 2X MAX 30-Inch Snow Blower
Photo: The Home Depot

What We Like

  • Powerful 357cc gas engine 
  • Heavy-duty construction
  • Power steering for easy maneuvering
  • Cozy hand warmers in the grips

What We Don’t Like

  • Not a budget-friendly model

Specs 

  • Type: 2-stage
  • Width: 30 inches
  • Self-propelled: Yes

For those with consistently high snow removal needs, Cub Cadet’s 2X 30-inch gas-powered snow blower might be the answer. Equipped with a 357c engine, a two-stage removal system, and self-propelled wheels, this large model is built to power through heavy snow with minimal effort. Its heavy-duty construction features a rotating steel chute with easy-access angle controls built into the top panel, plus onboard headlights for safety and visibility during snowy nights or early mornings.

Yes, the Cub Cadet is expensive—but during testing, it proved its worth. We pushed it through our heaviest snowdrifts and banks, and it powered through without hesitation. Its power steering and 16-inch knobby tires made it easy to maneuver (even in deep snow), and the large engine delivered power far beyond every other model we tested. We also really like the heated hand grips, but who wouldn’t? If you need a capable snow blower for big jobs and deep snow, the Cub Cadet is an excellent option.

Get the Cub Cadet snow blower at The Home Depot or Cub Cadet.

Best Battery

Ego Power+ 24" Snow Blower With Peak Power

 The Best Snow Blower Option: EGO Power+ 24 in. Two stage Battery Snow Blower Kit
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Electric motor is powerful yet quiet
  • Throws snow up to 50 feet
  • User-friendly operation

What We Don’t Like

  • Can stall if overloaded too quickly

Specs 

  • Type: 2-stage
  • Width: 24 inches
  • Self-propelled: Yes

Whether snow is piling up on a sidewalk, patio, or even a gravel driveway, this battery-powered snow blower is powerful enough to push through. We were initially skeptical about its capabilities, but its two-stage system had no problem scooping and throwing snow up to 50 feet, and the self-propelled wheels made it incredibly easy to maneuver. The batteries on this unit provide enough power for up to 135 minutes before needing recharging, providing ample time for most jobs. While it weighs more than many other electric models, the powerful drive system handles the extra pounds easily. It also has a generous 200-degree adjustable chute and bright onboard headlights for increased safety and visibility.

As much as we liked this model, operating it took a little getting used to since the throttle and auger controls are reversed from normal. Once we got the hang of it, we found adjusting the throttle from “eco” to “turbo” allowed it to handle everything we threw at it. Still, running it on eco mode generally provided enough power for standard clearing and also helped maximize runtime. While we did experience a stall when we buried the auger in extremely heavy snow too quickly, this wasn’t an issue when we ran things at low speed. 

What our tester says: “We’re big fans of this Ego electric snow blower. It’s so much quieter than gas snow blowers, and we thought it was incredibly easy to use. It also throws snow so far that you almost have to be careful where you aim it.”—Zach Lazzari, Product Reviews tester and writer 

Get the Ego snow blower at Amazon, Lowe’s, Ace Hardware, or Northern Tool + Equipment.

Best Single-Stage Electric

Snow Joe 48V 18" Ionmax Single-Stage Snow Blower

 The Best Snow Blower Option Snow Joe 48V 18 Ionmax Single-Stage Snow Blower
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Includes 2 rechargeable 24-volt batteries
  • Quadruple-bladed steel auger 
  • Moves up to 10 tons of snow per charge
  • 180-degree adjustable snow chute

What We Don’t Like

  • Plastic blade may chip on hard objects

Specs 

  • Type: Single-stage
  • Width: 18 inches
  • Self-propelled: No

If you’re seeking an economical single-stage snow blower with plenty of power, simple operational features, and great performance, this could be the model for you. Powered by two rechargeable 24-vot batteries, this Snow Joe delivers up to 40 minutes of runtime to move more than 10 tons of snow per charge.

Weighing just 39 pounds, this cordless snow blower is easy to push around and manage. While it doesn’t have a drive or propulsion system, the 18-inch rubber-tipped auger helps it move forward while working through snow. This large auger also aids it in cutting a10-inch-deep path noticeably faster than some other models we tested. It throws snow well past the 20-foot mark claimed by the manufacturer and has a helpful set of LED headlights to increase visibility in dark conditions. 

As an affordable, electric single-stage model, the Snow Joe proved functional and consistent in a variety of conditions. The batteries also charged quickly (about 2 hours), making it possible to get back up and running without long delays. We didn’t need to wait through a recharge during testing, however, because the batteries lasted through each full session. 

Get the Snow Joe snow blower at Amazon, Lowe’s, Walmart, Best Buy, or Snow Joe.

Best Two-Stage Electric

Toro 24" Power Max e24 60V Two-Stage Snow Blower

 The Best Snow Blower Option Toro 24 Power Max e24 60V Two-Stage Snow Blower
Photo: Tractor Supply

What We Like

  • Consistent performance and features
  • Auger doesn’t use shear pins
  • Reliable performance and control

What We Don’t Like

  • Requires long battery recharging between uses

Specs 

  • Type: 2-stage
  • Width: 24 inches
  • Self-propelled: Yes

Though it’s electric, this model’s body, auger, and overall design are an exact match to the gas-powered models in the Toro lineup. Other than its quiet and fume-free battery operation, it features the same exceptional controls, durable steel auger, and great features and functions of the gas versions. It delivers an equally reliable performance and impressive ability to churn through snow yet doesn’t require the same amount of maintenance as a gas machine. 

During testing, we ran this unit for over 30 minutes using just one battery. Adding a second battery provides over an hour of runtime, and adding a third extends its capabilities even more. Generally speaking, its features are similar to many of the other good electric snow blower options available, but it does offer a couple of distinct advantages. First, its all-steel auger doesn’t require shear pins. Instead, it has integrated protections to prevent overloading and damaging the auger and mechanical components without requiring the replacement of broken pins. Second, the option to purchase a third battery for the tray makes this model among the longest-lasting electric snow-clearing machines on the market. 

Get the Toro e24 snow blower at Tractor Supply Co. or Toro.

Best Heavy-Duty

Toro Power Max HD 828 OAE Two-Stage Gas Snow Blower

 The Best Snow Blower Option: Toro Power Max HD 828 OAE Two-Stage Gas Snow Blower
Photo: Tractor Supply

What We Like

  • Cuts a broad swath
  • Can handle deep snow and slick surfaces
  • Has an adjustable steel chute

What We Don’t Like

  • Must manually adjust skids

Specs 

  • Type: 2-stage
  • Width: 28 inches
  • Self-propelled: Yes

Thanks to its joystick-like controls, wide coverage, and ability to handle deeper snowfall than many other two-stage models, the Toro Power Max 828 OAE snow blower is ideal for climates with heavy snowfalls every winter. Its large intake sits above the ground, enabling use on gravel and uneven surfaces, and it has a broad 28-inch swath that can clear snow up to 21 inches deep and throw it an impressive 45 feet. 

During testing, this model performed exceptionally well. Its Quick Stick controls and power steering made one-handed turning easy, and its knobby 16-inch tires provided ample traction in slick conditions. The anti-clogging system efficiently managed snow intake to prevent delays, and its LED headlight was helpful for nighttime snow blowing. It also has solid skids to adjust blade height above the ground, making it suitable for rough terrain.

What our tester says: “It’s hard to overstate how nice the joystick controls were for moving the chute throw direction and angle. Between the joystick and all its other features, this Toro was a very close second to our top pick, and it only lost out because it was pitted against a track system with height-adjustment control. Otherwise, this model is an absolute beast that can charge through the biggest storms.”—Zach Lazzari, Product Reviews tester and writer

Get the Toro 828 snow blower at Tractor Supply Co. or Toro

Most Versatile

Ryobi 40V HP Two-Stage Self-Propelled Snow Blower Kit

 The Best Snow Blower Option: Ryobi 40V HP Two-Stage Self-Propelled Snow Blower Kit
Photo: The Home Depot

What We Like

  • Changes direction easily
  • Plenty of power in deep snow
  • Intuitive controls and powerful drive system

What We Don’t Like

  • Batteries need recharging after 30 minutes

Specs 

  • Type: 2-stage
  • Width: 22 inches
  • Self-propelled: Yes

Driveways come in all shapes and sizes, and they don’t all call for an extra-large snow blower. With a 22-inch-wide cutting path, this small snow blower Ryobi may not be as big as some of the models we tested, but it still makes a substantial dent on each pass. The tires have great traction, and the machine also has a steel auger, speedy drive system, and skids for raising the blade over gravel. 

In testing, the Ryobi’s ease of use and ability to maneuver in tight spaces were a bonus. It turned and pivoted without resistance, and the drive system was powerful enough that we didn’t need to push much. According to the manufacturer, the batteries last up to 30 minutes, but ours went even longer in light snow. For the average driveway, that’s more than sufficient to get the job done, but for wet and heavy snow or large properties, it may make sense to pick up an extra battery to avoid waiting for a recharge.

What our tester says: “This two-stage brushless snow blower was such a big surprise in our tests that we were reminded just how valuable hands-on testing is. It delivered a ton of power and an impressive overall performance that we just wouldn’t have believed had we not experienced it ourselves.”—Zach Lazzari, Product Reviews tester and writer 

Get the Ryobi snow blower at The Home Depot.

Also Consider

Troy-Bilt Storm 2600 Two-Stage Snow Blower

 The Best Snow Blower Option :Troy-Bilt Storm 2600 Two-Stage Snow Blower
Photo: The Home Depot

What We Like

  • Electric-start feature 
  • Chunky tires are great for uneven or slippery surfaces
  • Easy to access chute control

What We Don’t Like

  • Shorter snow discharge than some

Specs 

  • Type: 2-stage
  • Width: 26 inches
  • Self-propelled: Yes

Anyone on the hunt for an all-around capable snow blower may want to check out the Troy-Bilt Storm 26-inch snow blower. This gas-powered model can handle small properties while being heavy-duty enough to hold its own on large ones. It features two self-propelled drive wheels with big, chunky tires for plenty of surface grip. Also, the electric start makes firing it up a breeze.

Overall, we enjoyed using the Troy-Bilt Storm. We liked that the chunky tires offered plenty of grip—even on loose, grainy snow. We also liked that the chute controls, including angle and trajectory, were easily accessible from the control panel. While it doesn’t seem to throw snow as far as other models, it was very effective at removing plowed snow from the end of a driveway. Also, starting this model was very easy; it started on the first pull almost every time. 

Get the Troy-Bilt 2600 snow blower at The Home Depot, Walmart, or Troy-Bilt

Jump to Our Top Picks

How We Tested the Best Snow Blowers

Because we were testing some serious machines for this guide, we needed to wait for a real winter storm to try them out. Once 10 inches of heavy, wet snow was on the ground, we used these tools to clear two 75-foot-long, 4-car driveways, about 200 feet of sidewalk, several small walkways, and the plow-piled snow at the ends of both driveways. We also ran the snow blowers over a loose gravel driveway and a compact gravel road to test their abilities on challenging terrain.

We tested ease of use for pull-cord and electric starters and runtime for battery-powered models. We noted snow discharge range, maneuverability, power, control, and the value added by extra features like heated grips and LED lights. We gave points based on a rubric and assigned worthy machines relevant awards. 

What to Consider When Choosing a Snow Blower

According to Wes Bollingmo, Channel & Product Support Manager at the well-respected outdoor tool company Toro, asking yourself a few simple questions is a great way to go about choosing a snow blower.

 “The key to finding the ‘best’ snow blower for any homeowner is assessing your space. Ask yourself: How large is the area you need to clear? What type of surface do you need to clear? What kind of slope does your driveway have? How much snow typically falls? These answers should narrow down your search better than just looking at a price tag,” he says. 

Types of Snow Blowers

Many people first think about snow blowers in terms of how wide a path they can clear, which is important—especially for large properties. However, perhaps a higher priority is choosing the type of snow blower best suited to the snow typical to your region and the surfaces you intend to use it on. Understanding terms like “single-stage,” “two-stage,” or “three-stage” is key to ensuring you choose the right machine for your needs.

Single-Stage Snow Blowers

Single-stage snow blowers, also called “snow throwers,” use a simple yet effective design. They have a horizontal auger at the front that rotates rapidly, generating sufficient force to scoop up snow and toss it through the chute. Most single-stage blowers can clear an 18- to 21-inch swath of light, fluffy snow, and they’re available in both gas and electric models.

While single-stage snow blowers work well for smaller spaces, their design has limitations. They generally do not generate sufficient power to blow the snow more than 15 to 20 feet away, meaning they aren’t ideal for wide driveways. Also, their auger blades skim the ground during operation, which makes them effective for clearing flat paved areas but poor snow blowers for gravel driveways since they tend to pick up small rocks and toss them out the chute. 

Two-Stage Snow Blowers

Two-stage snow blowers feature a powerful impeller fan that works in combination with an auger to draw in snow and forcefully throw it out the chute. Depending on the power of the fan on a particular model and the weight of the snow, a two-stage snow blower can shoot snow over 35 feet. 

In addition to handling fluffy snow, two-stage blowers can also handle wet snow and clear swaths ranging from approximately 20 inches to 30 inches (or more). Unlike their single-stage counterparts, two-stage snow blowers are suitable for use on gravel driveways because their auger blades don’t touch the ground.

Three-Stage Snow Blowers

Three-stage snow blowers are the big boys in the snow removal world. In addition to an auger and impeller fan, they feature an accelerator that grinds chunks of ice and powerfully expels snow and slush from the chute. It’s not unusual for a three-stage blower to throw lightweight snow a distance of more than 40 feet. 

These muscle-bound machines can clear paths as wide as 30 inches depending on the specific model. For those with truly heavy-duty snow removal needs, a three-stage blower might be the machine for the job. While these models are often very expensive, buying a three-stage snow blower may be more economical than paying the cost of snow removal for large properties that get a lot of heavy snow. 

Terrain Type

Removing snow from flat sidewalks and driveways is a straightforward process with most snow blowers, but trying to push a heavy snow blower up an incline can be a workout for even the most physically fit. 

If there’s a slope to maneuver, consider buying a self-propelled snow blower. With this snow blower type, the wheels pull the machine forward, so all that’s necessary is to guide the machine and follow along. If a gravel driveway needs to be cleared, make sure the machine is a two-stage or three-stage snow blower to prevent throwing rocks. 

Fuel

Like most outdoor-maintenance machines, snow blowers might run on electricity, gas, or diesel. Each option has its benefits and drawbacks.

  • Electric-powered snow blowers are typically small, affordable single-stage machines intended to clear light snow up to about 12 inches deep. They need to be plugged into an outlet with an extension cord. This limits their performance and range, making them best suited for those who receive minimal snowfall and have relatively short sidewalks and driveways. 

Electric-powered snow blowers are also handy for clearing snow from decks and steps because they’re lightweight enough to lift and move. A bonus: These machines don’t create fumes and don’t raise concerns about where to store fuel.

  • Gas- and diesel-powered snow blowers boast a lot more power than electric blowers, and they don’t restrict their operators to the length of an extension cord. With a blower like this, it’s possible to clear deep and heavy snow all along a driveway and then continue down the sidewalk to clear a neighbor’s drive as well.
  • Battery-operated cordless snow blowers are relatively new to the snow removal market and quite promising. They benefit from fume-free operation like electric blowers, but they don’t need an extension cord. That said, their runtime is usually limited to around 30 to 40 minutes before the high-capacity battery needs recharging. However, in many cases, they can continue past 30 minutes if the user swaps in a spare battery. 

Clearing Width 

Single-stage snow blowers (also known as “snow throwers”) are designed to remove snow in swath widths ranging from around 18 inches to 21 inches. Two-stage snow blowers will clear snow in a swath up to 30 inches wide, and three-stage snow blowers stay consistent at 30 inches wide, though they move faster thanks to their accelerators.

Weight

Corded electric snow blowers are typically the lightest, generally weighing between 26 to 38 pounds, followed by cordless snow blowers at anywhere from 30 to 69 pounds. Gas-powered snow blowers are in the heaviest category and can weigh 100 to 350 pounds or more.

Wheels vs. Tracks

Snow can be slippery, especially if it has a chance to melt slightly and then refreeze. This can make it hard for even self-propelled snow blowers to power through, but this is where track-drive snow blowers shine. 

Instead of wheels that can lose traction when maneuvering through heavy or slippery snow, the tracks on a track-drive model dig in and help pull the machine along. Another difference is in price: A gas-powered snow blower runs an average of $500 to $2,000, with track-drive blowers in the upper end of that range and extending beyond.

Additional Features

Some of the best snow blowers include extra features that make the work easier and more comfortable. Accessories designed to elevate the experience of using a snow blower include: 

  • Heated handles to keep cold hands warm in frigid temps
  • Lights, which enable snow clearing to begin before dawn or after dark
  • Speed controls to adjust how quickly the self-propelled wheels turn
  • Automatic safety shutoff for when the handles get released to prevent a loss of control
  • Electric starters, which allow for pull-free starts and less strain

FAQs

We’ve covered a lot of information about the best snow blowers, but to avoid making common snow blower mistakes, it’s smart to review the answers to the following frequently asked questions before making a final decision. 

Q. What is the difference between a snow blower and a snow thrower?

The terms “snow blower” and “snow thrower” are used interchangeably, but there are some technical differences. While both clear away snow, a snow thrower is a single-stage machine, and a snow blower can be a single-stage, two-stage, or three-stage machine. Generally speaking, snow blowers clear a wider swath and are better suited for heavier snow, while snow throwers work best on light snow.

Q. How do you use a snow blower?

A good snow removal tip is to use a snow blower just after the snow has stopped falling when it’s still light and fluffy. Make uniform passes down and back on the sidewalk or driveway, adjusting the discharge chute as necessary to toss the snow off the surface. 

Q. How do you start a snow blower?

You may have to pull a manual recoil cord to start a gas snow blower, although many have a push-button start these days. Cordless and electric models start at the push of a button.

Q. How do you clean a snow blower carburetor?

Since a dirty carburetor can keep a gas-powered snow blower from starting or cause it to emit dirty, smoky exhaust, cleaning your carburetor is a proper part of snow blower maintenance. A carburetor cleaner will dissolve the gunk and debris so your machine will run more smoothly. To clean the carburetor, you’ll need to remove its cover, a process which may be different depending on the make and model. Consult your owner’s manual to find out how to reach the carburetor.

Q. How do you store a snow blower?

The best spot to store a snow blower is in a garage or storage shed during the summer and when it’s not in use. If you don’t have the extra space, you can store it outside under a waterproof tarp. 

Q. How many years should a snow blower last? 

The number of years a snow blower should last will depend on its build quality, frequency of use, and quality of maintenance and care. Generally speaking, most machines should last between 10 to 15 years or longer. If your snow blower won’t start or you’re having other issues well before this time, check your owner’s manual for troubleshooting tips or contact the manufacturer to see if it’s still under warranty.

Q. How much should you spend on a snow blower? 

While you can pick up one of the best cheap snow blowers for less than $500, you may need to spend a bit more if you get a lot of wet, heavy snow or have a large property. The models on this list cost between $400 and $1900, and there’s a strong chance one of them will be ideal for your needs.

Q. When is the best time to buy a snow blower? 

The best time to buy a snow blower will vary depending on your priorities. If getting the exact model you want matters most, starting to shop as early as May is smart since inventory levels will be high. If you’re looking for the best price, however, months further into winter like January or February may be best. You can check out our tips on how to remove snow from a driveway without a shovel if you don’t want to buy anything until the unit you have your eye on goes on sale.

Meet the Tester

Zach Lazzari is a freelance writer splitting time between the great outdoors, travel, and DIY projects ranging from camper builds to home renovations and maintenance. His home base in Montana is the perfect testing ground for winter products and snow equipment. With over a decade of professional writing experience, he also covers a variety of other projects and maintenance topics for BobVila.com.

Additional research provided by Glenda Taylor and Tom Scalisi. 

The post We Cleared Nearly 400 Feet of Pavement to Find the 10 Best Snow Blowers appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-05T16:47:07-05:00
<![CDATA[Our Favorite Garage Floor Coating Cures in 24 Hours]]>The best garage floor coatings protect, add grip, and improve concrete floors. See which options are easy to use and durable.

The post Our Favorite Garage Floor Coating Cures in 24 Hours appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-garage-floor-coatings/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=284897Wed, 05 Feb 2025 14:52:34 -0500ReviewsExteriorWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

A quality garage floor coating offers several valuable benefits. It’s particularly good at protecting a concrete floor, which otherwise can flake and crack. Some coatings provide added grip, making the garage floor safer. It can also make the floor easier to clean and improve appearance, which may increase the value of your home.

The challenge is choosing the right garage floor coating to complement how you use the space. Several types are available, from easy-to-apply latex floor paint to more DIY-intensive epoxy kits. To help you find the best option for your space, we researched dozens of highly rated garage floor coverings and compiled a list of the best. Our favorite is the Rust-Oleum RockSolid Garage Floor Coating due to its extreme durability and wide range of color choices.

We also interviewed Dan Thrasher, CEO of Hello Garage, headquartered in Papillion, Nebraska, for his expert insight on choosing and applying a long-lasting floor finish. Read on for a curated list of the best garage floor coatings, as well as key shopping insights.

  1. BEST OVERALL: Rust-Oleum RockSolid Garage Floor Coating
     Jump to Review
  2. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: Kilz 1-Part Epoxy Concrete & Garage Floor Paint
     Jump to Review
  3. BEST POLYUREA: Master Protective Coatings Polyaspartic Floor Coating
     Jump to Review
  4. BEST EPOXY: Rust-Oleum EpoxyShield Garage Floor Coating Kit
     Jump to Review
  5. BEST LATEX: Drylok Low Sheen Latex Concrete Floor Paint
     Jump to Review
  6. BEST NONSLIP: Rust Bullet DuraGrade Concrete Coating
     Jump to Review
  7. BEST SEALER: Seal-Krete Clear-Seal Concrete Protective Sealer
     Jump to Review
A person applying the best garage floor coatings option to a garage floor
Photo: istock

TypeCoverageEase of Application
Rust-Oleum RockSolid Garage Floor CoatingUnique combination of epoxy, polyurea, and urethane450 to 500 square feetModerate
Kilz 1-Part Epoxy Concrete & Garage Floor PaintEpoxy acrylic
300 to 500 square feetEasy
Master Protective Coatings Polyaspartic Floor CoatingPolyaspartic polyurea
Up to 200 square feet per gallonModerate
Rust-Oleum EpoxyShield Garage Floor Coating Kit2-part epoxy200 to 250 square feetModerate
Drylok Low Sheen Latex Concrete Floor PaintLatex with ceramic additives300 to 400 square feetEasy
Rust Bullet DuraGrade Concrete CoatingPolyurethaneUp to 350 square feet Easy
Seal-Krete Clear-Seal Concrete Protective SealerAcrylic with urethane
Up to 300 square feetEasy

Our Top Picks

We thoroughly researched the following best garage floor coatings on the market for DIY application. Each of these recommendations has been assigned a category so that you’ll have quick and easy access to information relevant to your needs. 

Best Overall

Rust-Oleum RockSolid Garage Floor Coating

 The Best Garage Floor Coatings Option: Rust-Oleum RockSolid Garage Floor Coating
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Self-leveling formula is 20 times tougher than epoxy
  • Low-odor and eco-friendly coating
  • Vehicle-ready in 24 hours
  • 6 high-gloss colors available

What We Don’t Like

  • Pricey compared to other options
  • Some buyers report patchy results

Specs

  • Type Unique combination of epoxy, polyurea, and urethane
  • Coverage 450 to 500 square feet
  • Ease of application Moderate

Rust-Oleum claims its RockSolid garage floor coating is 20 times tougher than epoxy alone. It uses a proprietary combination of epoxy, polyurea, and urethane called Polycuramine. In addition to durability, the polyurea and urethane elements make it one of the best crack sealers we found. It comes in easy-to-mix burst pouches, is available in six high-gloss colors, and includes decorative chips (though their use is optional).

We like that Rust-Oleum RockSolid is self-leveling with low odor and low VOCs. You can walk on it in around 8 to 10 hours, and it can be driven on in 24 hours. Once cured, it’s resistant to oils, fuels, and most chemicals.

While this is probably the most durable DIY garage floor coating, careful preparation is a must. Complaints are rare, but this product is comparatively expensive, and some buyers felt the number of feet of coverage wasn’t as high as advertised.

Get the Rust-Oleum RockSolid garage floor coating at Amazon, The Home Depot, Walmart, or Menards.

Best Bang For The Buck

Kilz 1-Part Epoxy Concentrate & Garage Floor Paint

 The Best Garage Floor Coatings Option: Kilz 1-Part Epoxy Concrete & Garage Floor Paint
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Water-based product has low environmental impact
  • Comes at a budget-friendly price
  • Helps prevent concrete from cracking, peeling, or blistering
  • Can be applied indoors or outdoors

What We Don’t Like

  • One week drying time before vehicle traffic
  • Must wait 30 days before cleaning

Specs

  • Type Epoxy acrylic
  • Coverage 300 to 500 square feet
  • Ease of application Easy

Kilz single-part epoxy garage floor paint is as easy to use as ordinary household paint but is tougher thKilz single-part epoxy paint for garage floors is as easy to use as ordinary household paint but is tougher thanks to the addition of epoxy. Apply it straight from the can using a brush, pad, roller, or spray gun. It’s water-based, so cleanup just requires soap and water. The basic color range is limited to white and two grays.

Kilz epoxy acrylic can be walked on in 24 hours but should be left a week for tire traffic. While it isn’t as hard-wearing as two-part epoxy, it does offer good scuff resistance and helps stop common problems with concrete like cracking, peeling, and flaking. Given the very competitive price, it is an ideal floor coating for low-use garages.

What our tester says: Glenda Taylor, a Bob Vila staff writer and product tester, notes in the Best Concrete Paint that “this concrete floor paint from Kilz applies as easily as latex paint (no mixing here) but has the high-durability characteristics of an epoxy product. It withstood both water and abrasion resistance testing.”

Get the Kilz garage floor coating at Amazon, Lowe’s, or Walmart.

Best Polyurea

Master Protective Coatings Polyaspartic Floor Coating

 The Best Garage Floor Coatings Option: Master Protective Coatings Polyaspartic Floor Coating
Photo: Amazon

What We Don’t Like

  • Recommended for high-use garage floors
  • Crystal-clear finish won’t yellow over time
  • Offers excellent adhesion to surfaces
  • Provides unrivaled chemical and abrasion resistance

What We Don’t Like

  • Requires time-consuming preparation
  • Contains toxic, solvent-based ingredients

Specs

  • Type Polyaspartic polyurea
  • Coverage Up to 200 square feet per gallon
  • Ease of application Moderate

Polyaspartic polyurea combinations are widely acknowledged as the toughest of garage floor coatings. However, complex application requirements mean that they are usually only available to professional installers. The Master Protective Coatings (MPC) two-part formula is one of few offered to DIY users. It is known for excellent adhesion to a variety of surface materials and creates an extremely hard-wearing barrier that is resistant to most oils, fuels, and chemicals. The finish is clear, high gloss, and does not fade or go cloudy.

Coverage will vary depending on the surface and is unlikely to exceed 200 square feet per gallon. This makes MPC polyaspartic polyurea quite an expensive option. While the application itself is not difficult, careful preparation of the floor is necessary, and once the two parts are mixed, it only remains workable for an hour. Both parts are solvent-based and contain toxic ingredients.

Get the Master Protective Coatings garage floor coating at Amazon.

Best Epoxy

Rust-Oleum EpoxyShield Garage Floor Coating Kit

 The Best Garage Floor Coatings Option: Rust-Oleum EpoxyShield Garage Floor Coating Kit
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Provides a long-lasting, hard-wearing surface
  • High resistance to abrasion, gasoline, antifreeze, and more
  • Can be applied with a brush or roller

What We Don’t Like

  • Curing may be slow
  • Some buyers reported parts failed to mix properly

Specs

  • Type 2-part epoxy
  • Coverage 200 to 250 square feet
  • Ease of application Moderate

TTwo-part garage floor epoxy is a popular choice for concrete flooring thanks to its toughness and affordability. Rust-Oleum’s EpoxyShield provides a high-gloss finish, is available in three colors, and can be enhanced with the included decorative chips if desired. Once fully cured, which takes around 3 days, the surface is resistant to abrasion, motor oils, gasoline, antifreeze, and salt. It also helps prevent concrete from cracking.

Rust-Oleum EpoxyShield is water-based, so cleanup is easy. It’s both low odor and low VOC; however, the packaging warns that it can burn eyes and skin, so care is needed. Working time is around 2 hours when mixed (depending on ambient temperature), so it’s more forgiving than some, though it’s still important to follow instructions carefully.

Get the Rust-Oleum EpoxyShield garage floor coating at Amazon, The Home Depot, Ace Hardware, or Walmart.

Best Latex

Drylok Low Sheen Latex Concrete Floor Paint

 The Best Garage Floor Coatings Option: Drylok Low Sheen Latex Concrete Floor Paint
Photo: The Home Depot

What We Like

  • All-in-1 concrete primer and paint with low-VOC formula
  • Creates a low-glare, anti-slip surface
  • Ceramics added for improved wear resistance
  • Offered in a variety of colors

What We Don’t Like

  • Periodic recoating will be necessary

Specs

  • Type Latex with ceramic additives
  • Coverage 300 to 400 square feet
  • Ease of application Easy

Most people know latex paint as a decorative wall covering. The paint can be attractive but is not durable enough for floors. Drylok’s latex concrete floor paint overcomes the problem with what the company calls a ceramic x-linking formula, providing added toughness. It is ready to use straight from the can, doesn’t need a primer, and is easy to apply with a brush or roller.

This multisurface coating is suitable for concrete, brick or block patios, and even wooden steps. It can be used indoors or out. The finish is non-reflective and also nonslip for added safety. It is dry enough for foot traffic after 24 hours but requires 5 days before it is ready for vehicle use.

Get the Drylok garage floor coating at The Home Depot or Walmart (2-pack).

Best Nonslip

Rust Bullet DuraGrade Concrete Coating

 The Best Garage Floor Coatings Option: Rust Bullet DuraGrade Concrete Coating
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Hard-wearing coating, cures in 72 hours
  • Anti-skid layer as an extra for maximum safety
  • High resistance to impact, cracking, and abrasion
  • Available in 18 colors, plus optional flakes

What We Don’t Like

  • One of the more expensive coatings
  • Can thicken dramatically if stored too long

Specs

  • Type Polyurethane
  • Coverage Up to 350 square feet
  • Ease of application Easy

Slippery garage flooring can be a real danger for people who work in the space regularly. While several of the best garage floor coatings have nonslip properties, Rust Bullet is the only one that offers a specific anti-skid layer that can be added on top of the base polyurethane. It does involve extra cost, but it’s a relatively modest sum to ensure safety in a workshop or hobby area.

Rust Bullet DuraGrade can be applied directly to concrete and has excellent adhesion. It is scratch-, chip-, chemical-, impact-, abrasion-, and ultraviolet-resistant with low VOCs. No priming or etching is necessary, and it is easy to apply using a brush, roller, or spray equipment. There are 18 colors to choose from, and decorative chips can be added (though a clear top coat would then need to be applied).

Get the Rust Bullet garage floor coating at Amazon, Lowe’s, or Walmart.

Best Sealer

Seal-Krete Clear-Seal Concrete Protective Sealer

 The Best Garage Floor Coatings Option: Seal-Krete Clear-Seal Concrete Protective Sealer
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Creates a protective waterproof barrier
  • Works on painted, stained, or bare concrete surfaces
  • Water-based low-VOC acrylic fortified with urethane
  • UV-, weather-, and chemical-resistant formula

What We Don’t Like

  • Works on most but not all surfaces
  • Some buyers experienced poor results

Specs

  • Type Acrylic with urethane
  • Coverage Up to 300 square feet
  • Ease of application: Easy

One of the easiest and quickest ways to protect a garage floor is by using a sealer. Seal-Krete Clear-Seal penetrates the surface to help prevent flaking and peeling, plus it dries to provide a waterproof, stain-resistant barrier. It goes on milky and dries clear, enhancing the color of the underlying surface material. We appreciate that satin, low gloss, and gloss finishes are available and that it can be used on painted, stained, or bare concrete. Two coats may be necessary for optimal protection.

The low-VOC water-based nonyellowing formula has urethane added for greater durability. It is resistant to moisture, ultraviolet light, oil, salt, and chlorine, so Seal-Krete Clear-Seal can be used for the garage as well as outside on paths, patios, and pool surrounds.

Get the Seal-Krete garage floor coating at Amazon, Lowe’s, The Home Depot, Walmart, or Ace Hardware.

Jump to Our Top Picks

different best garage floor coating settings
Photo: Amazon

How We Chose the Best Garage Floor Coatings

People use their garages for many purposes. While some simply park their vehicles inside, others turn them into workshops, hobby or craft spaces, or dance or exercise studios.

During our research, we wanted to ensure we provided garage floor options for every purpose and budget. In collating this list, we looked at chemical composition, ease of application, coverage, durability, and color options. Price is always a major factor, but value for money isn’t just about low cost; the finish also needs to be hard-wearing.

Sustainability also had an impact. Where possible, we chose eco-friendly water-based products, though unfortunately, some of the toughest options are still solvent-based. In this case, we looked for low volatile organic compound (VOC) levels and low odor to maximize user safety.

What to Consider When Choosing a Garage Floor Coating

Garage floor coatings have many benefits. “The first is enhanced durability, your floor will be protected from wear and tear from vehicles and surface deterioration,” advises Thrasher. A good garage floor coating can also protect your concrete floor from stains, make it easier to clean, and improve the look of the space. However, not all coatings offer the same protection.

Different types of garage floor coatings have different chemical properties. It’s worth looking into the practicalities of applying them, how long they might be expected to last, each garage floor coating cost, and what they will look like before making a decision.

Ease of Application

Latex is the easiest to apply covering for garage floors. It’s very safe, has a low odor, is fast drying, and is easy to clean up. Most can be applied with a brush, roller, or spray gun and can be used straight from the can without a primer. Acrylic is similar, though it often takes longer to dry.

The unique polyurethane formula used by Rust Bullet is also easy to use, though it may require several coats and takes around 72 hours to fully cure. The term “cure” is used rather than “dry” because drying simply involves the evaporation of water, whereas curing means the product solidifies.

Epoxies are two-part products that need to be mixed before use. It’s important to follow instructions carefully for optimal results. Epoxy garage floor coatings take longer to cure, typically 7 days or more. Some are quite challenging to use, so it may be worth calling in the pros. Polyurea and polyaspartic coatings are not normally recommended for DIY use, though the occasional exception does exist.

As always, it’s vital to read instructions. Some of these products are flammable or produce noxious vapors. They may also be toxic. It’s advisable to wear eye protection and not to leave skin exposed.

Durability and Longevity 

It’s important to consider how you use the garage while in the process of choosing the best garage floor covering. If you only use the garage for parking or storage, latex or acrylic coatings may suit your needs. The floor will probably have to be repainted every couple of years, but the job can be done in a day.

Spaces that are used frequently need tougher garage floor protection options, and epoxy is the most popular in terms of price and performance. It is resistant to oil, fuel, and many other chemicals and is usually easy to keep clean. While longevity will always vary depending on wear rates, it is reasonable to expect a garage floor epoxy coating to last 10 years.

Polyurea and polyaspartic coatings are super tough. In addition to the properties offered by epoxy, these are also impact-resistant. When installed properly, they can last 20 years or more in even the harshest environments.

Appearance 

While gray and white are perhaps the most common choices for garage floors, today’s high-performance coatings are available in a wide range of colors as well as matte, satin, or high-gloss finishes. There are also optional “inclusions” (such as flakes) that can result in a very attractive surface.

Concrete sealers are often clear. Latex and acrylic usually come in fairly muted colors and a matte finish. The appearance options get more interesting with Rust Bullet’s polyurethane and with many epoxies. Bright colors are available, and chips can be added to give a high-quality Terraza-like appearance. Some have an inherently anti-skid surface for added safety, or they can be added as a top coat.

Types of Garage Floor Coatings

Understanding the performance of each finish type is a key aspect of finding the most suitable floor covering for garage floors. Some types are more hard-wearing than others, which will be important for those who use their garage frequently. For those who just want to smarten the place up, a finish that is cheaper and easier to apply may be a better choice.

Epoxy

Epoxy is one of the most popular choices for garage floor coatings. These are usually two-part products that need to be mixed before use. One-part epoxy also exists, but it is actually latex or acrylic paint with a small amount of epoxy resin added. The latter is easy to use and often very affordable, but it is nowhere near as durable.

Two-part epoxy is good at filling minor cracks and, once fully cured, can be extremely tough. “Do-it-yourself kits for epoxy floors are available at big box stores,” says Thrasher. “Most do-it-yourselfers could handle this type of installation because they offer a chemical etch to prep the floor.” However, some of the hardest-wearing types can be challenging to apply, so it may be worth contacting a professional epoxy garage floor installer if you aren’t confident in your abilities.

Polyurea

Technically speaking, polyurea is an elastomer made by combining isocyanate and amine (an ammonia derivative). In basic terms, it is a kind of polyurethane, a varied group of plastics known for toughness and elasticity. One of polyurea’s common uses is for making truck-bed liners.

Polyurea is resistant to water and most chemical spills. It cures reasonably quickly, creating a very hard-wearing barrier, and is a favorite in commercial situations. However, polyurea garage floor coatings are usually expensive and almost invariably require professional application. As a result, they are not something generally available to typical customers. That said, polyurea is sometimes combined with epoxy for DIY use.

Polyaspartic

Polyaspartic coating is an aliphatic (carbon-based) polyurea. Its main benefits are that it can be applied over a much wider temperature range (in some cases from -30 degrees Fahrenheit up to 140 degrees Fahrenheit), and it is usually more forgiving to work with than polyurea, which tends to dry and cure very quickly. Additionally, polyaspartic is unaffected by any moisture within concrete garage floors. According to Thrasher, it’s among the best choices for reducing cracks and hot tire pickup but requires proper floor preparation for adhesion.

A polyaspartic coating is usually crystal clear and won’t yellow over time. It adheres to concrete well and will penetrate deep cracks, though it shouldn’t be considered a concrete crack filler repair product. It has high stain and chemical resistance and high heat tolerance, too. 

As with polyurea, polyaspartic coating costs are high and should be applied by a suitably experienced contractor.

Latex and Acrylic

Most people will be familiar with latex and acrylic as a decorative product for walls. These concrete floor paint finishes are usually water-based and, as a result, can be a more environmentally friendly option. Cleanup is easier than mineral or spirit-based alternatives. Generally speaking, concrete and garage floor paint are less expensive than other types of coatings.

Latex dries fast and is easy to apply, but it’s probably the least durable of these products and won’t prevent a concrete garage floor from cracking. Acrylic is equally user-friendly and a little tougher, with a higher percentage of epoxy that provides a degree of elasticity. However, it is more expensive than latex. Both are worth considering as a quick fix, though not for garages that are used for workshop or hobby purposes.

Cementitious Urethane

As you might guess from the name, cementitious urethane’s main components are cement and liquid urethane (a type of polymer). Water, aggregates, and a variety of other compounds may be added, though it’s usually necessary to look at technical specifications to find out which. It is self-leveling, creates a seamless surface that is stain- and chemical-resistant, and is easy to clean. However, it is expensive, needs to be installed professionally, and is more suitable for commercial applications. 

Urethane is sometimes used in other formulations that are not cementitious, and these are perfectly OK for garage floors. Performance is similar to that of epoxy.

FAQs  

We’ve provided comprehensive information to help you choose the best garage floor coatings for your space. A few questions that come up regularly are answered below.

Q. Should the garage floor be light or dark?

The best color for a garage floor will often depend on how it is used. Dark colors hide dirt well. Bright colors reflect light better, so they are a good choice if the garage is used for work or hobbies. Neutral grays are a popular compromise. Leading brands of garage floor coatings often offer several alternatives, so it shouldn’t be difficult to find the color that meets your needs.

Q. Is it a good idea to paint a garage floor?

There are a number of garage floor paints available, and they are easy to apply with reasonably fast drying times. Painting a garage floor can be a good idea when it’s only used for parking vehicles, bicycles, or lawnmowers, but if it doubles as a workshop, something more durable may be preferred.

Q. What is the strongest garage floor finish?

Polyurea and polyaspartic products generally offer the strongest garage floor finishes, but they are expensive and difficult to apply. It’s usually a job for a professional installer, which adds to the cost. Rust-Oleum RockSolid garage floor coating combines polyurea with urethane and epoxy, providing hard-wearing results from a coating suitable for DIY application.

Q. What is the cheapest way to seal a garage floor?

The cheapest way to seal a garage floor is with an epoxy acrylic like Kilz garage floor coating or a concrete sealer like Seal-Krete garage floor coating. They are easy to use and deliver good all-around performance. However, there is a limit to their durability, and they may have to be applied more frequently than other products.

Q. Are garage floor coatings worth it?

Garage floor coatings can improve the aesthetics and cleanability of your concrete floor. Some even have anti-slip properties, making the garage a safer place to work. Whether a garage floor coating is worth it depends on how often you use your garage, your budget, and your preferences.

Why Trust Bob Vila 

Bob Vila has been America’s Handyman since 1979. As the host of beloved and groundbreaking TV series including “This Old House” and “Bob Vila’s Home Again,” he popularized and became synonymous with “do-it-yourself” home improvement.

Over the course of his decades-long career, Bob Vila has helped millions of people build, renovate, repair, and live better each day—a tradition that continues today with expert yet accessible home advice. The Bob Vila team distills need-to-know information into project tutorials, maintenance guides, tool 101s, and more. These home and garden experts then thoroughly research, vet, and recommend products that support homeowners, renters, DIYers, and professionals in their to-do lists.

The post Our Favorite Garage Floor Coating Cures in 24 Hours appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-05T14:52:34-05:00
<![CDATA[How to Find a Roof Leak]]>You can't fix a leaky roof until you find the source of the leak. Learn how to isolate the problem area so it can be repaired.

The post How to Find a Roof Leak appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/how-to-find-a-roof-leak/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=54984Wed, 05 Feb 2025 11:47:46 -0500ExteriorDIYRepair & MaintenanceRoofingWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

The hardest part of fixing a roof leak? Locating the leak. Sure, it’s easy enough to spot water stains on the ceiling or mold on the walls, which are sure signs of a leak. But once water has penetrated the roof, it’s easily diverted by such things as insulation. Even though you may notice the evidence of a leak in the corner bedroom, the vulnerable point in your roof may be quite far removed from that part of your house.

For this reason, roof repair jobs typically begin with a certain amount of detective work. These tips for finding a roof leak will help you solve the mystery quickly and repair the leak before the damage to your roof, and your home’s interior, gets any worse.

Find trusted local pros for any home project
+
View of person in attic removing access panel in ceiling to attic.
Photo: iStock

Step 1: From inside the attic, inspect the underside of the roof.

Arm yourself with a flashlight and head up to the attic. Be careful up there: If there’s no proper flooring, step carefully from joist to joist. (If you step between the joists, you might put a foot through the ceiling of the room below.)

Once you’ve got your bearings, use the flashlight to examine the underside of the roof. Look for any areas that are darker than the surrounding roof sheathing. If it hasn’t rained recently, moist spots may be too difficult to discern. Mold, on the other hand, has a tendency to linger. If you encounter a patch of mold, which thrives on moisture, chances are you’ve found the vulnerable point in your roof.

Step 2: Follow damaged insulation back to the source of the roof leak.

The underside of your roof may be obscured by attic insulation, and that’s actually helpful for finding the roof leak. Insulation deteriorates more noticeably and more quickly than wood does. If you see damage on one section of the insulation, however, you must remember that the leak itself may be several feet to either side because it diverted rainwater from the source of the leak.

It’s best to carefully remove all insulation adjacent to part of the roof where you notice signs of a leak. That way, you can follow the path of the water from the damaged area all the way to the water’s entry point in the roof. (If you’re going to handle or work around insulation, it’s important to wear appropriate protective gear such as gloves, safety glasses, and a respirator mask.)

Step 3: Inspect the underside of the roof for perforations and vents.

Most noticeable to the eye are leaks caused by an object (for example, an errant nail) that has managed to pierce the roof. Failing any such obvious signs, inspect the roof vents next. These vents are typically near ridges or gable ends, or both. Over time, the seals around vents can gradually weaken and allow rainwater to seep in.

Tried-and-True Advice

“I’ve had to deal with a number of leaky roofs, and have found that most form not where there is a continuous flow of shingles, but where some utility or feature penetrates the roof: Plumbing vents, HVAC system vents, skylights, and chimneys are the most common. Chances are, a failing vent pipe boot or leaking chimney flashing is allowing water to enter and flow down the interior of the roof to the spot where it’s coming through the ceiling. If there’s roof penetration above the location of the leak on the ceiling, it’s likely the culprit.”

—Tony Carrick, Contributing Writer

Step 4: If the weather is dry, use a hose to simulate a downpour.

Man stands on a stucco roof with a garden hose turned on and aimed near a skylight.
Photo: iStock

What happens if you’re desperate to find a roof leak, but dry weather has made your search more challenging? You can simulate a storm. This method requires two people: One person on the roof with a garden hose, and another person in the attic with a flashlight. Working in small sections, the person on the roof sprays the roof with water while the one in the attic carefully examines the underside of the roof for leakage.

By simulating a downpour, you can see firsthand how your roof withstands—or fails to withstand, as the case may be—conditions similar to those of a natural storm.

Step 5: Begin your roof repair.

Leaks only get worse. Act quickly once you’ve pinpointed the location of yours. Fortunately, in many instances it takes only a modest roof repair, like replacing a shingle, to fix the leak. If you don’t feel comfortable on the roof or if the leak seems extensive, hire a roof repair professional to do the work.

The post How to Find a Roof Leak appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-05T11:47:46-05:00
<![CDATA[This Simple DIY Upgrade Keeps Your Garage Comfortable and Warm]]>The best garage door insulation kit allows you to make use of your garage throughout the cold weather. We recently put our top picks to the test. Check out our results and reviews here.

The post This Simple DIY Upgrade Keeps Your Garage Comfortable and Warm appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-garage-door-insulation-kit/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=134237Mon, 03 Feb 2025 10:20:54 -0500ReviewsExteriorFurniture & DecorGaragesOutdoor FurnitureWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Whether you’re looking to convert your garage into a second living space or simply make it more comfortable for work, play, or just hanging out without freezing, a garage door insulation kit can help. Insulation itself won’t make a garage warm and toasty, but it will help retain heat. Adding this layer of insulation helps prevent heat from escaping and blocks cold air from entering the garage.

We carefully evaluated popular garage door insulation kits and tested those that made our shortlist for features like ease of insulation and how significantly they affected the temperature on the inside of the garage door. Our top recommendation is the Reach Barrier 3009 Garage Door Insulation Kit thanks to its very simple installation and impressive noise-dampening capabilities. Keep reading to discover what we learned while performing hands-on testing on our lineup of the best garage door insulation kits.

  1. BEST OVERALL: Reach Barrier 3009 Garage Door Insulation Kit
    Jump to Review
  2. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: US Energy Products Double Bubble Reflective Foil 
    Jump to Review
  3. UPGRADE PICK: US Energy Products Nasatek 2-Car Foam Insulation Kit
    Jump to Review
  4. BEST REFLECTIVE: US Energy Products Nasatek 1-Car Reflective Insulation Kit
    Jump to Review
  5. BEST EASY INSTALL: Matador Garage Door Insulation
    Jump to Review
The Best Garage Door Insulation Kit Options
Photo: Tom Scalisi for Bob Vila Photo: Tom Scalisi
Testing Stats
Products tested 5
Time spent testing 1 week
Tests performed4 to 5
Price range$30 to $130

Product Comparison

TypeSizeInstallation Kit
Reach Barrier 3009 Garage Door Insulation KitRadiant barrierEight panels, each 4 feet long by 2 feet wide✅
US Energy Products Double Bubble Reflective FoilRadiant barrier10 feet long by 4 feet wide❌
US Energy Products Nasatek 2-Car Foam Insulation KitRadiant barrierFour rolls, each 18 feet long by 2 feet wide (ours came in 9-foot-long rolls)✅
US Energy Products Nasatek 1-Car Reflective Insulation KitFoamEight panels, each roughly 9 feet long by 2 feet wide✅
Matador Garage Door InsulationRigid foamEight panels, each 54 inches long by 20.25 inches wide (ours was closer to 21 inches)❌
(shouldn’t need one)

Our Top Picks

We chose the top-rated products below for their quality, price, and ease of installation to help find the best garage door insulation kit for any garage door. And, to ensure we’re only suggesting the best garage door insulation kits, we performed hands-on testing with the following products. 

Note: Each of these products effectively retained heat on the garage side of the door. Our test garage was 2-bay, and we left one door uninsulated to serve as a “control door.” An hour after insulation, we took readings with an infrared thermometer, and each showed a difference of 8 to 10 degrees warmer on the insulated side.

Best Overall

Reach Barrier 3009 Garage Door Insulation Kit

 KitReach Barrier 3009 Garage Door Insulation Kit on a white background
Photo: Amazon

Our Ratings: Ease of Installation 5/5; Performance 5/5; Sound Mitigation 5/5; Value 5/5

Product Specs 

  • Type: Radiant barrier
  • Size: Eight panels, each 4 feet long by 2 feet wide
  • Installation kit: Yes

What We Like

  • Immediately reduced on noise
  • Simple installation
  • Made the garage noticeably comfier

What We Don’t Like

  • 4-foot strips were not long enough

The Reach Barrier 3009 is ideal for helping to keep a garage warm in the winter and cool in the summer. It uses reflective aluminum on the front and back, with a laminated bubble layer sandwiched between the layers to create an effective boundary between the garage and the fluctuating temperature outdoors. The kit comes with eight precut panels that measure 4 feet long by 2 feet wide—a size suitable for most standard single-car garage doors.

We noticed an immediate decline in the sound transfer through the door, and the temperature measurements on the insulated side were higher than on the uninsulated side. Our only complaint was that the 4-foot strips were not long enough for our 9-foot test door, which would mean we’d either have to live with bare spots or patch them with scrap cutoffs. 

What our tester says: Some garage door insulation kits can be a hassle to install, but this one makes installation easy. “All that’s required is to clean the door, attach the adhesive squares, and stick the panels in place. During testing, I found that the Reach Barrier was as easy to install as claimed: I simply placed a few of the adhesive squares along the perimeter of each section and pressed the insulation into place.” —Tom Scalisi, Product Reviews tester and writer

Get the Reach Barrier garage door insulation kit at Amazon or The Home Depot.

Best Bang for the Buck

US Energy Products Double Bubble Reflective Foil

 The Best Attic Insulation Option: US Energy Products Double Bubble Foil Insulation
Photo: Amazon

Our Ratings: Ease of Installation 3/5; Performance 4/5; Sound Mitigation 5/5; Value 5/5

Product Specs 

  • Type: Radiant barrier
  • Size: 10 feet long by 4 feet wide
  • Installation kit: No

What We Like

  • Thicker than other radiant barriers
  • Blocks sound well
  • Minimal weight offers plenty of installation options

What We Don’t Like

  • Not specifically designed for garages
  • Doesn’t come with installation kit

Reduce your heating bill and save money with this affordable Double Bubble Reflective Foil insulation. It has an R-value of 4, and according to the manufacturer, it reflects 97 percent of radiant heat. The insulation comes in a 10-foot-long by 4-foot-wide roll that cuts easily to the proper size with a utility knife or scissors. 

This insulation kit for garage doors features two layers of polyethylene air bubbles to help reduce the transmission of heat through the air layer. This is sandwiched between a reflective film of aluminum polyester designed to reflect radiant heat away from the garage door and back into the open garage space. The insulation is lightweight yet durable enough to be installed with tacks, staples, or nails if necessary.

Testing the product was rather tricky. First, this isn’t a garage-door–specific kit, so we needed to cut the sheet into strips. Even then, we didn’t have enough to cover an entire door. We needed to use our own double-sided tape to hang it as well; because it’s so lightweight, though, that really wasn’t an issue. However, we did find that this reflective foil insulation did a good job of keeping out unwanted noise, and it measured warmer than the uninsulated door (at least in the areas where we were able to install it). The doubled layers were thicker than the other radiant barriers as well.

Get the US Energy Products double bubble garage door insulation at Amazon.

Upgrade Pick

US Energy Products Nasatek 2-Car Foam Insulation Kit

 US Energy Products Nasatek Garage Door Insulation on a garage door
Photo: Amazon

Our Ratings: Ease of Installation 5/5; Performance 4/5; Sound Mitigation 4.5/5; Value 5/5

Product Specs 

  • Type: Radiant barrier
  • Size: Four rolls, each 18 feet long by 2 feet wide (ours came in 9-foot-long rolls)
  • Installation kit: Yes

What We Like

  • Best installation kit and instructions in the test
  • Nice workable lengths 
  • Blocked sound and temperature transfer

What We Don’t Like

  • Strips weren’t cut squarely from the factory

For garages with two doors, a standard garage door insulation kit won’t provide the necessary amount of insulation. This Nasatek 2-car garage door insulation kit comes with four rolls of 18-foot-long by 2-foot-wide foam core insulation. This kit also includes a utility knife to cut the insulation to the right size, a squeegee to help prepare the garage door for installation, and heavy-duty double-sided tape used to attach the insulation.

The premium-priced reflective white foam core has an R-value of 8, which can reduce the temperature inside the garage by 30 degrees in hot summer weather. Installing the insulation is simple using the double-sided tape, though the kit also comes with an instruction booklet.

Like the other barriers, it did a good job of blocking sound, and the insulated door measured warmer than the uninsulated door. If we had a complaint, it would be that the ends of the strips weren’t cut squarely, which made the installation look a little sloppy.

What our tester says: “In regard to installation gear and instructions, this kit was by far the most complete and best quality. It came with plenty of tape, a few razor knives, and squeegees for ensuring the tape and the insulation were attached correctly. Also, the rolls came in 9-foot lengths as opposed to the 18-foot lengths described, so they were very easy to work with.” —Tom Scalisi, Product Reviews tester and writer

Get the US Energy Products 2-car garage door insulation kit at Amazon.

Best Reflective

US Energy Products Nasatek 1-Car Reflective Insulation Kit

 MWS Nasatech 1-Car Garage Door Insulation Foam Kit on a white background
Photo: Amazon

Our Ratings: Ease of Installation 5/5; Performance 4/5; Sound Mitigation 5/5; Value 4/5

Product Specs 

  • Type: Foam
  • Size: Eight panels, each roughly 9 feet long by 2 feet wide
  • Installation kit: Yes

What We Like

  • Effectively retains warmth while keeping noise out
  • Installation kit includes high-quality tape
  • Choice of surfaces when installing

What We Don’t Like

  • The white surface was a bit too much

Garage owners who’d prefer to use lightweight, reflective insulation for garage doors should check out this kit from US Energy products. This radiant barrier kit features a layer of foam sandwiched between a white layer and a reflective layer, offering a clean look with the benefit of a radiant surface. 

The kit comes as a set of eight precut panels for 9-foot doors. It also comes with the double-sided tape required for hanging it (which is quite easy). 

During the test, this kit also proved to be effective at keeping noise, as well as the cold air, at bay while working in the garage. The kit was very easy to install, and the double-sided tape was effective enough to hold this lightweight foam up through multiple up-and-down cycles with the garage door. We liked that there were two options for the surface (the directions even state that there is no “right side”) since we weren’t really into the white.

Get the US Energy Products 1-car garage door insulation kit at Amazon.

Best Easy Install

Matador Garage Door Insulation

 Matador Garage Door Insulation on a white background
Photo: Amazon

Our Ratings: Ease of Installation 5/5; Performance 4/5; Sound Mitigation 5/5; Value 4/5

Product Specs 

  • Type: Rigid foam
  • Size: Eight panels, each 54 inches long by 20.25 inches wide (ours was closer to 21 inches)
  • Installation kit: No (shouldn’t require one)

What We Like

  • Minimal weight gave us hanging options
  • Effective sound and temperature transfer control
  • Thick, dense foam, but it’s easy to cut

What We Don’t Like

  • Only really works for garage doors with rails

Anyone who wants to insulate a garage door but is uncomfortable using adhesives or fasteners should check out this easy -to-install garage door insulation kit from Matador. The kit comes with eight polystyrene laminate panels that can be cut to the perfect size for any garage door panels. Each piece of polystyrene laminate measures 54 inches long by 20.25 inches wide by 1.25 inches thick and has an R-value of 4.8. 

With this insulation kit, tape, glue, pins, or any other adhesives or fasteners aren’t necessary. After cutting everything to size, carefully slot them in between the horizontal and vertical rails on the garage door. The insulation also has a bright white and easily washable surface to keep the garage looking great.

In full disclosure, these panels didn’t work with our garage door since we didn’t have the rails to slide them between. However, since they’re lightweight, we were able to tape them in place with the extra adhesive and tape from the other kits. Once we did, we were very impressed with the noise reduction and temperature difference between doors. The foam is thick and dense, but it’s easy enough to cut for custom-fitted panels (though doing so does make a mess). 

Get the Matador garage door insulation at Amazon, Ace Hardware, or The Home Depot.

Jump to Our Top Picks

How We Tested the Best Garage Door Insulation Kits

While installing garage door insulation is generally simple, testing these products is difficult. First, we needed to understand that garage door insulation will not keep a space toasty warm; it’s not that type of insulation. As our test garage contained two bays, though, we left one door uninsulated while we installed the kits on the other. This gave us a reasonable “control” subject to test the doors against.

First, we installed each kit according to the instructions (some didn’t come with any). We used double-sided tape and adhesive squares to hold each strip in place. Then, we trimmed all the sheets to size with a razor knife. We then opened and closed the door several times to ensure the product had adhered properly. 

Finally, we took note of the apparent noise transfer and temperature transfer through the garage door. It’s difficult to say which product was more effective since the temperatures and sun’s position change throughout the day. However, each product appeared to be effective at reducing heat loss. We checked the insulated door against the uninsulated door and recorded the temperature readings.

What to Consider When Choosing a Garage Door Insulation Kit

Finding the best garage door insulation kit for a home isn’t difficult once you decide which type of insulation you’d prefer. Even so, there are still a few things to consider. Here are some important points to keep in mind while shopping for a garage door insulation kit. 

Types of Garage Door Insulation Kits

Garage door insulation kits can come in many types, including radiant barrier, fiberglass, foam, and cellulose. And, because the garage is one of the places that could most benefit from better insulation, it’s worth getting familiar with the various types.

Radiant Barrier

Radiant barriers are usually inexpensive and are made of highly reflective materials such as aluminum. This type of garage door insulation kit is used to block the radiant heat energy instead of absorbing it like fiberglass insulation. It typically features one or two layers of reflective material to create a heat barrier in addition to an “air space” layer that can be made of bubble wrap. This air space layer creates a pocket that reduces both conductive and convective heat flow (spreading and containing heat) to help keep the garage warm.

Fiberglass

Fiberglass is commonly used to insulate homes, so it only makes sense that it can have the same effect on a garage door. This thick, fibrous material has a high R-value, meaning it’s a great material to insulate a garage, attic, ceilings, walls, and floors. (R-value is determined by the thickness and the density of a material. The higher the R-value, the better the material will insulate.) The only downside of fiberglass is that it’s messy to work with. 

Foam

Foam garage door insulation can be split into two categories: spray foam and rigid foam, which is also known as foam core.

  • Spray foam is exactly what it sounds like: a foamy substance that sprays onto a garage door. It’s cheap and easy, but it’s not the best option for garage doors. 
  • Rigid foam, or foam core, is made from Styrofoam. It’s lightweight, user-friendly, and affordable. There are three types of rigid foam used for garage door insulation, including expanded polystyrene (EPS), extruded polystyrene (XPS), and polyisocyanurate (polyiso). 

Cellulose

Cellulose is a low-thermal product that’s made entirely from organic material like plant fibers, cotton, or wood. This type of insulation can also use recycled materials such as old newspapers, cardboard, office paper, and other paper products. Cellulose also contains a fire-resistant borate treatment to help protect the home from fire.

Cellulose must be sprayed onto the garage door panels in the same way as spray foam insulation, and it provides a highly effective method of retaining the garage heat. Unfortunately, cellulose is also the most expensive garage door insulation kit type, so it may not be an option for DIYers on a budget.

Compatibility

When selecting a garage door insulation kit, ensure that it’s compatible with the garage door. For instance, some insulation kits require metal channels along the garage door support frame to securely install the insulation. 

Before purchasing a garage door insulation kit, look into its installation instructions and requirements to avoid accidentally buying a kit that’s for a different size or type of garage door. 

Size

The size of the garage door itself, along with the size of each individual panel, is also an important consideration. While many insulation kits come with panels that can be customized to fit any garage door, it’s better to find a product that comes close to the size required to save money and reduce waste. 

For those who go with spray foam or cellulose, measure the space beforehand to ensure there’s enough spray insulation to properly insulate the entire door. Some insulation kits are designed to move with the door, while others only insulate the individual panels, allowing movement at the garage door seams.

Effectiveness

The effectiveness of a garage door insulation kit can be estimated using two measurements: U-factor and R-value.

  • U-factor and U-value are interchangeable terms used to describe the measurement of the thermal efficiency of a garage door and the rate of heat transfer, with ratings ranging from 0 to 1. These measurements are given in decimal form only and operate on a reverse scale from R-value. What this means is that the lower the U-factor, the more efficient the insulation. For example, a U-factor of 0.05 is more efficient than a U-factor of 0.10.
  • R-value measures the rate of heat loss and thermal efficiency of the garage door insulation material, but it doesn’t measure the thermal efficiency of the door itself. This rating is frequently used by manufacturers and is measured on a scale that begins at 0 and typically ranges up to 16.

Weight

When thinking about adding insulation to a door, remember that doing so will also add weight. If the weight of the insulation is too great, then it can affect the operation of both automatic and manual garage doors. The best way to avoid this issue is to use lightweight insulation that will not overburden or hinder the garage door.

Fiberglass and rigid foam are easy to install and don’t often cause weight issues, though radiant barriers are much lighter. Spray foam and cellulose can quickly become heavy if the layers of insulation are too thick. Always use these insulation sprays carefully to avoid over-spraying the garage door.

Adhesive

Garage door insulation kits can be attached to a door in a variety of ways; some use clips and tape, while others just require tucking the insulation into the framework of the panels. Adhesives, however, can make the installation process easier and can be used with any type of garage door.

Adhesives may connect pins to the door, providing a secure base to attach the insulation panels, or they may be used to secure the insulation directly to the door without the need for additional fasteners. This type of installation method is one of the easiest, but adhesives are also difficult to remove. Even so, they’re still not as difficult to remove as spray foam.

Ease of Installation

The installation process is relatively easy regardless of the type of insulation chosen; however, spray insulation should be used only for those who are confident in their ability to moderately spray expanding foam on a vertical surface. Some insulation works well with metal doors because it can be slotted into the frame on the door without needing to be attached, glued, or fastened to anything. 

From this basic install, the difficulty increases to include adhesives that can either fasten directly to the garage door or affix with retaining pins to the garage door. The retaining pins pierce the insulation and secure it with a retaining cap. It’s also possible to use spray foam or spray cellulose, which is very easy to apply but can be difficult to create an even layering across an entire door without blocking the flexible garage door seams.

The Advantages of Insulating a Garage Door

Having a garage attached to a home or as a detached building on a property offers a secure location to store vehicles, tools, sports gear, and yard equipment. But keeping it warm can be difficult. Whether heating the garage via the home’s heating system or pulling out the old electric heater from time to time, there’s no doubt that insulating garage doors can help save money. This simple upgrade helps keep heat in and cold out, reducing the amount of electricity or gas it takes to warm a garage.

Adding insulation to a garage door also increases the weight and support of the garage door panels so that they become more durable. This update to the garage door also makes it quieter, reducing the transmission of sound through the door and the vibration of the door panels. Garage door insulation installation helps protect vehicles, tools, and other items from freezing temperatures and frigid winds so that the car will start in the morning.

  • Adding garage door insulation can reduce electric bills (saving money).
  • Insulation makes garage doors quieter and more durable to operate.
  • With insulated garage doors, vehicles (and pipes) will be better protected against frigid temperatures.

FAQs 

Q. How does garage door insulation work?

Garage door insulation can be attached to your garage door with fasteners, tape, adhesives, or a hardening insulation foam spray. The insulation then acts to slow the conductive and convective heat flow, preventing heat from escaping through the garage door and also blocking cold air from entering the garage.

Q. What is a good R-value for a garage door insulation kit?

Whether the R-value of a garage door insulation kit is good enough for your garage is based on several factors, including the number of shared or detached walls, the heating system inside the garage (if it has one), and the average climate in your city or state. However, for most garages, an R-value of 4 to 8 is acceptable for insulating your garage door, though for maximum heat retention, you can get insulation with an R-value up to 16.

Q. What is included in a garage door insulation kit?

This depends on the specific manufacturer, but typically you receive installation instructions, insulation panels, and fasteners, such as adhesive retainer pins and retainer caps, to securely attach the insulation to your garage door.

Q. How do you install garage door insulation?

Learning how to insulate a garage door is fairly simple with the help of the right insulation kit. Simply follow these steps:
Vacuum the garage door to remove dust and debris (and consider investing in garage door threshold for future convenience). If your garage door insulation kit uses adhesive, wash the door with soapy water and dry it with a clean rag.
Measure and attach the retainer pins to the garage door. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for exact spacing for your product.
Measure and cut the insulation panels to fit tightly inside the garage door panels.
Line up the insulation with the garage door panel and guide it into place. The retainer pins should pierce the insulation.
Push the retaining cap over the pin until it snaps into place.
Repeat steps 4 and 5 until each insulation panel has been fastened to its intended garage door panel.
This shouldn’t affect the way the garage door opens, so if you experience some issues with the door’s operation, you’ll need to do some troubleshooting.

Q. Are garage door insulation kits worth it?

On the low end, installing an insulated garage door costs less than you might expect—especially if you install it on your own. If you plan on heating your garage, the insulation can make it less expensive to do so. For most folks considering insulating their garage, the answer is yes, the comfort and cost savings make garage door insulation kits a worthwhile investment.

Meet the Tester

Tom Scalisi is a freelance writer specializing in the home design, construction, tools, and automotive industries. He has been involved in the trades for over 15 years as both a contractor and a commercial building mechanic. His work has been featured on This Old House, Family Handyman, and Forbes. He also owns and operates a pest control blog RiddaBugs.com. As a lover of all things tools, construction, and DIY, he’s always looking for new tools and techniques while also sharing his knowledge with the DIY world. 

Additional research provided by Timothy Dale. 

The post This Simple DIY Upgrade Keeps Your Garage Comfortable and Warm appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-03T10:20:54-05:00
<![CDATA[We Tested Home Generators to Find the Best Picks a Power Outage]]>Be prepared for power outages with the best home generator. View top picks for portable, light-duty, and heavy-duty options based on extensive hands-on testing.

The post We Tested Home Generators to Find the Best Picks a Power Outage appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-home-generator/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-home-generator/Wed, 29 Jan 2025 12:32:14 -0500ExteriorBackup GeneratorsEnergy & PowerGeneratorsMajor SystemsReviewsWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

During a power outage, a home generator can keep the lights on, the HVAC running, and the appliances powered, but there are a lot of options out there, from whole-house to quiet inverter models. Because we’re big on helping our readers navigate the array of products that make life easier, our team tackled the task of testing home generators.

These independent power sources range in output for a variety of needs. After researching more than 40 top models, we selected the highest-scoring models in a range of categories for hands-on testing. Our favorite was the Dual-Fuel Generator from Champion thanks to its versatile operation and multiple outlets.

Whether you’re looking for a generator to run an entire home or to power only a few essentials, you can find a top-notch one in this lineup. Keep reading to find out how each one performed and to learn more about what to consider when shopping for the best home generator for your needs.

  1. BEST OVERALL: Champion 8500-Watt Dual-Fuel Generator With CO Shield
  2. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: Pulsar 2200-Watt Dual-Fuel Quiet Inverter Generator
  3. BEST INVERTER: Westinghouse iGen4500 Inverter Generator
  4. BEST WHOLE-HOUSE: Briggs & Stratton PowerProtect DX 26kW Home Generator
  5. BEST QUIET: Honda 2200-Watt Inverter Generator With CO-Minder
  6. BEST DUAL-FUEL: Westinghouse WGen9500DF Dual-Fuel Generator
  7. BEST POWER STATION: Generac GB2000 Portable Power Station
  8. ALSO CONSIDER: Champion 7500-Watt Dual-Fuel Generator
The Westinghouse WGen9500DF Dual-Fuel Generator in a driveway with a gas can, propane tank, and several extension cords next to it.
Photo: Glenda Taylor for Bob Vila

Product Comparison

WattageFuelOutlets/PortsWeight
Champion 8500-Watt Dual-Fuel Generator With CO ShieldGasoline: 10,625 peak watts and 8,500 running watts; propane 9,565 peak watts and 7,650 running wattsGasoline or propaneOne 120 volt (V)-30 amp (A) locking outlet; one 120/240V-30A locking outlet; four 120V-20A ground-fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) outlets209 pounds
Pulsar 2200-Watt Dual-Fuel Quiet Inverter GeneratorGasoline: 2,200 peak watts and 1,800 running watts; propane: 2,000 peak watts and 1,600 running wattsGasoline or propaneTwo 120V-15A AC outlets; one USB-A port46.5 pounds
Westinghouse iGen4500 Inverter Generator4,500 peak watts and 3,700 running wattsGasolineOne 120V-30A outlet; two 120V-20A outlets; 2 USB-A ports104.7 pounds
Briggs & Stratton PowerProtect DX 26kW Home Generator30,000 peak watts and 26,000 running wattsPropane or natural gasNot applicable540 pounds
Honda 2200-Watt Inverter Generator With CO-Minder2,200 peak watts and 1,800 running wattsGasolineTwo 125V-20A outlets47.4 pounds
Westinghouse WGen9500DF Dual-Fuel GeneratorGasoline: 12,500 peak watts and 9,500 running watts; propane: 11,200 peak watts and 8,500 running wattsGasoline or propaneFour 120V-20A GFCI outlets, one 120V/240V-30A outlet, and one 120/240V-50A outlet211 pounds
Generac GB2000 Portable Power Station3,200 peak watts and 1,600 running wattsAC, DC, or solarThree 120V-13.3A outlets; one 12V DC port; 2 USB-A ports; 2 USB-C ports43 pounds
Champion 7500-Watt Dual-Fuel GeneratorGasoline: 9,375 peak watts and 7,500 running watts; propane: 8,400 peak watts and 6,750 watts runningGasoline or propaneOne 120/240V-30A locking outlet; one 120V-30A locking outlet; four 120V-20A GFCI outlets205 pounds

Our Top Picks

When shopping for a generator, it’s easy to become overwhelmed by the available options on the market. While the following models vary in fuel type, electrical load, and intended use, each one earned a spot on this lineup by excelling in real-world tests.

Best Overall

Champion 8500-Watt Dual-Fuel Generator With CO Shield

 The Champion 8500-Watt Dual-Fuel Generator With CO Shield on a white background.
Photo: lowes.com

What We Like

  • Runs on both gasoline and propane
  • Suits a range of power needs with 6 outlets
  • Built-in carbon monoxide (CO) shutoff

What We Don’t Like

  • Relatively heavy at 209 pounds

Our Ratings: Ease of Use 5/5; Noise 4/5; Portability 5/5; Power 5/5; Value 5/5

Product Specs

  • Wattage: Gasoline: 10,625 peak watts and 8,500 running watts; propane 9,565 peak watts and 7,650 running watts
  • Fuel: Gasoline or propane
  • Outlets/ports: One 120 volt (V)-30 amp (A) locking outlet; one 120/240V-30A locking outlet; four 120V-20A ground-fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) outlets
  • Weight: 209 pounds

Read our full review: Champion 8500-Watt Dual-Fuel Generator With CO Shield

This Champion 8,500-watt generator comes from a well-known manufacturer of quality generators, and it excelled in our hands-on tests. This dual-fuel generator runs on gasoline or propane, so if you stock up on both, you’ll be ready for any power emergency.

We tested several power tools and appliances with the Champion. We also connected it to a travel trailer’s 30A cord, and it generated enough power to run all our appliances without flipping any breakers, even at maximum load. The Champion features six outlets, a digital display for monitoring runtime and power output, and a built-in detector that shuts down the generator if it registers a hazardous carbon monoxide gas level.

However, this is a heavy unit. It weighs 209 pounds without fuel, making it a challenge to lift in and out of the back of a pickup truck bed. But for a powerful home generator to run several tools or appliances simultaneously, this Champion model is tough to beat.

Get the Champion 8,500-watt home generator at The Home Depot.

Best Bang for the Buck

Pulsar 2200-Watt Dual-Fuel Quiet Inverter Generator

 The Pulsar 2200-Watt Dual-Fuel Quiet Inverter Generator on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Light enough to move around without strain
  • Easy to set up and get the engine running
  • Ability to run on either propane or gasoline

What We Don’t Like

  • Access panel to change the oil was difficult to remove
  • Changing the oil required tipping the generator on its side

Our Ratings: Ease of Use 4/5; Power 4.5/5; Portability 5/5; Noise 4/5; Value 4.5/5

Product Specs

  • Wattage: Gasoline: 2,200 peak watts and 1,800 running watts; propane: 2,000 peak watts and 1,600 running watts
  • Fuel: Gasoline or propane
  • Outlets/ports: Two 120V-15A AC outlets; one USB-A port
  • Weight: 46.5 pounds

A no-frills dual-fuel generator that’s small enough to tuck away in the corner of a garage or in a truck bed, the Pulsar 2200-watt generator delivered an easy experience powering our test equipment. The 1.18-gallon generator can run for up to 8 hours on half load on a single tank of gas.

Setting up the generator for the first time was fairly straightforward, though filling the oil for the first time proved to be a challenge. The side panel that we needed to unscrew and pop off to access the oil fill port and dipstick was difficult to remove. We also had to lay the generator on its side to fill it with oil, which required a bit of balancing as it’s not completely flat. Balancing while pouring oil was a bit tricky, to say the least. Starting it was a piece of cake. Turning on the Pulsar requires pulling a recoil start, but the engine kicked on after just a couple of pulls—even in the cold.

We used several appliances, including a couple of heat guns and hair dryers at the same time to test the generator at different loads. As promised, the generator handled a combined 1,800 watts without much issue and shut power off when we overloaded it with 2,300 watts.

The Pulsar’s noise level seemed louder than expected, but it was still in a reasonable range for its output. It’s a great option for budget-priced backup power for light-duty power needs such as small DIY projects and powering a couple of household appliances during an outage.

Get the Pulsar home generator at Amazon or Walmart.

Best Inverter

Westinghouse iGen4500 Inverter Generator

 The Westinghouse iGen4500 Inverter Generator on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Remote control offers starting and stopping from a distance
  • Eco mode saves energy when power draw is minimal
  • Extendable handle and wheels make it easy for 1 person to move

What We Don’t Like

  • Only runs on gasoline with no option for propane

Our Ratings: Ease of Use 5/5; Noise 4/5; Portability 4/5; Power 4.5/5; Value 4.5/5

Product Specs

  • Wattage: 4,500 peak watts and 3,700 running watts
  • Fuel: Gasoline
  • Outlets/ports: One 120V-30A outlet; two 120V-20A outlets; 2 USB-A ports
  • Weight: 104.7 pounds

Read our full review: Westinghouse iGen4500 Inverter Generator

It’s hard to beat Westinghouse’s 4,500-watt inverter generator for power output, versatility, and portability. It’s not the highest-wattage model we tested, but it excelled at running several power tools, including grinders and saws, as well as the essentials in our travel trailer. Setting it up was a snap—all we had to do was add oil and fill the gas tank. Best of all, it’s quiet and efficient.

The iGen4500 has a 3.4-gallon gasoline tank that can run up to 18 hours. Since it’s an inverter, it only burns enough to cover the appliances or tools it’s powering. This makes it more eco-friendly than noninverter models that burn fuel at a set rate no matter how much power is being drawn. This backup generator offers a variety of power ports, including a 30A port, two 20A ports, and two USB ports. However, it weighs almost 105 pounds without fuel, so lifting it up and down can be challenging for one person.

While this would be a great emergency generator, we also think it’s a top-notch pick for RVs, camping, and remote powering due to its quiet and efficient operation.

Get the Westinghouse home generator at Amazon, Tractor Supply Co., or Walmart

Best Whole-House

Briggs & Stratton PowerProtect DX 26kW Home Generator

 The Briggs & Stratton PowerProtect DX 26kW Home Generator on a white background.
Photo: lowes.com

What We Like

  • Turns on automatically within seconds of a power outage
  • Supplies ample power to run all appliances, including HVAC
  • Users can configure it to run weekly self-tests

What We Don’t Like

  • Can’t be installed inside a garage, shed, or other enclosure
  • Local codes may require licensed pros to hook up

Our Ratings: Ease of Use 4/5; Noise 4/5; Portability N/A; Power 5/5; Value 4.5/5

Product Specs

  • Wattage: 30,000 peak watts and 26,000 running watts
  • Fuel: Propane or natural gas
  • Outlets/ports: Not applicable
  • Weight: 540 pounds

The only standby generator we tested, the Briggs & Stratton PowerProtect is in a class by itself. It requires professional installation, often required by local code, because it connects to electrical power at the meter and to a home’s gas line. Prior to installation, this unit required site analysis and preparation (trenching in electrical lines and pouring concrete for a pad), and we also had an assessment to ensure it could run every appliance at the test home.

Once installed, we tested the generator by shutting off the electricity at the meter, and it started automatically in about 15 seconds. Surprisingly, the Briggs & Stratton only generated about 72 decibels of noise during operation. We turned on an HVAC unit, electric range, and all the lights in the house. We even plugged in some power tools as well, and the generator provided enough power for it all.

Although they can be pricey depending on capacity and local installation fees, standby generators are the best choice for ensuring reliable and comprehensive backup power.

Get the Briggs & Stratton home generator at Lowe’s.

Best Quiet

Honda 2200-Watt Inverter Generator with CO-Minder

 The Honda 2200-Watt Inverter Generator with CO-Minder on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Whisper-quiet operation
  • Provides cleaner electricity with lower noise
  • Lightweight construction and compact build
  • Reliable and easy-to-start engine
  • CO-Minder advanced CO detection

What We Don’t Like

  • Not equipped with USB ports
  • Premium price point

Our Ratings: Ease of Use 5/5; Noise 4/5; Portability 4/5; Power 5/5; Value 4/5

Product Specs

  • Wattage: 2,200 peak watts and 1,800 running watts
  • Fuel: Gasoline
  • Outlets/ports: Two 125V-20A outlets
  • Weight: 47.4 pounds

The Honda EU2200i inverter generator offers reliability, simple operation, and low noise. Honda estimates that the EU2200i runs at 48 to 57 weighted decibels, and we found that its sound easily gets lost in the background. It comes equipped with a Honda GXR120 commercial series engine that delivers 120 volts and up to 1,800 running watts and 2,200 starting watts. A 125V-20A duplex outlet allows users to plug in two electrical cords without worrying about overloading the generator. T

his machine is compatible with the Honda My Generator mobile app for remote monitoring and is parallel-ready for use with a second Honda EU2200i (connection kit sold separately). It also features a built-in carbon monoxide sensor and safety shutoff. In two separate tests, we used the Honda generator to power a full-size refrigerator for 4 hours and then a portable table saw and miter saw for an 8-hour workday. We even added a USB hub to charge a phone and laptop.

In each test, the devices worked perfectly, the electrical current remained strong and steady, and the breaker didn’t trip. The generator’s molded plastic handle is well placed, and when combined with the machine’s proportions, the unit is fairly easy to carry, even though it weighs nearly 50 pounds. We would have appreciated a built-in USB port in addition to the wall-style outlet, though. As it was, we had to unplug a tool that draws 10A just to charge a device using less than 3A.

Still, a clean electrical current and quiet operation in a lightweight, easy-to-stow package make the Honda an excellent choice for a home backup generator.

Get the Honda home generator at Amazon, Lowe’s, The Home Depot, or Northern Tool + Equipment

Best Dual-Fuel

Westinghouse WGen9500DF Dual-Fuel Generator

 The Westinghouse WGen9500DF Dual-Fuel Generator on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Runs on either gasoline or propane
  • Comes with 3 ways to start
  • Features digital data display for real-time information

What We Don’t Like

  • On the heavy side at 211 pounds

Our Ratings: Ease of Use 4.5/5; Power 5/5; Portability 4/5; Noise 4/5; Value 4.5/5

Product Specs

  • Wattage: Gasoline: 12,500 peak watts and 9,500 running watts; propane: 11,200 peak watts and 8,500 running watts
  • Fuel: Gasoline or propane
  • Outlets/Ports: Four 120V-20A GFCI outlets, one 120V/240V-30A outlet, and one 120/240V-50A outlet
  • Weight: 211 pounds

Westinghouse WGen9500DF is an all-around top pick when the power goes out. It has a 6.6-gallon gasoline tank that will keep it running for 12 hours at 25 percent load and up to 8 hours at 50 percent load. (Actual tank runtime may vary depending on gasoline quality and electrical load.) With a 20-pound propane tank, the generator will run up to 7 hours at 50 percent load.

This is a heavy model, weighing 211 pounds, but it mainly came assembled—all we had to do was attach the wheels and the handle. We tested it first with gasoline, followed by propane, and the results were excellent with both fuels. We ran several power tools simultaneously and powered an oven/range and a clothes dryer (at separate times). A nice perk was the remote fob, which allowed us to start the generator from 90 feet away.

The WGen9500DF is a good pick for those who want an emergency generator to power more than just a couple of cell phones.

Get the Westinghouse home generator at Amazon

Best Power Station

Generac GB2000 Portable Power Station

 The Generac GB2000 Portable Power Station on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Charges to full capacity in 3 to 4 hours
  • Enough power for tools, appliances, and digital devices
  • Designed for emergency, off-grid, or recreational use

What We Don’t Like

  • Solar panels are not included

Our Ratings: Ease of Use 5/5; Noise 5/5; Portability 3.5/5; Power 4.5/5; Value 5/5

Product Specs

  • Wattage: 3,200 peak watts and 1,600 running watts
  • Power source: AC, DC, or solar
  • Outlets/ports: Three 120V-13.3A outlets; one 12V DC port; 2 USB-A ports; 2 USB-C ports
  • Weight: 43 pounds

A distinct downside with fuel-powered generators is the inability to run them indoors due to hazardous fumes. Power stations, however, can be used indoors to power several appliances and electronic items, depending on their capacity. The Generac GB2000 is a beefy power backup that provides up to 1,600 running watts of electricity and comes with three standard outlets, four USB ports, and a 12V DC car port. Charging the GB2000 took about 3.5 hours when we plugged it directly into a standard AC outlet.

We also charged it with solar panels, but the day was slightly overcast, which kept it from charging quickly—it took about 5 hours to charge from 28 to 100 percent. A sunnier day or stronger solar panels would likely have charged it more quickly. When fully charged, we used it to run our fridge, a miter saw, lamps, a laptop, and cell phone—not all simultaneously. We made about 20 cuts with the miter saw and noticed no lag in the saw’s power. It took a couple of hours to fully charge the cell phone by placing it on the wireless charging panel at the top of the GB2000.

We left the fridge and laptop plugged in for several hours without depleting the battery—we still had 20 percent when we unplugged them. The Generac is well suited as an emergency backup for essential appliances or a remote power source for tailgating and camping, but at 43 pounds, it’s a bit heavy if you plan to carry it very far on trails.

Get the Generac home generator at Amazon, Lowe’s, Tractor Supply Co., The Home Depot, Walmart, or Generac.

Also Consider

Champion 7500-Watt Dual-Fuel Generator

 The Champion 7500-Watt Dual-Fuel Generator on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Fuel efficient
  • Easy-to-use electric start is user-friendly
  • Digital screen tracks voltage, hertz, and runtime
  • Features a built-in surge protector and automatic low-oil shutoff

What We Don’t Like

  • Higher fuel consumption than more efficient models
  • Heavy at 205 pounds

Our Ratings: Ease of Use 4.5/5; Noise 4/5; Portability 4/5; Power 5/5; Value 5/5

Project Specs

  • Wattage: Gasoline: 9,375 peak watts and 7,500 running watts; propane: 8,400 peak watts and 6,750 watts running
  • Fuel: Gasoline or propane
  • Outlets/ports: One 120/240V-30A locking outlet; one 120V-30A locking outlet; four 120V-20A GFCI outlets
  • Weight: 205 pounds

This Champion 7,500-watt dual-fuel generator delivers enough electricity to power up an off-grid jobsite or keep critical home circuits running through a utility outage. It includes numerous convenience features, like a push-button electric starter, covered outlets, and a fold-out transport handle. In our tests, the push-button starter worked perfectly, no matter the weather.

We appreciated its two locking 30A outlets (one 120V and one 120/240V) for powering a home, workshop, RV, or heavy-duty tools like portable welders. It also has four household-style 120V-20A outlets for lower-wattage applications. On a 7.7-gallon tank of gas, this generator supports a 50 percent load for up to 10 hours or up to 5.5 hours with a 20-pound propane cylinder. Using propane, we ran a portable table saw, miter saw, router, and air compressor for 4 hours and had just under half a tank of propane left over.

On the downside, its heavy weight made it tough to navigate across a yard and lift in and out of a truck. It also does not include an idle controller, which leads to more fuel consumption than eco-throttle-equipped generators. Still, it offered plenty of power and access points for the price.

Get the Champion 7500-watt home generator at Blain’s Farm & Fleet.

Jump to Our Top Picks

How We Tested the Best Home Generators

Before testing, we carefully researched more than 40 portable and standby generators and over a dozen high-capacity power stations. We looked at consumer satisfaction, ease of use, price, and versatility. We also considered brand reputation—manufacturers like Champion, Honda, Westinghouse, and Briggs & Stratton are highly respected in the generator industry.

Our goal was to pinpoint models that would suit diverse user needs. This list includes powerful, gas-fueled, and dual-fueled generators in addition to quieter inverters and even solar power stations.

Team members assembled and fueled the generators using the appropriate fuel types. Then we plugged in power tools, home appliances, and electronic devices to see if the generators would produce the advertised wattage. We used an online wattage calculator to help us estimate the correct wattage for testing. In addition, we took note of the noise the generators produced when operating (some models are quieter than others), and we took portability into account.

For each generator, we awarded points based on quality and performance. At the end of testing, we averaged the points to determine which models were best suited to specific applications and users.

Testing Stats

Products tested: 8

Hours spent testing:
55

Tests performed:
5

Average price:
$1651

What to Consider When Choosing a Home Generator

Several factors can affect each type of generator’s overall functionality when the power goes out. Keep the following considerations in mind when searching for the best home generator to keep you powered up when severe weather or a natural disaster causes an outage.

Types of Home Generators

Finding the best generator for your power needs involves weighing the four types available. Each type has its own set of pros and cons, and one is likely to suit your home’s specific needs better than the others.

Home Standby Generators

Home standby generators, also called whole-house generators, are large, permanently installed generators that connect to a home’s electrical panel for backup power during an electrical outage. They are equipped with an automatic transfer switch (explained in later sections) that automatically switches on the generator’s power supply when it detects a loss of utility power. Home standby generators are most commonly powered by natural gas or propane, but some diesel models are available.

Home standby generators have the largest power ratings and are usually, though not always, powerful enough to satisfy the electrical demands of an entire home. They can power utilities such as water heaters and central air conditioners. The downside is that they’re the most expensive to purchase and install and require installation by certified professionals. An electrician is needed to connect it to the electrical panel, and a plumber may be required to connect the propane or natural gas line to the generator.

Portable Generators

As the name suggests, portable generators are small and can be moved to different locations. Compared to standby options, these are cheap home generators. They can have a wide range of power output ratings. Some may only power a limited number of electrical items and appliances, while large-capacity portable generators may have a 30A outlet for connecting a transfer switch.

Many options are gas-powered generators, but some are powered by diesel or propane. Multifuel generators (dual- and tri-fuel) are powered by multiple fuel sources, including gasoline, diesel, propane, and/or natural gas. Be advised that fuel-powered generators should never be used indoors since the engine can emit a toxic level of CO, leading to sickness or death.

Inverter Generators

Inverter generators are technically a type of portable generator, but they offer a different set of pros and cons. As opposed to conventional generator engines that constantly operate at the same output rate, inverter generators adapt to power demand.

This makes them more fuel efficient, allowing them to have smaller fuel tanks and more portability than other generators. This efficiency reduces their CO emissions. It also makes them quiet generators, usually only producing around a 60-decibel noise level—the same volume level as a typical conversation.

All of these advantages make them a popular choice among campers and RVers who value silent operation and portability. The disadvantages? Inverter generators are typically more expensive than regular portable generators and generally produce less power.

Portable Power Stations

Portable power stations are essentially battery banks that store electrical power. Instead of using gasoline, diesel, propane, or natural gas, power stations are charged in a standard electrical outlet or via solar panels. Solar-powered power stations are often called solar generators and offer a practically unlimited and renewable power source—just as long as the sun is shining.

These power stations are usually designed to be compact and lightweight for incredible portability. They are also virtually silent when in operation. In addition, they can be safely used indoors since they don’t produce any harmful emissions.

The primary disadvantages are that they’re usually more expensive than conventional portable generators and have significantly lower power output. That being said, they can be used to power a handful of essential appliances during an outage.

Fuel or Energy Type 

  • Gasoline: A widely available fuel source, gasoline is a common fuel source for portable generators. The primary disadvantages are that gasoline is more expensive and less efficient than other fuel sources, and gasoline engines typically emit the highest levels of CO. Also, storing gasoline in a gas can for long periods of time requires a fuel stabilizer and can present a significant fire hazard if stored incorrectly.
  • Diesel: Although generators fueled by diesel aren’t as common as those fueled by gasoline, diesel is more efficient and can be stored for longer periods without a stabilizer. Diesel storage also doesn’t pose as significant a fire hazard as gasoline.
  • Propane: Propane is a common fuel source for standby generators and may either be tied into a home’s primary propane gas tank or have a designated tank strictly for the generator. It’s not commonly a primary fuel source for portable generators, but some tri-fuel and dual-fuel generators accommodate propane as a backup fuel source. The main disadvantages are that propane isn’t as energy efficient as other fuel sources, and a generator fueled by propane will usually have a lower runtime and produce less power. Propane also presents a fire hazard if stored incorrectly.
  • Natural gas: As a fuel source, natural gas is used exclusively with standby generators. For use with a generator, it is tied into a home’s natural gas line to offer a practically limitless source of fuel. The disadvantages are that natural gas is less energy efficient than propane and considerably less energy efficient than diesel and gasoline.
  • Solar energy: As a source of power for portable battery banks, solar energy is silent and clean. It’s also free. The disadvantages are that the power capacity is determined by the number and size of the panels and the size of the battery it charges. A solar panel’s ability to charge a battery is also dictated by the amount of available sun, so it isn’t as reliable a fuel source as other options.

Size

A generator’s size equates to the amount of power in watts it can generate, ranging from 800 to greater than 50,000-watt power capacity. Generators are sized in both “peak watts” (also called “starting watts”) and “running watts,” but the running watts rating reveals how many continuous watts the generator can supply to keep the electricity running to the connected items. Peak watts are the number of watts the generator can produce for a few seconds to satisfy the extra demand from starting motor-driven items like power tools.

The running watts rating dictates the number of electrical appliances you can run simultaneously and for how long. Because a generator’s starting watts can be 1,000 to 2,000 watts greater than its running watts, it’s important to understand the difference when determining your home’s power requirements.

Power Requirements

To determine the generator size you need, calculate the total number of watts your most essential electrical items consume. All electrical appliances are required to have a label that displays their wattage rating; you simply need to add together the wattage figure listed on each item you want to power during an electrical outage.

Generally speaking, a refrigerator consumes between 700 and 1,200 watts; a window air conditioner consumes around 1,000 watts; a portable space heater consumes about 1,500 watts; and lights can be anywhere between 60 and 600 watts. Most households typically require around 5,000 watts to power the most essential components.

Transfer Switch

A transfer switch connects a generator to a home’s main electrical panel and allows you to switch, or “transfer,” between grid power and generator power. There are both manual and automatic transfer switches. Manual transfer switches require you to physically switch over the power at your electrical panel when the power goes out, while an automatic transfer switch automatically switches over power from the grid to generator power when it detects a loss of power.

Convenience

Generators can be equipped with various features that make their operation as convenient as possible. These include:

  • Electric start: Instead of using a pull cord to manually start a generator, many modern generators offer an effortless electric start. This mechanism can be in the form of a push button, a switch, and even a remote control.
  • Multiple outlets: Not only are multiple outlets convenient, but they also help distribute the generator’s electrical load when powering multiple appliances. Having a generator with at least four household electrical outlets is recommended for efficiently spreading the electrical load. Generators may also have household 30A, RV 30A, and 50A outlets as well as USB ports.
  • Low-oil shutoff: A generator with a low-oil shutoff will automatically turn off when the oil falls below a certain level. This feature can save a generator from irreparable engine damage caused by low oil levels.
  • Fuel gauge: A fuel gauge allows you to closely monitor the fuel level in the generator. This feature is typically only necessary for gasoline- and diesel-powered generators with internal fuel tanks. However, solar-powered battery banks usually have battery life indicators, and propane tanks often have integrated fuel gauges.

Safety 

Along with the various features that contribute to convenience, there are also a few important safety features that many generators incorporate into their design, particularly with regard to CO detection. These include:

  • Automatic CO shutoff: To reduce the risk of poisoning, many portable generators are equipped with an internal CO sensor that will automatically shut off the generator when CO levels reach a certain level. This feature can be labeled as “CO Sense,” “CO Shield,” “CO Protect,” and similar designations.
  • Low-CO engine: Along with an automatic CO shutoff, some generator engines are specifically designed to emit considerably less CO. Despite being safer than conventional engines, low-CO engines still shouldn’t be operated indoors.

Tips for Using a Home Generator

Operating a generator isn’t complicated, but there are a few tips you’ll want to keep in mind to ensure effective and safe operation and avoid any harm to yourself or your generator when the power goes out.

First of all, it’s important to use extension cords that are sufficiently powerful. As a general rule, use at least 12-gauge outdoor-rated electrical cords for larger appliances (like refrigerators) and at least 14-gauge cords for everything else. Cord length is also a concern since the voltage drop from cords that are too long can damage or destroy the appliances they’re supplying. Although you’ll want to keep a portable generator outside and away from your home, remember not to exceed a 100-foot extension cord length.

When running a home generator, it’s best to keep it on a level surface. If a generator is placed on a slope or hill, the internal lubrication system could malfunction and lead to premature engine wear and damage. Finally, ensure the generator has cooled down before you refill it since spilling gasoline on a hot engine can cause a fire.

Keep the following tips in mind:

  • Prevent theft by securing your generator with a lock and chain if you store it outside.
  • Don’t run your generator with stale fuel to avoid start-up issues.
  • Keep extra oil and filters on hand to ensure you can maintain the recommended maintenance schedule through extended power outages.

FAQs 

Since generators can be both lifesaving and expensive, it’s natural to have some questions before you’re confident in your decision. To this end, consider the answers to these frequently asked questions. Together with the above shopping considerations, these answers provide you with just about everything you need to know about emergency power generators.

Q. Do I need a permit for a home generator?

Most municipalities and towns require that you have a permit before a standby generator is installed. However, not all locations have this requirement. Check with your local zoning authority to find out if a permit is required in your community.

Q. What size generator do I need for my house?

To determine the necessary power rating for your generator, add up the wattage of all the appliances you want to run during an electrical outage. As a general rule, a generator should have at least a 5,000-watt capacity to power a home’s essential appliances. But, your home could require substantially more power than that.

Q. Do home generators need oil?

Yes, fuel-powered home generators require oil to operate properly without wearing out the moving parts.

Q. Where should a whole-house generator be located?

Most manufacturers recommend that the whole-house generator be installed at least 5 feet from doors, windows, vents, and any flammable material. There may also be local regulations about the placement of a whole-house generator, so make sure to check local guidelines to ensure that your whole-house generator meets local building codes and installation guidelines.

Q. Can you plug a generator into a house outlet?

No. A generator should not be plugged into a house outlet because it is both dangerous and illegal in many locations. This is called backfeeding and it can severely damage the home’s electrical system or even cause a fire. Additionally, any technicians who are working on electrical lines on the same power grid are at increased risk of electrocution.

Q. How do you hook up a generator to your house?

You can connect a generator to individual appliances using a series of extension cords, or if you want direct power for entire circuits in the home, have a standby generator professionally installed.

Q. How long does it take to install a whole-house generator?

On average, it will take an experienced technician about 1 to 2 full days to complete the installation of your whole-house generator. It could take 1 to 2 weeks to prep for the installation, such as pouring a concrete pad and running the wires connecting the generator to the electrical panel.

Q. How long do whole-house generators last?

The exact lifespan depends on the specific product, but in general, the overall lifespan of a whole-house generator is about 1,500 to 3,000 hours.

Meet the Testers

The Bob Vila test team is made up of contractors, remodelers, home design enthusiasts, and freelancers from across the nation. Each member is dedicated to delivering high-quality product information to our readers so they can shop with confidence, knowing the products they purchase have been fully tested and vetted.

Austin Fracchia is a writer and manager at BobVila.com. As a DIY hobbyist, he tests products with a focus on user-friendliness and reliability so readers can find the right products for their home projects.

Zach Lazzari is a freelance writer splitting time between the great outdoors, travel, and DIY projects ranging from camper builds to home renovations and maintenance.

Glenda Taylor is a contractor, product tester, and writer. She focuses primarily on construction, woodworking, and DIY tools and techniques.

Mark Wolfe is a writer and product tester, focused on mechanical durability and user convenience. As a green industry veteran and an avid DIYer, he has gained valuable insight on choosing dependable power equipment and avoiding poor-quality machinery.

Additional research was provided by Timothy Dale and James Fitzgerald.

The post We Tested Home Generators to Find the Best Picks a Power Outage appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-29T12:32:14-05:00
<![CDATA[Surprisingly, Our Favorite Window Insulation Isn’t the Thickest]]>Reduce energy consumption and improve comfort with the best window insulation kit. We tested top kits and review their installation ease and efficacy here.

The post Surprisingly, Our Favorite Window Insulation Isn’t the Thickest appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-window-insulation-kit/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-window-insulation-kit/Wed, 29 Jan 2025 11:21:07 -0500ReviewsEnergy & PowerExteriorWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Window insulation kits offer an affordable way to cut the cost of your energy bill and make a home less drafty. For those who cannot afford to replace windows, a window insulation kit is a great alternative.

Most window insulation kits work the same way: A sheet of heat-shrink plastic or other insulating material is attached to the window panes with double-sided tape or magnetic strips to add a layer of insulation. The best window insulation kits are easy to install and provide an effective barrier to drafts. Windows that have been treated with insulation cannot usually be opened, meaning these kits are a seasonal solution to drafty windows.

To help you decide which of these window insulation kits would best fit your needs, I researched 12 products and then performed hands-on testing with all of the following insulation kits. Read on for shopping considerations when selecting this type of window treatment and to learn why these are among the best window insulation kits available.

  1. BEST OVERALL: 3M Indoor Window Insulator Kit
  2. RUNNER-UP: Duck Brand Max Strength Window Kit 
  3. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: Duck Brand Shrink Film Window Insulation Kit
  4. BEST FOR OUTDOOR USE: 3M Outdoor Window Insulation Kit
  5. BEST INSULATION TAPE: Yotache Weather Stripping Foam Seal Tape
  6. BEST FOR MULTIPLE WINDOWS: Frost King Window Insulation Shrink Kit
A person unrolling the best window insulation kit over a window with white mini blinds.
Photo: Tom Scalisi for Bob Vila

Product Comparison

Our Top Picks

The following recommendations are among the best window insulation kits available in their respective categories.

Best Overall

3M Indoor Window Insulator Kit

 The 3M Indoor Window Insulator Kit in its red and black box on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

This Bob Vila Approved product carries our brand’s highest level of recommendation.

Bob Vila Approved badge

Bob Vila Approved recognizes the household and DIY products that impressed us most in our real-world testing and that exemplify core values of the Bob Vila brand, including craftsmanship, innovation, and value for the dollar. Winners of this designation come recommended by our professional review team and are personally approved by Bob Vila.

Product Specs

  • Length: 17.5 feet
  • Thickness: 0.75 mils
  • Reusable: No

What We Like

  • Can be repositioned before pressed into place
  • Single kit covers multiple windows
  • The wrinkles are easy to remove quickly

What We Don’t Like

  • Finding the ends of the sheet can be difficult

This 3M insulator kit comes with enough film to cover up to five windows measuring 5 feet long by 3 feet wide. This relatively thick film provides enhanced insulation thanks to its thickness of 0.75 mils (a unit of measurement equal to a thousandth of an inch). The film comes in one cut-to-fit sheet that measures 17.5 feet long by 5.16 feet wide. This kit also comes with a 27.7-yard roll of double-sided tape to facilitate installation and ensure it stays in place all season.

This was my favorite kit to install. I thought I would prefer the rolls of plastic sheeting, and it is true that this one was tricky to lay out and cut to size, but nonetheless, this kit allowed me to reposition the plastic a few times before pressing it down and heating it. Also, the kit does cover a lot of square footage, but the ends of the sheet can be tough, so it’s important to take your time. After I finished installing the kit, removing wrinkles was extremely easy. This kit provided the best results alongside the other 3M products that use the same plastic.

Read our full review: 3M Indoor Window Insulator Kit

Get the 3M indoor window insulation kit at Amazon.

Runner-Up

Duck Brand Max Strength Window Kit

 The BDuck Brand Max Strength Window Kit in its green and black box on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

Product Specs

  • Length: 10.5 feet (comes in multiple sizes)
  • Thickness:1.5 mil
  • Reusable: No

What We Like

  • Sticks to some rougher surfaces
  • Easy to cut to length and unravel
  • Able to remove easily

What We Don’t Like

  • Completely removing wrinkles is tedious

Cozy as the winter months can be, the cold outside can be brutal.

To keep a home insulated and warm in the winter, consider the Duck Max Strength window kit. It comes with everything required for insulating 5-foot-long by 3-foot-wide windows in bedrooms, offices, kitchens, and more, including film, tape, and an instruction manual. But it can be cut to fit smaller windows if necessary.

Made with puncture-resistant shrink film, this 126-inch-long by 62-inch-wide indoor option is perfect for high-traffic homes with children and pets. It’s easy to install and remove cleanly, making it suitable for first timers. For added reliability, this kit can be used on painted wood, aluminum, vinyl, and finished/varnished wood, but it can’t be used on plaster, drywall, or unfinished wood.

The Duck Brand window kit’s film is considerably thicker than other competing options, so I installed it over the window my 80-pound lab-pointer mix likes to jump at. To be fair, no film stood a chance against my dog, but it did stick to the windowsill that he has effectively destroyed over the past year. I was able to easily repair any damage with packing tape. Also, the Duck kits come in rolls, which are easy to cut to width and then drop down over the window for easy unfolding. It was really difficult to get the wrinkles out (it took over 30 minutes of heating with a blow dryer to get it reasonably clear), but it was easy to remove once I could get under the tape and pull it back.

Get the Duck Brand Max Strength window insulation kit at Amazon

.

Best Bang for the Buck

Duck Brand Shrink Film Window Insulation Kit

 The Duck Brand Shrink Film Window Insulation Kit in its green box on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

Product Specs 

  • Length: 17.5 feet
  • Thickness: 0.7 mil
  • Reusable: No

What We Like

  • Large amount of film provided
  • Comes with film, tape, and a full instruction manual
  • Can be applied on multiple surfaces

What We Don’t Like

  • Difficult to remove the wrinkles and factory imperfections

Those who want to insulate on a budget can trust this shrink film kit from Duck Brand. With its crystal-clear shrink film and included double-sided insulating tape, this option can reduce energy consumption. At 210 inches long by 62 inches wide, this large film can be cut if required but works best for windows that measure 5 feet long by 3 feet wide. For convenience, this option is also offered in various size options.

This pick can also be applied to painted wood, aluminum, vinyl, and finished wood for more insulation, but it isn’t suitable for plaster, drywall, or unfinished wood varieties.

The kit was fairly easy to install, and it seemed reasonably durable. The roll-out installation made it manageable to unravel, and it featured quality adhesive tape that stuck well and was easy to remove the backing from. While it’s similar in thickness to most of the films we tested, it felt smoother out of the box. It also had a more substantial, higher-quality feel. Unfortunately, it was difficult to remove the existing wrinkles, and there were marks from the manufacturing plant in the film that I could not heat out.

Get the Duck Brand shrink film window insulation kit at Amazon.

Best for Outdoor Use

3M Outdoor Window Insulation Kit

 The 3M Outdoor Window Insulation Kit in its red and black box on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

Product Specs

  • Length: 7 feet
  • Thickness: 0.75 mil
  • Reusable: No

What We Like

  • Easy to remove the wrinkles from the plastic
  • Outdoor-quality adhesive that’s better for exteriors
  • Suitable for indoor or outdoor installations

What We Don’t Like

  • Difficult to install if it’s windy

If shoppers prefer to install insulating film on the outside of windows, they’ll want a long-lasting product that can hold up to the elements. This outdoor-use window film was created by 3M for that very purpose. Capable of covering up to two 5-foot-long by 3-foot-wide windows, 3M’s kit comes with a sheet of 0.75 mil-thick film that’s 7 feet long and 5.16 feet wide. It also includes just under 14 yards of high-quality double-sided tape. This kit installs like an indoor window film kit: cut, tape, shrink, and trim.

The only difference I could discern between this kit and the other 3M insulation kits was that the adhesive felt like it was of a better quality (though there was nothing wrong with the quality of the other kits). Otherwise, it was the same thickness with the same ease of wrinkle removal. The only challenge I found was that it was difficult and frustrating to install a sheet outside if there was any wind at all, so 3M might consider using a roll-type installation for this kit. But in my opinion, there is no reason it can’t be installed on an interior window as well, so it’s a good kit all around.

Get the 3M outdoor window insulation kit at Amazon.

Best Insulation Tape

Yotache Weather Stripping Foam Seal Tape

 A roll of the Yotache Weather Stripping Foam Seal Tape with its yellow backing partially peeled back.
Photo: amazon.com

Product Specs

  • Length: 13 feet (comes in multiple sizes)
  • Thickness: ⅜-inch (comes in multiple thicknesses)
  • Reusable: No

What We Like

  • Durable design will not rip
  • Easy to cut and install
  • Users can open or close the window after installation

What We Don’t Like

  • The foam is a little too stiff to work with

New insulating tape is essential for those who love to reuse their insulation sheets. When new insulation is needed, Yotache’s high-density foam tape is a good option. This thick tape comes in two rolls, providing a combined 13 feet of length. It can be cut with ease using a scissors or blade.

The closed cell foam is made from chloroprene rubber foam and neoprene, making it weather- and dustproof, oil- and corrosion-resistant, and flame-retardant. As for the adhesive quality, this tape has a waterproof grid backing that can endure temperatures ranging from -58 to 302 degrees Fahrenheit. Though these are meant for windows, they can also be attached to furniture, cabinets, cars, boats, sports equipment, HVAC systems, plumbing, and more. Plus, there are a lot of thicknesses and lengths to choose from based on the user’s needs.

I installed the Yotache weather stripping at the bottom of one of my windows to see how well it worked. My windows are new and not leaky, so the tolerances were a little tight (though I was able to lock the sashes). However, if I did have leaky windows, I wouldn’t hesitate to buy this foam. It’s incredibly tough thanks to the fiberglass adhesive mesh on the back, yet it’s easy to cut and install. It also removes cleanly but won’t fall off on its own. Plus, there’s a benefit to being able to open the window if necessary. I found the foam too dense for my application, but I can see it making a world of difference for older windows with too much clearance.

Get the Yotache window insulation tape at Amazon.

Also Consider

Frost King Window Insulation Shrink Kit

 The Frost King Window Insulation Shrink Kit in its red box on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

Product Specs

  • Length: 62 inches per sheet (9 individual sheets)
  • Thickness: 0.75 mil
  • Reusable: No

What We Like

  • Smaller sheets are easier to install
  • Enough to cover most windows in a small home
  • Good thickness and durability

What We Don’t Like

  • Tape wasn’t as high quality as the other kits

Comfort aside, one of the most important reasons to insulate drafty windows is to save energy and lower monthly heating costs. Saving energy also benefits the environment. With Frost King’s window film, the company claims users can reduce their carbon footprint related to heating and cooling by up to 35 percent. This kit comes with enough individual sheets of plastic to cover up to nine windows measuring 5 feet long by 3 feet wide. It also includes 165 feet of double-sided tape.

This kit is very similar to other kits on the list, but that’s okay because they’re all good quality. I found that this one installed just like the others, yet with slightly smaller sheets that were a little easier to manage. The film is the same thickness and quality as most of the other kits, and considering it can cover up to nine windows, it’s a great deal. The wrinkles were very easy to remove with a blow dryer, but I did find the tape wasn’t as high quality as the kits from other brands.

Get the Frost King window insulation kit at Amazon.

ALSO TESTED

The StangH Portable Thermal Insulated Blackout Curtains didn’t meet my expectations. First, the way the suction cups are affixed to the curtain with keyrings is extremely frustrating and time-consuming. Also, unless the glass is warm, sticking a suction cup to a cold surface is very difficult. This curtain also looks terrible from the outside, as the suction cups are extremely visible. A standard thermal curtain will likely work almost as well, look much nicer, and be easier to install.

Jump to Our Top Picks

How We Tested the Best Window Insulation Kits

I wanted to ensure that any window insulation kit we recommended was truly effective and easy to install, so I put each of these kits to the test. I installed each kit according to the manufacturer’s instructions to see how easy they were to install and to determine the components’ quality. I also tested how well the plastic shrank and how easy the wrinkles were to remove. I left them on the windows for 2 days to see how well they worked (I even left a few on permanently to get through the winter). I then removed them to determine what that process was like and how much cleanup there would be.

It’s worth noting that without a laboratory full of expensive machinery and repeatable, consistent conditions, it’s hard to objectively determine which window insulation kits insulated better. However, all the kits we included on this list were effective at stopping any noticeable air movement or condensation.

A person reaching their fingers under a layer of the best window insulation kit installed on a window.
Photo: Tom Scalisi for Bob Vila

What to Consider When Choosing a Window Insulation Kit

There are a number of factors to consider when shopping for window insulation kits. They’re available in different foil types, such as plastic, magnetic, and reflective. Features like film thickness, dimensions, reusability, and installation requirements will determine which insulation kit is most suitable for your home.

Type

Several window insulation product types are on the market: plastic film, magnetic barriers, and reflective foil insulation.

  • Plastic film insulation kits are the easiest and most cost-effective way to seal off windows. These kits include double-sided tape and a plastic film that is attached to a window and then shrunk with a blow dryer to create an airtight seal.
  • Magnetic insulation kits require DIYers to install magnetic strips around the window, then cut the film to match. They can be more challenging to install than plastic film kits, and the magnets often create a less-than-airtight seal.
  • Reflective foil insulation kits use shiny metal insulation to keep drafts out. They aren’t transparent, so they block light, and their effectiveness depends on the seal, which can be challenging to get right. These insulation kits tend to be pricier than plastic film and magnetic options.

Dimensions

Windows come in all sizes, so look for kits with enough film to cover your windows. Most kits come with enough plastic sheets and double-sided tape to seal several windows. It’s essential for shoppers to know their windows’ dimensions to determine which kit will work for their home.

Air Lock

Window insulation kits create a trap for air between the window and the film. That trap is called an air lock. Double-sided tape, which holds the film in place on the window pane, will create an air lock. By pressing the film firmly onto the tape, users can create a strong bond that keeps drafts out.

Film Thickness

To create a long-lasting seal, durable film is a must. Durability is often determined by the film’s thickness. Thick film offers more resistance to punctures from kids or pets. It’s also easier to apply correctly, thus establishing a good seal. Thick film does a better job of insulating windows. Standard window film is about 19 micrometers (μm) thick, while heavy-duty film can be as thick as 38 μm.

Number of Windows

Some homes have only one or two truly drafty windows, while others have a slew of them. Choose a kit that has enough film to cover all the drafty windows. Many kits come in multipacks that can cover up to 10 windows. They come with sheets of film that can be cut to size, so every window that needs insulation can be covered.

Reusability

Window insulation kits are meant to be temporary solutions to drafty windows. The good news is that most of these kits are reusable, so buyers won’t have to purchase a new kit every year. Films 19 μm or thicker can be peeled off the double-sided tape, folded up, and stored when winter is over. The double-sided tape won’t be reusable, but a roll of double-sided tape is cheaper than a houseful of window kits.

Installation/Application

The best window insulation kits are effective, affordable, and easy to install. Most kits are installed by placing double-sided tape around the perimeter of the window jamb. Then, window film is applied to the tape. At the bottom of the window, the film is attached to a piece of tape on the sill, making a seal. Finally, the film is heated with a handheld blow dryer to create a transparent, airtight seal free from wrinkles.

FAQs

Still have questions about choosing the best window insulation kits? Here’s some more information to help you decide.

Q. How does a window insulation kit work?

Window insulation kits create an effective barrier preventing cold air from entering a home. Heat-shrink film applied to the window pane with double-sided tape creates an air gap that works like a thermal window.

Q. What is the difference between window insulation kits and insulated curtains?

Insulated curtains do a good job of keeping the cold temperatures at bay, but they don’t create airtight seals to hold back drafts like window insulation kits do. Plus, insulated curtains must be closed to work, so they block natural light. Window insulation film is usually clear, so it doesn’t block those precious rays of winter sun from shining into a home.

Q. How effective is window insulation film?

Some window insulation kits claim to reduce a home’s energy consumption by up to 35 percent. Users will need to install these products carefully and on every leaky window to maximize their effectiveness.

Meet the Tester

Tom Scalisi is a full-time DIY and construction writer for many of the largest websites in the industry, including BobVila.com, This Old House, Family Handyman, and Forbes as well as his own pest control blog.

The post Surprisingly, Our Favorite Window Insulation Isn’t the Thickest appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-29T11:21:07-05:00
<![CDATA[The Best Propane Heater Can Be Used Almost Anywhere—Even Inside]]>The best propane heater can effectively warm up your space. See shopping tips and check out our test results of this year's most popular propane heaters.

The post The Best Propane Heater Can Be Used Almost Anywhere—Even Inside appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-propane-heater/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=139102Wed, 29 Jan 2025 09:56:52 -0500ReviewsExteriorGaragesHVACLawn & GardenMajor SystemsOutdoor LivingWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Best Overall

The Mr. Heater MH9BX Portable Buddy Heater on a white background.

Mr. Heater MH9BX Portable Buddy Heater

Best Bang for the Buck

The Mr. Heater MH4B Little Buddy Propane Heater on a white background.

Mr. Heater MH4B Little Buddy Propane Heater

Best Tank Top

The Camplux Outdoor Tank Top Propane Heater on a white background.

Camplux Outdoor Tank Top Propane Heater

Propane heaters are an incredibly effective way to quickly heat a medium to large living space using liquid propane (LP) as fuel, making them suitable for a range of heating needs.

We researched more than 30 propane heaters and then selected several top-rated models for hands-on testing by the Bob Vila test team. We also consulted Alex Rushwin, technical service manager for Enerco Group, manufacturer of the ever-popular Mr. Heater line of propane heaters.

Today’s propane heaters burn cleaner and are safer than early models. “Mr. Heater patented the first indoor propane heater back in 2000,” Rushwin says, “and that was a huge step forward for portable propane heat.” Since then, Mr. Heater has improved on the technology, and their indoor heaters are safer than ever.

Finding the best propane heater for your purposes depends on how you will use it, where it will be used, the heat output you need, and the important safety features included. Our favorite of the bunch was Mr. Heater’s MH9BX model for its portable design and quick heating capabilities. While intended use varies, each of the following models excelled in our hands-on tests and earned its spot in this lineup of the best propane heaters.

  1. BEST OVERALL: Mr. Heater MH9BX Portable Buddy Heater 
  2. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: Mr. Heater MH4B Little Buddy Propane Heater
  3. BEST TANK TOP: Camplux Outdoor Tank Top Propane Heater 
  4. BEST HEAVY-DUTY: Dyna-Glo Delux 300,000 BTU LP Forced-Air Heater 
  5. BEST PATIO: East Oak Pyrol Outdoor Patio Propane Gas Heater
  6. BEST INDOOR: Dyna-Glo 30K BTU LP Blue Flame Vent-Free Heater
  7. BEST FOR GARAGE: Mr. Heater MH18CH 18,000 BTU Cabinet Heater
The Best Propane Heater installed through a cement wall at the base of a set of stairs.
Photo: Glenda Taylor for Bob Vila

Product Comparison

TypeHeating PowerWeightSafety Features
Mr. Heater MH9BX Portable Buddy HeaterRadiant4,000 or 9,000 BTUs10.6 poundsTip-over shutoff, ODS
Mr. Heater MH4B Little Buddy Propane HeaterRadiant3,800 BTUs5.8 poundsTip-over shutoff, low-oxygen sensor
Camplux Outdoor Tank Top Propane Heater Radiant9,000 to 30,000 BTUs5.07 poundsTip-over shutoff
Dyna-Glo Delux 300,000 BTU LP Forced-Air Heater Convection (forced air)300,000 BTUs32.6 poundsOverheat shutoff, delayed ignition shutoff
East Oak Pyrol Outdoor Patio Propane Gas HeaterRadiant48,000 BTUs57.3 poundsAnti-tilt, flame-out protection, low-oxygen sensor
Dyna-Glo 30K BTU LP Blue Flame Vent-Free HeaterConvectionUp to 30,000 BTUs24.6 poundsOverheating shutoff, low-oxygen sensor
Mr. Heater MH18CH 18,000 BTU Cabinet HeaterRadiant6,000; 12,000; and 18,000 BTUs23 poundsTip-over shutoff, low-oxygen sensor

Our Top Picks

The following are some of the best propane heaters on the market in their respective categories. They were selected for quality and price, with a focus on the shopping considerations mentioned above.

Best Overall

Mr. Heater MH9BX Portable Buddy Heater

 The Mr. Heater MH9BX Portable Buddy Heater on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

This Bob Vila Approved product carries our brand’s highest level of recommendation.

Bob Vila Approved badge

Bob Vila Approved recognizes the household and DIY products that impressed us most in our real-world testing and that exemplify core values of the Bob Vila brand, including craftsmanship, innovation, and value for the dollar. Winners of this designation come recommended by our professional review team and are personally approved by Bob Vila.

Product Specs

  • Type: Radiant
  • Heating power: 4,000 or 9,000 BTUs
  • Weight: 10.6 pounds
  • Safety features: Tip-over shutoff, ODS

What We Like

  • Propane bottle is easy to connect
  • Portable and compact design
  • Comes with an oxygen-depletion sensor and tip-over shutoff

What We Don’t Like

  • Lower BTU range not sufficient for spaces over 250 square feet

Rushwin says that Mr. Heater’s Buddy series is one of its most popular sellers, and it’s been one of our favorites for years, as it was our standby heater for mountain camping adventures. The MH9BX was new to us though, and we were impressed right off the bat by the new swivel-connector feature that allowed us to twist the 1-pound propane bottle into position with ease. Some of the older models didn’t have the swivel connector, so good going, Mr. Heater! That’s a huge plus.

The Buddy MH9BX has an attractive design with a sturdy fold-down carrying handle that makes it easy to pick up and take wherever it’s needed. The heater has a choice of two heat outputs, either 4,000 or 9,000 BTUs, making it capable of heating up to 225 square feet of space. We tested the MH9BX in a 180-square foot room, and on high, it raised the temperature from 70 to 78 degrees Fahrenheit in just 30 minutes. It’s a radiant heater, so it warms objects, not the air, but the heated objects in turn warmed up the room.

This heater is able to burn propane at near-100 percent efficiency, which makes it an option for indoor applications. Its oxygen-depletion sensor (ODS) ensures that the oxygen level never drops to a dangerous point. Plus, its tip-over safety mechanism immediately shut the heater off when we tipped it over.

Read our full review: Mr. Heater MH9BX Portable Buddy Heater 

Get the Mr. Heater MH9BX propane heater at Amazon, The Home Depot, or Walmart.

Best Bang for the Buck

Mr. Heater MH4B Little Buddy Propane Heater

 The Mr. Heater MH4B Little Buddy Propane Heater on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

Product Specs 

  • Type: Radiant
  • Heating power: 3,800 BTUs
  • Weight: 5.8 pounds
  • Safety features: Tip-over shutoff, low-oxygen sensor

What We Like

  • Lightweight and portable
  • Reliable emergency heat source for indoor use
  • Warms nearby objects and people
  • Good safety measures

What We Don’t Like

  • Radiant heat only

Our second Mr. Heater pick is the Little Buddy MH4B, which provides instant warmth at an attractive price point. Not only is the Little Buddy easy on the wallet, but it’s also simple to carry along when tailgating or just spending a little time bird-watching on a chilly day. It’s an excellent pick for supplemental indoor emergency heat, too. It burns clean and comes with a low-oxygen sensor that shuts it off if the oxygen level in the space drops to an unhealthy level.

The Little Buddy is designed to heat spaces up to 95 square feet, so we tested it in a bathroom, where it raised the room’s temperature by 15 degrees Fahrenheit in 30 minutes. Keep in mind that temperature increases will vary depending on the type of space, starting temperature, and whether the space is insulated or if it is being used as a tent heater without any insulation.

Like its big brother, the Buddy heater, Little Buddy is a radiant propane heater, and it warms nearby objects—and people. We found it excellent for warming our gloved hands outdoors, but it doesn’t blow hot air. The tip-over shutoff turned the heater off immediately when we laid the Little Buddy on its side.

While this little propane heater isn’t powerful enough for warming up large rooms, it’s an excellent small heater that’s safe for indoor use.

Get the Mr. Heater Little Buddy propane heater at Amazon or Walmart.

Best Tank Top

Camplux Outdoor Tank Top Propane Heater

 The Camplux Outdoor Tank Top Propane Heater on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

Product Specs 

  • Type: Radiant
  • Heating power: 9,000 to 30,000 BTUs
  • Weight: 5.07 pounds
  • Safety features: Tip-over shutoff

What We Like

  • Easily attaches to the propane tank
  • Dual burner design; adjustable operation
  • Provides significant radiant heat

What We Don’t Like

  • Requires ventilation

Tank tops aren’t just sleeveless attire for hot summer days. The Camplux Tank Top propane heater attaches to the top of a 20-pound or larger propane tank, and it quickly warms nearby objects or people—making it a handy heater for outdoor use or in ventilated shops and garages.

This is not an in-home model; the manufacturer suggests having a 0.5-square-foot opening for fresh air for every 15,000 BTUs being used. For example, if using both burners simultaneously on the highest setting (total of 30,000 BTUs), opening a 24-inch wide window just 1 inch would be sufficient. A door does not need to be wide open; just crack a window.

It comes with two radiant burners and attaches securely to the steel collar at the top of a standard propane tank. It was easy to connect to the tank and held firmly throughout our tests. We tested the Camplux dual-burner propane heater in a mobile workshop with an open-end wall.

It was simple to connect to the top of the propane tank and easy to light—but be aware this is a manual-light heater; we had to insert a lit match in a hole in the side of the reflective cover and then slowly turn on the propane. It fired right up. Each side lights and operates independently.

The Camplux Tank Top heater provided a lot of radiant heat—so much that we couldn’t stand any closer than about 4 feet without feeling uncomfortably hot when running it on the high setting. On the low setting, it was more tolerable, but it still puts out a lot of heat. It didn’t appreciably raise the temperature in the mobile shop, but that was due to one end of the shop trailer being completely open, which allowed cool breezes to blow through.

This is a powerful, no-frills propane heater for use in a ventilated workshop or on a jobsite.

Get the Camplux propane heater at Amazon.

Best Heavy-Duty

Dyna-Glo Delux 300,000 BTU LP Forced-Air Heater

 The Dyna-Glo Delux 300,000 BTU LP Forced-Air Heater on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

Product Specs 

  • Type: Convection (forced air)
  • Heating power: 300,000 BTUs
  • Weight: 32.6 pounds
  • Safety features: Overheat shutoff, delayed ignition shutoff

What We Like

  • A high-performance model
  • Adjustable thermostat
  • Reliable electronic ignition
  • Carry handle and cord wrap

What We Don’t Like

  • Requires an electrical outlet to operate
  • Must be connected to a 100-pound or larger propane tank

Here come the big boys in the propane heating world! The Dyna-Glo Delux isn’t a heater that most will want to keep in a living room unless the living room happens to be around 7,000 square feet in size, but it is an excellent option as a space heater in a large garage, barn, warehouse, or worksite because it can produce up to 300,000 BTUs.

We took the Dyna-Glo to our shop and connected it to a propane tank—but nothing happened. It didn’t fire up. We saw the pilot light flicker inside and smelled propane, which led us to shut down the unit promptly, but there were no flames or heat. We suspected the reason might be a too-small propane tank, and we were right—the instruction manual specifies connecting the Dyna-Glo to a tank no smaller than 100 pounds. So, that’s what we did; we hauled in a larger tank and tried again, and the heater fired right up.

And, boy did it put out the heat! Within 30 minutes, our shop went from a chilly 56 degrees Fahrenheit to 72 degrees Fahrenheit. This is a forced-air (convection) heater—a strong fan blows heat out of the front end of the combustion chamber at a forceful rate.

Ventilation is a must: The manufacturer recommends 11.25 square feet of open-air space when running the heater at maximum force. It features a safety shutoff if it overheats and another shutoff that keeps the heater from igniting if propane has been circulating through. The latter is to prevent the type of fireball that can result if propane gas is in the combustion chamber before it ignites.

The Dyna-Glo must also be plugged into an electrical outlet to power its heavy-duty fan. While it weighs 32 pounds, it has a carrying handle and a built-in cord wrap, making transportation easier. Overall, this powerful heater will keep large areas toasty warm, but don’t use it in the house.

Get the Dyna-Glo Delux propane heater at Amazon or The Home Depot.

Best Patio

East Oak Pyrol Outdoor Patio Propane Gas Heater

 The East Oak Pyrol Outdoor Patio Propane Gas Heater on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

Product Specs 

  • Type: Radiant
  • Heating power: 48,000 BTUs
  • Weight: 57.3 pounds
  • Safety features: Anti-tilt, flame-out protection, low-oxygen sensor

What We Like

  • Embossed design in stainless steel
  • Heats up in just 5 minutes
  • Efficiently heats nearby objects and people
  • Propane tank is concealed right inside the base
  • Adds a measure of ambience

What We Don’t Like

  • Assembly is complex and time-consuming

The East Oak patio heater offers ambience and is a stunning focal point for a chilly outdoor winter gathering, but plan on spending at least an hour or more assembling all the parts. As we were setting it up, more than once we wondered whether the heater would be worth the hassle of trying to peel off the stubborn protective blue film—with some pieces coming off in tiny bits rather than sheets—and then putting together literally everything on the unit.

Once we got the East Oak pyramid heater together and fired up, we changed our minds—it was worth it. The glass cylinder in the pyramid’s center showcases beautiful dancing flames that rise to the upper vent, where the heat is reflected downward and outward toward anyone standing nearby. The outdoor temperature and breezes will affect its heating range, but we could feel warmth when standing about 10 feet away.

This is strictly an outdoor propane heater, so don’t take it in the house—it needs ample ventilation. It comes with tip-over shut-off protection and also shuts down propane flow if the flame goes out to keep propane gas from leaking into the air. We tested both, and they worked well. It connects to a 20-pound propane tank that fits right inside its base.

The East Oak pyramid heater also provides a good amount of light, so it can be used as supplemental lighting for outdoor entertaining. We really liked this tower heater, but we would have been happier with our experience if it had come at least partially assembled. It’s a lot to put together for even those familiar with assembling tools and appliances.

Get the East Oak propane heater at Amazon or Walmart.

Best Indoor

Dyna-Glo 30K BTU LP Blue Flame Vent-Free Heater

 The Dyna-Glo 30K BTU LP Blue Flame Vent-Free Heater on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

Product Specs

  • Type: Convection
  • Heating power: Up to 30,000 BTUs
  • Weight: 24.6 pounds
  • Safety features: Overheating shutoff, low-oxygen sensor

What We Like

  • Designed for indoor use
  • Slim profile fits neatly on interior walls
  • Equipped with low-oxygen sensor
  • 5 heat settings and thermostat

What We Don’t Like

  • Cannot install the heater too close to side walls or ceiling
  • Propane tank should be located outdoors

Those looking for a designated source of propane heat for indoor use, such as to warm a chilly basement, may need to look no further than the Dyna-Glo wall-mount propane heater. It features a slender profile that fits nicely on an interior wall, and it uses a gentle fan to help circulate heat.

No assembly was necessary with this wall-mount heater, but we had to install brackets on the wall and then hang the heater on the brackets. Just make sure the brackets are level and the heater is not positioned too near something flammable. The manufacturer recommends locating the heater a minimum of 8 inches away from perpendicular walls on either side of the heater and a minimum of 36 inches below the ceiling. In addition, keep all furniture, draperies, and other items a minimum of 36 inches away from the front of the heater.

We ran a long propane hose from an outdoor tank (don’t use propane tanks inside a house) and then fired the heater up using its simple push-button ignitor. It produces up to 30,000 BTUs of heat on the high setting but can be turned down when less heat is desired. A control knob features five heat settings and serves as a thermostat to turn the heater on and off. We found it increased our 200-square-foot test space 11 degrees Fahrenheit in 30 minutes, but results will vary depending on room size and ambient temperature.

This Dyna-Glo comes with an automatic overheating shutoff as well as a low-oxygen sensor. It’s a nice little heater that would serve well as a source of emergency heat during a power outage or for supplemental heat.

Get the Dyna-Glo vent-free propane heater at Amazon, The Home Depot, or Walmart.

Best for Garage

Mr. Heater MH18CH 18,000 BTU Cabinet Heater

 The Mr. Heater MH18CH 18,000 BTU Cabinet Heater on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

Product Specs

  • Type: Radiant
  • Heating power: 6,000; 12,000; and 18,000 BTUs
  • Weight: 23 pounds
  • Safety features: Tip-over shutoff, low-oxygen sensor

What We Like

  • Efficient radiant heating
  • Offers 3 heat settings
  • Rugged steel casing with 4 heavy-duty swivel wheels

What We Don’t Like

  • Limited coverage for spaces more than 450 square feet

For many DIYers, the garage is the only covered space available for working on projects. Losing that space to cold weather is avoidable when using a propane heater like this one from Mr. Heater, which can heat a space of up to 450 square feet. The heater has three radiant-heat output settings, including a low setting of 6,000 BTUs; a medium setting of 12,000 BTUs; and a high setting that reaches 18,000 BTUs.

We put the MH18CH in a corner in a three-stall garage for testing. It was a chilly day, and also cold the day before testing, so the temperature in the garage was 53 degrees Fahrenheit. We turned the MH18CH on the high setting, and within 30 minutes, the temperature in the nearest stall rose to 61 degrees Fahrenheit, but the farthest stall registered just 54 degrees Fahrenheit. This was in an uninsulated garage, and results would vary in different-size garages or an insulated garage.

The propane heater has a space in the back designed to accommodate a 20-pound propane tank so that users can move the entire unit around easily on the four attached swivel wheels. This product also has a tip-over safety mechanism and an ODS sensor to automatically shut down the heater if the oxygen level gets too low.

This is a nice portable little propane heater that can be rolled around a garage or shop, which is a convenient way to heat the space where work is being done.

Get the Mr. Heater MH18CH propane heater at AmazonLowe’s, or The Home Depot.

Jump to Our Top Picks

How We Tested the Best Propane Heaters 

We examined several factors when choosing the propane heaters we wanted to test. Safety was essential, and beyond that, we looked at heat output (British thermal units, or BTUs), heater type (convection vs. radiant), ease of use, and cost. We considered the brand; after all, Mr. Heater and Dyna-Glo are well-respected names in the propane heater world. Still, we didn’t automatically dismiss smaller niche brands if the heaters were durable, safe, and highly rated.

The actual testing of the heaters was pretty simple; after all, they serve one primary purpose: to warm up a space or warm up nearby objects and people. We noted how easy (or challenging) the heaters were to assemble, and then we connected them to propane tanks or bottles, as called for by the manufacturer.

We tested the heaters’ ignition features and noted how much heat they produced and how quickly. Each propane heater was scored using a rubric. The better the heater performed on a test, the more points we awarded. After testing, we averaged the points to determine our top pick and to establish the best uses for each model.

What to Consider When Choosing a Propane Heater

Before choosing the best propane heater for a patio, garage, or home, take a look below to learn about some of the most important shopping considerations that can help you select a heater that suits your needs.

The Best Propane Heater set up on an outdoor side table between two chairs on a porch.
Photo: Glenda Taylor for Bob Vila

Ignition

Propane heaters must have the pilot light ignited before the unit will produce any heat. Keep in mind that igniting the pilot light requires the gas to be turned on. These units typically have one of three different ignition methods: manual ignition, push-button ignition, and continuous ignition.

  • Manual ignitions require users to light the pilot light with a long match or a barbecue lighter. Liquid propane heaters with this ignition type are usually more affordable.
  • Push-button ignitions are the most common ignition option for indoor propane heaters. After turning the gas on, push a button for the indicated amount of time so that an integrated sparking mechanism will light the pilot light. (Before using, make sure to follow all of the safety considerations listed in the safety section below and in the manufacturer’s directions for indoor propane heaters.)
  • Continuous ignitions are more common on large, commercial propane heaters. This style of ignition will automatically begin sparking when the gas is on. This feature prevents the hazardous build-up of propane gas that can occur if the delay is too long between sparks. After the pilot light is lit, the continuous ignition stops creating sparks.

Location

One of the main benefits of having a propane heater is that they are usually portable and can be connected to a small or large propane tank. It’s relatively easy to take a portable propane heater to another room, to the garage, or to the outdoors. However, if the heater will be used in one or two main locations, the product needs to be suited to those main areas.

In general, only heaters that accommodate 1-pound propane bottles are suitable for use indoors. Those that connect to 20-pound or larger propane tanks should be connected to a hose that’s long enough to locate the tank outdoors. The exception is models designed to hold 20-pound tanks that can be used in ventilated garages or workshops. Read the manufacturer’s safety precautions carefully.

The best outdoor propane heaters have enough heating power to deal with the rapid dissipation of heat that will naturally occur in a wide-open space. For those who want a great camping heater, a large outdoor option might be best. An alternative is a handheld propane heater that will keep people warm instead of heating the entire area. Some users may prefer to have a wall-mounted propane heater to save floor space and to keep the heater out of reach from kids and pets.

Portability

Portability is one of the features that sets propane heaters apart from electric or natural gas heaters, but not all propane heaters can really make the claim that they are portable. Some propane heaters that have built-in fans or other electronic components will typically need to be plugged into a power source, despite their main fuel being propane.

If portability is a key personal factor, then a propane heater that doesn’t need an electrical power source is often a better choice. A smaller size and a carrying handle will make it easier to pick up and move around. However, if a larger heater is needed for commercial or industrial applications, there are powerful propane heaters that sit on a set of wheels. The wheels make it easier to move the heater around a space.

Safety

Whenever using any type of heating device, it’s critical to be certain that all the necessary precautions are being followed to ensure that no one is at risk. This includes the proper storage of propane tanks and adequate ventilation when the heater is in use. There are other safety features to consider like overheating protection, a tip-over mechanism, and an oxygen-depletion sensor.

  • The overheating protection feature senses the rising temperature and shuts down the heater to prevent damage to the room or any flammable objects and to stop internal damage to the heater.
  • Tip-over mechanisms protect users from the risk of fire if the heater falls over. The impact of the fall is what activates this feature, turning off the heater so that it cannot start a fire by igniting any nearby items, like carpeting or curtains.
  • An oxygen-depletion sensor is designed to measure the available oxygen within the local vicinity. If the oxygen level drops below a specified point, the heater will automatically turn off to allow the oxygen to increase and prevent the risk of carbon monoxide poisoning.

BTU Capacity

The heat output of a propane heater is normally measured in BTUs, with each BTU equal to the heat it would take to increase the temperature of 1 pound of water by 1 degree Fahrenheit. The BTU rating of a propane heater can range widely from as low as 3,000 BTUs to higher than 300,000 BTUs. The best BTU output for a heater will depend on how and where it will be used. For example, outdoor heaters naturally require a higher heat output.

Before deciding on a product, measure the room that needs to be heated. To help figure out which heater is best suited to a particular need, most manufacturers list the BTU output and include the approximate square footage that is appropriate for the heater. For example, a heater with a maximum of 10,000 BTUs may heat a space of approximately 250 square feet, while a unit that has a maximum of 18,000 BTUs will have no problem with 450 square feet.

Size

Size is a factor that can impact where the heater will be used, how it is set up, and whether it’s a portable heater or a stationary unit. A small heater can often be picked up and carried around without a problem. Always check with the manufacturer, but smaller units usually can be used both indoors and outdoors without producing harmful fumes, as these smaller heaters tend to burn fuel at a slower pace.

Large propane heaters can take up a lot of space, which can become a safety hazard if they are too close to flammable objects in the room. Their size also may affect the placement in the room, or it may limit the product to outdoor use. However, a larger propane heater is able to hold an equally large propane tank so it won’t need to be replaced as frequently as the fuel in a small heater.

The Advantages of Owning a Propane Heater

There are many advantages to owning a propane heater. One of the defining features is that these heaters are typically fueled by a portable container of propane, giving users the freedom to carry them from room to room or even take them out into the middle of the woods when camping. Unless the heater has a built-in fan unit, users won’t have to be tethered to a power outlet with this heater.

There is also the benefit of cost savings with a propane heater. This is because the average cost of electricity is higher than the average cost of propane. With a propane heater, there is a wide range of heat-output options that can increase well beyond the capabilities of an electric or natural gas heater, allowing users to rapidly heat up large outdoor spaces.

  • Unless the heater has a built-in fan unit, propane heaters don’t normally need to be plugged into a wall, allowing users to move the heater wherever it’s needed.
  • Propane is more cost-effective than electricity for heating an area, so users save money with this style of heater.
  • The same high heat outputs aren’t available from electric heaters or natural gas heaters as from a propane heater.

FAQs

Whether you want to supplement heat for a greenhouse or have access to a source of emergency heat when the power goes out, propane could be the answer. If you still have questions about propane heaters, read below to find the answers to some of the most commonly asked questions.

Q. Can you get carbon monoxide poisoning from propane?

While it’s unlikely, if the propane heater is not designed for indoor use, it could put off some carbon monoxide fumes. If you are using the heater in a larger enclosed space like a garage, make sure that you have a carbon monoxide detector installed to warn you of any danger.

Q. Is it safe to have a propane heater in a bedroom?

It is generally considered to be a bad idea to have a lit propane heater in your bedroom because it will quickly burn up the oxygen in an enclosed room, which could cause the oxygen levels to drop. Fortunately many of today’s indoor propane heaters, such as those made by Mr. Heater, come with low-oxygen sensors that shut the unit off if the oxygen level in the room drops.

Q. Do propane heaters need ventilation?

Outdoor propane heaters need proper ventilation to ensure that you don’t get carbon monoxide poisoning. Indoor propane heaters—often called “vent-free” heaters—do not put off carbon monoxide, but ventilation is still necessary to ensure healthy oxygen levels in the room.

Q. How do you light an indoor propane heater?

While it’s essential to always follow the manufacturer’s directions for safe use, here are the basic steps for how to light a propane heater:

1. Turn on the propane tank.
2. Adjust the knob on the front or side of the heater to the “start” or “light” position.
3. Push the knob in and hold it to send gas to the unit. Continue holding the knob in for 30 seconds to ensure adequate gas flow.
4. Press the igniter button firmly until you hear a click. You may need to press it more than once on some heaters.
5. Adjust the control knob to the desired temperature.

Meet the Tester

Glenda Taylor is a product tester and writer specializing in the construction, remodeling, and real estate industries. She and her husband own a general contracting company, and Taylor is experienced in both residential and commercial building applications. She tests a wide range of power tools as well as other home improvement, household, and lawn-and-garden products.

Additional research provided by Timothy Dale and Bob Beacham.

The post The Best Propane Heater Can Be Used Almost Anywhere—Even Inside appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-29T09:56:52-05:00
<![CDATA[How to Paint a Garage Floor]]>Epoxy paint can completely transform your garage's appearance, and protect the floor from oil stains. All you need is a free weekend and and a little elbow grease.

The post How to Paint a Garage Floor appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/how-to-paint-a-garage-floor/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=66607Tue, 28 Jan 2025 15:24:00 -0500DIYExteriorFlooringGaragesInteriorPainting & FinishingWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Part-time workshop, storage center for outdoor equipment, shelter for the family cars—the garage is a do-it-all space. Given all of the foot traffic (not to mention mess) that happens here, that space deserves as much attention as any other room in the home. Fortunately, one easy update can both refresh and preserve your multipurpose zone: painting the floor.

Good for more than just coloring your concrete, epoxy paint can make the surface easier to clean and act as a shield against grease and oil stains, both of which are common garage spills. The key to an expert application? Hold out for mild weather—like the crisp and dry temperatures that arrive in the fall—before getting to work on this weekend project. Then, follow these steps for how to paint a garage floor carefully and you’ll be rolling over and walking on glassy floors in no time.

Tools & Materials

Bobvila.com may earn a commission from purchases made through these links.

Find trusted local pros for any home project
+

How to Paint a Garage Floor

Step 1: Ensure that the garage is well ventilated.

Make sure your garage is well ventilated since you will be working with epoxy paint and bleach, both of which have strong fumes. Open a window or your garage door to ensure that air is circulating through the space. Next, pull on the proper protective gear: rubber gloves, dust mask, safety goggles, as well as a set of clothes you don’t mind splattering paint on.

Step 2: Clear the floor of dust and dirt.

Sweep the floor, and wash away all stains using a mixture of bleach and water so that it’s completely clean and clear of dust and dirt before you start painting. (Follow the product instructions to get the ratio of bleach to water exactly right.) If you encounter any stains that are especially stubborn, switch from a standard scrub brush to one with metal bristles to work them out.

When you’re done, rinse the entire area with clean water. Pro tip: Using a pressure washer may make this part of the job easier.

Step 3: Fill in any imperfections in the concrete floor.

If you notice any cracks in the floor, you’ll want to fill them in before painting over the full surface, otherwise they would leave noticeable dents in your renewed floor. Use a concrete filler to take care of smaller cracks and a concrete patch for larger ones. Be sure the cracks are completely clean and dry before applying the compound.

Step 4: Apply concrete etcher to the floor.

After everything has dried, both the bleach solution and any filler you may have used, check to see if you’ll need to etch the floor’s surface. (Etching is a process that will help the paint absorb better.) To test the floor, sprinkle a few drops of water onto the floor. If it absorbs quickly, you can move onto the next step; if the droplets don’t absorb quickly, your best bet is to apply a concrete etcher to the surface.

Concrete etchers can be purchased from hardware and home improvement stores. Following the package’s instructions, dilute the concrete etcher with water and mix it in a plastic bucket. Apply it to the entire floor using a stiff-bristled broom to move it around. Let it stand as long as the product requires, scrub with the broom, then rinse and mop up the extra water. In the end, your floor will have a texture similar to that of a medium-grit sandpaper. allow the floor to dry overnight before you begin painting.

Tried-and-True Advice

“When I painted my garage floor, I found that putting painter’s tape along the edges of the floor where it meets the walls helped me achieve a crisp, professional finish.

I also used a small foam brush to carefully paint along the edges before rolling the epoxy paint onto the larger areas. This helped prevent the roller from accidentally splattering paint all over the walls and saved me from doing touch-ups later. I kept a damp rag nearby to quickly clean up any accidental smudges while the paint was still wet.”

—Paul Rankin, Contributing Writer

Step 5: Prime the floor.

Next, just as you would on walls or furniture, apply a primer coat of paint to your dry garage floor. To take the back-breaking bending out of the application process, though, swap a standard paintbrush or roller for a long-handled paint roller instead.

Let it dry for six to eight hours before moving on to the topcoat.

Step 6: Apply two coats of epoxy.

Mix the epoxy paint well, and apply the first layer using a nylon brush and a water-resistant roller cover. Give that first coat 24 hours to dry before applying the second one.

Then, wait at least five days before walking (or driving) on the floor’s surface. A week later, when you’re rolling your car over the new garage floor, you’re sure to agree that this is one refresh well worth the wait.

The post How to Paint a Garage Floor appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-28T15:24:00-05:00
<![CDATA[Yes, Your Snow Blower Needs a Nonstick Spray—And These Are the Best]]>If you want to take the frustration out of researching the best non-stick spray for snowblowers, check our expert guide and tested results.

The post Yes, Your Snow Blower Needs a Nonstick Spray—And These Are the Best appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-non-stick-spray-for-snow-blowers/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=150436Tue, 28 Jan 2025 13:52:01 -0500ReviewsDriveways & WalkwaysExteriorWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Nonstick sprays for snow blowers lubricate chutes and augers to help prevent clogging and buildup, making a big difference in how easy these helpful machines are to use. However, since many snow blower sprays appear relatively similar at first glance, it can be hard to know which one to choose. To aid you in your decision, we reached out to an expert for their opinion and put eight popular options to the test. In addition to using the sprays on our snow blower, we also applied them to several electric snow shovels to better understand their unique properties. 

Based on our research, expert’s insights, and test results on various tools and materials, we chose the DuPont Snow & Ice Repellent Nonstick Clear Coating as our top pick. It dries quickly, is long lasting, and prevents clogging of both powdery and wet snow that could otherwise lead to frustrating interruptions. Read on to see how this product and the rest of our top picks performed and why they earned a spot on our list of the best nonstick sprays for snow blowers.

  1. BEST OVERALL: DuPont Snow & Ice Repellent Nonstick Clear Coating
    Jump to Review
  2. RUNNER-UP: Liquid Wrench Silicone Spray
    Jump to Review
  3. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: DuPont Nonstick Dry Film Lubricant
    Jump to Review
  4. BEST HEAVY-DUTY: CRC Heavy-Duty Silicone Lubricant
    Jump to Review
  5. BEST LONG-LASTING: B’laster Advanced Dry Lube
    Jump to Review 
  6. BEST FOR METAL CHUTES: FedPro Free All Deep Penetrating Oil
    Jump to Review
  7. BEST FOR AUGERS: Stens 752-102 Snow-Jet Snow Blower Spray
    Jump to Review 
  8. BEST PRECISION APPLICATION: WD-40 Specialist Silicone
    Jump to Review
A person wearing gloves and spraying the DuPont Teflon Snow & Ice Repellent on a snow blower in the snow.
Photo: Zach Lazzari for Bob Vila

Best Nonstick Sprays for Snow Blowers Comparison Chart

Product NameVolumeDrying TimeFunctions
DuPont Snow & Ice Repellent Nonstick Clear Coating10 ounces10 minutesSafe for use on metal, rubber, and plastic
Liquid Wrench Silicone Spray11 ounces10 to 15 minutesSafe for use on metal, rubber, plastic, and wood; inhibits rust
DuPont Nonstick Dry Film Lubricant10 ounces10 to 15 minutesSafe for use on metal, rubber, plastic, and wood; dirt-, grit-, and grime-resistant
CRC Heavy-Duty Silicone LubricantVarious sizesA few minutesSafe for use on metal, rubber, nylon, and wood; inhibits rust
B’laster Advanced Dry Lube9.3 ouncesImmediateSafe for use on metal, wood, and most plastics; inhibits rust
FedPro Free All Deep Penetrating Oil11 ouncesAlmost immediateSafe for use on metal; inhibits rust
Stens 752-102 Snow-Jet Snow Blower Spray11 ouncesAlmost immediateSpecifically formulated for snow blowers
WD-40 Specialist Silicone11 ouncesA few minutesSafe for use on nonmetal and metal surfaces; water-resistant

Our Top Picks

We selected each of the following best nonstick sprays for snow blowers based on performance, ease of use, and overall value. 

Best Overall

DuPont Snow & Ice Repellent Nonstick Clear

 The DuPont Teflon Snow & Ice Repellent on a white background.
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Lasts through multiple uses
  • Prevents clogged chutes; keeps auger clear
  • Creates a slick surface so snow is thrown further

What We Don’t Like

  • Surfaces need occasional wiping so dirt doesn’t stick
  • Flammable; bottle can burst in hot conditions

Specs

  • Volume: 10 ounces
  • Drying time: 10 minutes
  • Functions: Safe for use on metal, rubber, and plastic

The DuPont Teflon snow and ice repellent spray is specifically made to create nonstick surfaces that repel moisture in liquid or frozen form. The Teflon fluoropolymer and silicone combination adheres well to metal, rubber, or plastic, creating a barrier between those materials and snow and ice that would otherwise cause chute clogging and auger buildup. 

As with any nonstick spray, the product adheres best when the surface it’s applied to is dry. After wiping down our snow blower’s chute and auger, we sprayed on a consistent coating of the Teflon snow and ice and left everything to dry. We periodically pressed a finger against the sprayed surface to test for readiness, and after about 10 minutes, the coating was completely set. During the long snow-clearing session that followed, the chute didn’t clog once and the coating had plenty of coverage remaining to handle the next storm. 

Read our full review: DuPont Snow & Ice Repellent Nonstick Clear Coating

What our tester says: “When testing this spray with our snow blower, we were careful to hit a combination of powder and a few slushy patches that would usually be difficult for the chute to clear. The powder flew through the snow blower chute without issue, and the wet snow did as well.”—Zach Lazzari, Product Reviews tester and writer

Get the DuPont snow & ice nonstick spray for snow blowers at Amazon, Ace Hardware, or Walmart.

Runner-up

Liquid Wrench Silicone Spray

 Liquid Wrench M914 Silicone Spray on a white background.
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Easy to apply and dries with clear finish
  • Works on a wide range of household items
  • Unlikely to become gummy

What We Don’t Like

  • Flow is hard to control during delicate applications

Specs

  • Volume: 11 ounces
  • Drying time: 10 to 15 minutes
  • Functions: Safe for use on metal, rubber, plastic, and wood; inhibits rust

Liquid Wrench silicone spray for snow blowers is an aerosol spray with a heavy silicone base that sticks well to slick surfaces to provide optimum nonstick performance. Since silicone is a natural water repellent, it works for everything from creating a waterproof barrier to fixing squeaky hinges and inhibiting rust. 

For snow blowing specifically, this Liquid Wrench spray proved to be an excellent lubricant: While running through a walkway and driveway covered in wet snow, the chute remained clean and didn’t clog once. It’s also a great product for keeping your snow blower or snow plow lubricated and dry as part of your off-season maintenance plan. 

The dry time for this particular snow blower silicone spray was just a bit longer than that of our top choice, and we liked that it left a clear finish with no residue. Since this option is also safe for use on wood, we added it to some squeaky oarlocks on our boat once we’d wrapped up the rest of our tests.

Get the Liquid Wrench nonstick spray for snow blowers at Amazon or Walmart.

Best Bang For The Buck

DuPont Nonstick Dry Film Lubricant

 The Best Tested Nonstick Spray Option DuPont Nonstick Dry Film Lubricant
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Creates a mess-resistant coating
  • Helps protect metal augers and surfaces
  • Works in exceedingly cold temperatures

What We Don’t Like

  • Can stain clothes and other soft materials
  • Has a strong smell

Specs

  • Volume: 10 ounces
  • Drying time: 10 to 15 minutes
  • Functions: Safe for use on metal, rubber, plastic, and wood; dirt-, grit-, and grime-resistant

This dry film aerosol lubricant is another excellent nonstick snow blower spray from DuPont. It’s formulated using ceramic technology that helps it adhere especially well to metal surfaces, making it ideal for snow blowers with steel augers and metal chutes. DuPont claims this spray works for up to 4 weeks, but that depends on the frequency of snow blower use and how much abrasion it experiences. It’s probably best to reapply after a week or so to ensure the snow blower’s surfaces remain protected. 

In our tests, this spray was plenty slick, but it was not quite as effective as our top two options. It endured abuse when tested on a gravel driveway, and we were happy to see no residue or attached dirt left on our machine. Ultimately, this nonstick spray was durable, easy to apply, and performed well. And with most retailers offering it for just over $10 for a 10-ounce can, it’s a great value.

Get the DuPont Dry Film nonstick spray for snow blowers at Amazon, Ace Hardware, or Walmart

Best Heavy-Duty

CRC Heavy-Duty Silicone Lubricant

 CRC Heavy Duty Silicone Lubricant on a white background.
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Delivers a nice, even spray
  • Highly recommended by trade professionals
  • Works on most materials

What We Don’t Like

  • Prevents sticking but not exceptionally slick

Specs

  • Volume: Various sizes
  • Drying time: A few minutes
  • Functions: Safe for use on metal, rubber, nylon, and wood; inhibits rust

During our research into the best nonstick sprays for snow blowers, one of the first things we noticed about CRC’s heavy-duty silicone formula was its rave reviews. It has a loyal following, with many professional handypeople and tradespeople giving it high marks. We couldn’t resist seeing what the fuss was about, so we used it on a snow blower and also sprayed some into stubborn gears on an old fishing reel.

While this CRC spray soaked into the fishing reel gears, we ran the prepared snow blower over a gravel driveway covered with a foot of wet, icy snow. When we hit a section of gravel and dirt we’ve known to be hard on augers and chutes, the CRC formula maintained a nice slick surface and didn’t seem phased by the abrasive snow. As for the fishing rod? It smoothed out its gear performance with plenty of lubrication. Turns out the ample dose of silicone in CRC absolutely does deliver a heavy-duty performance. 

What our tester says: “This is one of the few formulas that meets government regulations regarding the amount of health-harming volatile organic compounds it emits. Since it’s also Food and Drug Administration rated for incidental food contact, we feel good spraying it on squeaky kitchen cabinet hinges and the fishing rod we sometimes use to catch our dinner.”—Zach Lazzari, Product Reviews tester and writer 

Get the CRC nonstick spray for snow blowers (various sizes) at Amazon, Ace Hardware, or Walmart

Best Long-lasting

B’laster Advanced Dry Lube

 The B’laster Advanced Dry Lube on a white background.
Photo: Lowe’s

What We Like

  • Works on many materials, including wood and metal
  • Prevents the buildup of dirt, debris, and rust
  • Has a straw for accurate application

What We Don’t Like

  • Can leave a white stain on surfaces

Specs 

  • Volume: 9.3 ounces
  • Drying time: Immediate
  • Functions: Safe for use on metal, wood, and most plastics; inhibits rust 

PrB’laster advanced dry lube spray is designed to lubricate saws, machine parts, and moving elements of machinery without leaving any sticky residue behind. Unlike many of the products we tested, it does not use silicone and also does not contain chlorinated solvents. This means it evaporates quickly and won’t interfere with mechanical functions. 

As a dry lubricant, we noted it set immediately after application, creating a layer of protection that didn’t attract or trap dirt and debris. While it’s not exceptionally slick, it did prevent a coating of snow from forming and causing sticking and clogging. Overall, we appreciate that it performs well on winter tools and also doubles as a lubricant for many other mechanical items.

Get the B’laster nonstick spray for snow blowers at Lowe’s, Ace Hardware, The Home Depot, Walmart, or Blain’s Farm & Fleet.

Best for Metal Chutes

FedPro Free All Deep Penetrating Oil

 The FedPro Free All Deep Penetrating Oil on a white background.
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Low-viscosity option that gets into tiny crevices
  • Silicone-free formula does not spread harsh chemicals
  • Rust-eating agent completely removes oxygen
  • Works on various surfaces, tools, and components

What We Don’t Like

  • Not suitable for use on bike chains or belts
  • Finish isn’t excessively slick

Specs

  • Volume: 11 ounces
  • Drying time: Almost immediate
  • Functions: Safe for use on metal; inhibits rust

Not all snow blowers are brand new, and many hard-working metal units that have stood the test of time can benefit from a little lubricant. Formulated without silicone, the Free All deep penetrating oil for snow blowers protects against rust and lubricates. It’s also an effective oil for plumbing, automotive, and marine applications.

For augers that have seen a few seasons and chutes that are difficult to turn, this is an excellent product. While not as slick as some other options we tested, it helps coat and lubricate in a way that reduces clogging. For users looking to treat metal components while adding a layer of lubrication to chutes and augers, it’s a great option.

Get the FedPro nonstick spray for snow blowers at Amazon or Walmart.

Best For Augers

Stens 752-102 Snow-Jet Snow Blower Spray

 The Stens 752-102 Snow-Jet Snow Blower Spray on a white background.
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Made especially for snow blowers
  • Protects against dirt and other debris
  • Bottle is on the larger side

What We Don’t Like

  • For use on snow blowers only

Specs

  • Volume: 11 ounces
  • Drying time: Almost immediate
  • Functions: Specifically formulated for snow blowers

Augers take a beating when they plow through snow on driveways, patios, and walkways, but the Stens snow blower spray can ensure they are protected and remain effective. This nonstick polymer formula is made with corrosion-resistant agents that prevent the buildup of rust, dirt, and other debris. This makes it a great option for coating and protecting auger blades while still adding a slick layer to the chute and internal passages.

While we liked that this 11-ounce spray is especially made for snow blowers, that specificity does limit its application compared to the rest of the products on our list. Still, It held up very well during testing with the coating lasting through a few uses, and it worked equally as well on a snow shovel and plow blade. We also liked how evenly this option sprayed, ensuring we got a good coating on every surface we applied it to. 

Get the Stens nonstick spray for snow blowers at Amazon or Walmart.

Best Precision Application

WD-40 Specialist Silicone

 The WD-40 Specialist Silicone on a white background.
Photo: Lowe’s

What We Like

  • Sprayer reaches tight spaces
  • Leaves a clear coating without noticeable residue
  • Works at a wide temperature range

What We Don’t Like

  • Can gum up if over-applied

Specs

  • Volume: 11 ounces
  • Drying time: A few minutes
  • Functions: Safe for use on nonmetal and metal surfaces; water-resistant

This specialist spray isn’t the WD-40 many people already have in their workshops. Instead, it’s a silicone spray designed to be waterproof without attracting dirt, making it an ideal spray for a snow blower rather than a more simple around-the-house formula. 

During testing, our favorite thing about this product was its unique spray-top design. Its aerosol system has a nozzle that rotates into position, making it easy to hit crevices and hard-to-reach places. The push button also has a big thumbprint that makes it incredibly easy to control. When not in use, the nozzle folds down and out of place.

Adding to its ease of use, this formula stays effective at a wide range of temperatures between -100 to 500 degrees Fahrenheit. If you have a machine needing attention in tight cracks and difficult places, you’ll want to give the WD-40 silicone spray for your snow blower​ a try. 

What our expert says: We asked Gene Caballero, co-founder of GreenPal, an app that connects those needing snow removal and lawn care with a local provider, which nonstick snow blower spray he prefers. He said, “WD-40 Specialist Silicone and Fluid Film have always worked well for me. They not only prevent clogs but also protect your snow blower from corrosion caused by wet, salty conditions.”

Get the WD-40 nonstick spray for snow blowers at Lowe’s, The Home Depot, Walmart, or Northern Tool + Equipment.

Jump to Our Top Picks

How We Tested the Best Nonstick Sprays for Snow Blowers

After researching and comparing product features and reviews for dozens of nonstick snow blower sprays, we narrowed our testing list to eight products. As our property in Montana got hit with one winter storm after another, we had plenty of snow to work through as well as very cold weather, so we got to work lubricating several gas snow blowers, cordless snow blowers, and electric snow blowers with each of our chosen products. 

We applied each snow blower nonstick spray in a dry location, fully covering the chutes, augers, interior boxes, and passageways. A large portion of our work coincided with our tests on snow blowers for gravel driveways, meaning the sprays were all used in particularly rough conditions since the snow contained dirt and hard particles. We also tested them on shovels, plow blades, door locks, and other surfaces needing lubrication to get a comprehensive idea of how long each spray remained effective, their ease of application, and their overall performance. 

What to Consider When Choosing a Nonstick Spray for Snow Blowers 

Before choosing a nonstick spray, take a few minutes to learn what to look for, including drying time, safety concerns, functions, and the spray’s longevity.

Drying Time

The drying time for a spray wax for snow blowers will vary depending on the specific product, the temperature and humidity of the environment, and the moisture content in the snow blower’s chute. Products that dry quickly are generally easier to use since they make applying a second layer when needed faster so you can get to work sooner.

Applying the nonstick snow and ice repellent in a warm, dry environment, like a garage or workshop, is ideal. Warmth helps the spray stick to the metal and dry quickly. Users can apply sprays to damp surfaces in freezing temperatures, but it will take longer for the spray to dry. Until the spray is completely dry, it won’t lubricate properly, nor will it be fully water- or corrosion-resistant.

Safety

While nonstick sprays for snow blowers are helpful in preventing clogs, they often contain chemicals that warrant handling them with care. We recommend you check the product’s label for safe application recommendations and to see if it contains any hazardous materials.

Generally speaking, you’ll want to keep snow blower sprays out of reach of children and pets since they can be toxic if ingested or inhaled. It’s a good idea to use these products in a well-ventilated space and consider wearing eye protection, a respirator, and gloves. Because the liquid spray may be flammable until it dries, store it away from sources of heat or flames. 

Functions

The primary purpose of a nonstick spray for snow blowers is to lubricate the inside of the snow blower chute to keep snow from sticking and clogging the chute. However, many nonstick sprays have additional benefits, such as preventing rust, protecting against ultraviolet (UV) damage, resisting water, or even adding a shine to metal finishes.

  • Rust prevention helps protect the metal on the snow blower chute from water, ice, and corrosive salt.
  • Water resistance, a common characteristic of nonstick sprays, allows them to repel snow, ice, and water to prevent clogging.
  • UV protection ensures that painted surfaces don’t prematurely crack or fade after time in the sun.

Longevity

Longevity refers to the length of time a nonstick spray remains effective after application. Every nonstick spray we tested must be reapplied frequently, though some worked well through several uses. Generally speaking, they all need to be reapplied every few uses at a minimum. 

When working through a really difficult storm, consider reapplying nonstick spray after every use to keep the machine performing optimally. Always apply a fresh coat ahead of storms and continue renewing the coating as needed throughout the season. Even if you go through a couple of cans in the winter, you will still save money removing snow yourself rather than paying the cost of professional snow removal.

FAQs

Learn more about nonstick spray for snow blowers by reading the answers to these frequently asked questions.

Q. Why does my snow blower keep clogging?

Snow blower chutes can clog because you’re trying to push through the snow too fast. They also clog when the heavy snow has a high moisture content and forms compact clumps that stick to the sides of the chute.

Q. Can I use WD-40 on a snow blower?

You can use normal WD-40 to help lubricate the auger and moving parts on a snow blower. Use the silicone version of the product to add a nonstick layer of protection on the snow blower chute and auger. It’s easy to apply, dries quickly, and acts as a water repellent and corrosion inhibitor.

Q. How do I use snow blower spray, and where should I apply it?

Snow blower spray is easy to use: Just shake the can, remove the lid, and spray an even coating inside the chute and to the auger. The nonstick spray lubricant makes the chute and auger slippery, preventing snow from sticking and clogging the blower.

Q. How do I maintain a snow blower?

For a complete set of instructions regarding snow blower maintenance, see our guide on how to maintain a snow blower. While the specific maintenance steps your machine requires will depend on the type of snow blower you have, general steps include checking all fittings and components, changing oil or charging batteries, and lubricating the drive and chassis.

Meet the Tester

Zach Lazzari is a freelance writer splitting time between the great outdoors, travel, and DIY projects ranging from camper builds to home renovations and maintenance. His home base in Montana is the perfect testing ground for winter products and snow equipment. With over a decade of professional writing experience, he also covers a variety of other projects and maintenance topics for Bobvila.com.

Additional research provided by Timothy Dale.

The post Yes, Your Snow Blower Needs a Nonstick Spray—And These Are the Best appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-28T13:52:01-05:00
<![CDATA[How to Make a Gravel Driveway]]>Gravel driveways are inexpensive, charming paths by which to approach to a home. What's more, laying a gravel driveway is a project determined DIYers can take on themselves.

The post How to Make a Gravel Driveway appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/how-to-make-a-gravel-driveway/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=50463Mon, 27 Jan 2025 12:55:50 -0500ExteriorDriveways & WalkwaysWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

A gravel driveway is attractive in an unpretentious way, introducing casual curb appeal to the first and last element of your home that a visitor sees. And whereas poured concrete, asphalt, and patterned brick driveways typically require professional installation, even a somewhat novice DIYer can install a gravel driveway successfully on his or her own without having to pay for design consultation or skilled labor. The cost of a gravel driveway, thus, can be much less than that of a driveway that’s fabricated from other materials.

Though it’s possible to cut corners, a well-made gravel driveway usually consists of three layers. In this striated approach, the bottom layer features 6-inch-diameter crushed rock, while smaller, 2- or 3-inch stones form the middle layer. Only the third layer, the surface, comprises what most of us would recognize as true gravel. Here, eschew smooth stones in favor of rough, angular ones, because these provide a firmer, more stable gravel driveway surface.

Tools & Materials

Bobvila.com may earn a commission from purchases made through these links.

8 Steps to Laying a Gravel Driveway

A gravel driveway with light brown stones and a brown fence on the left side. Picture taken in Swindon. Wiltshire, England
Photo: Gary Chalker / Getty Images

Step 1: Stake out the driveway’s path.

Using landscape stakes in combination with string or twine, plan the driveway path from the curb all the way to its end point. Will it be straight or circular? Will it slope? These are all important considerations.

Step 2: Clear grass or topsoil from staked area.

To prepare the way for the gravel, you’ll need to remove grass or topsoil from the marked-off area. If you’d rather not do this manually, consider bringing in a bulldozer (and someone to operate it) to make quicker work of this laborious but essential stage of the project.

Tried-and-True Advice

“Local building codes and guidelines for driveway width can be very specific to ensure access for emergency vehicles. We cut a piece of wood to the required width, and walked the entire length of our 800-foot-long [gravel] driveway. (You could also use a piece of twine.) The wood acted as a pre-made guide to help regulate the width and stake placement.”

—Stacey Nash, Contributing Writer

Step 3: Calculate cubic yardage of gravel needed for each driveway layer.

Having cleared a path for the gravel driveway, now you need to calculate the volume of stones you’ll need. To do so, you’ll need to determine the number of cubic yards each layer will occupy.

Start by measuring the length and width (in feet) of the driveway you’ve laid out, then multiply these two numbers together to find your driveway’s square footage. So, if the width is 10 feet and the length is 15 feet, your driveway will be 150 square feet.

Multiply that number by the desired depth of each layer to get the number of cubic feet of stone you’ll need for each layer. The recommended depth for each layer is 4 to 6 inches. If you want a 4-inch layer, divide the square footage by 3 (because 4 inches is one-third of a foot).

Now that you’ve calculated the necessary volume of stone in cubic feet, convert that number to cubic yards by dividing by 27 (because there are 27 cubic feet in a cubic yard). Our 150-square-foot example is 50 cubic feet, or approximately 1.8 cubic yards (50 divided by 27), per layer. You’ll need about 1.4 tons of stone per cubic yard, plus 4 percent to account for compaction. So 1.8 x 1.4 x 1.04 equals your total order of stones (in tons) for one layer.

Step 4: Schedule and prepare site for gravel delivery.

Think strategically when it comes to scheduling the delivery of the stones for your gravel driveway. (Also, bear in mind that some gravel delivery trucks are capable of spreading the stones, and not just dropping them off.) It’s best to schedule separate deliveries for each of the three driveway layers. Further, it’s recommended that you stagger the deliveries a few days apart, so you have time to address each layer. If you’re spreading the gravel manually, make sure you have the right tools on hand, including a heavy-duty wheelbarrow, a shovel with a sturdy trough, and a rake with metal tines.

Find trusted local pros for any home project
+

Step 5: Level the ground along the path of the driveway.

Before the first gravel delivery truck arrives at your property, you want to even out the dirt in the path of the driveway. Depending on the area of your driveway, you can handle this work with your own tools or by enlisting the help of a professional with a backhoe.

If you are planning to lay down a weed barrier, the time to do this is after you’ve finished smoothing out the ground. Take pains to ensure that the landscape fabric doesn’t bunch up.

Step 6: Spread and compact the base layer of gravel.

The bottom layer of gravel for the driveway, of course, goes in first. Once you have spread these 6-inch stones over the driveway area in a single, interlocking layer, ideally you’d bring in a bulldozer to compact the stones with its roller. Failing that, so long as you don’t think you’ll imperil your tires, drive over the base layer repeatedly with your car (or a neighbor’s truck). The object here is to pack the crushed rocks into the soil beneath, creating as strong a foundation for your gravel driveway as possible.

Step 7: Add the middle layer of driveway gravel.

Next comes the middle layer of 2- to 3-inch stones. In a perfect world, the gravel delivery truck would spread this layer for you. Whether or not that’s possible, the edges of the driveway are first going to need a little TLC. Neaten the perimeters with a shovel and rake and, if necessary, your gloved hands.

Step 8: Spread and shape the top layer of gravel.

Finally, introduce the surface layer of gravel. To facilitate rainwater drainage, grade the stones in such a way that they peak in the middle of the driveway and incline slightly to the sides.

Every few months, you may wish to use a rake to restore this peak. Likewise, you may need to neaten the edges from time to time. But for the most part, maintaining a gravel driveway is a pretty low-key affair.

The post How to Make a Gravel Driveway appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-27T12:55:50-05:00
<![CDATA[The Best Snow Blower for Gravel Driveways Doesn’t Have Wheels]]>We put some of the best snow blowers for gravel driveways to the test to see which models cleared snow while leaving gravel unearthed.

The post The Best Snow Blower for Gravel Driveways Doesn’t Have Wheels appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-snow-blowers-for-gravel-driveways/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=231267Fri, 24 Jan 2025 13:22:10 -0500ReviewsDIYExteriorWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Snow blowers for gravel driveways aren’t just any ol’ snow blowers. To ensure you clear snow without tossing rocks and dirt around your property, choosing the right type of snow blower for your gravel driveway or walkway is essential. To help you in your decision, we consulted a snow removal expert and tested eight popular snow blowers by plowing over packed and loose gravel. 

Once our testing was complete, we chose the Troy-Bilt Storm Tracker 2890 Snow Blower as our top pick for its adjustable blade height, excellent traction on loose surfaces, and especially wide clearing path. Learn more about how this reliable snow blower machine and the rest of our recommendations performed in our tests, and see which features matter most when choosing among the best snow blowers for gravel driveways.

  1. BEST OVERALL: Troy-Bilt Storm Tracker 2890 Snow Blower
    ↓ Jump to Review
  2. RUNNER-UP: Toro Power Max HD 828 OAE Two-Stage Gas Snow Blower
    ↓ Jump to Review
  3. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: PowerSmart DB7109 24″ Two-Stage Gas Snow Blower
    ↓ Jump to Review
  4. UPGRADE PICK: Ego Power+ SNT2405 24″ Two-Stage Snow Blower
    ↓ Jump to Review
  5. BEST FOR LONG DRIVEWAYS: Toro Power Max 824 OE Gas Snow Blower
    ↓ Jump to Review
  6. BEST ELECTRIC: Toro Power Max e24 60V Snow Blower
    ↓ Jump to Review
  7. BEST FOR SMALL DRIVEWAYS: Ryobi 40V 22″ Two-Stage Cordless Snow Blower
    ↓ Jump to Review
  8. ALSO CONSIDER: Husqvarna ST 224 Snow Blower
    ↓ Jump to Review
The Best Snow Blowers for Gravel Driveways Options
Photo: Zach Lazzari for Bob Vila

Before You Buy a Snow Blower for a Gravel Driveway

Before purchasing a snow blower for a gravel driveway, it’s important to understand that not all machines will work for this type of surface. For example, most single-stage snow blowers and electric snow shovels have augers that scrape along the ground. While this design is great for snow removal from smooth pavement, sidewalks, and heated driveways, it doesn’t work well on gravel driveways since it will pick up gravel in addition to snow. 

Still, there’s no need to resort to using a standard snow shovel. Two-stage and three-stage snow blowers have augers that operate an inch or so above the ground as well as adjustable skids that provide clearance to prevent the machine from scooping up gravel. 

Snow Blowers for Gravel Driveways Comparison Chart

Product NameTypeClearing WidthMax Depth 
Troy-Bilt Storm Tracker 2890 Snow BlowerGas28 inches12 inches 
Toro Power Max HD 828 OAE Two-Stage Gas Snow BlowerGas28 inches21 inches 
PowerSmart DB7109 24″ Two-Stage Gas Snow BlowerGas24 inches20 inches
Ego Power+ SNT2405 24″ Two-Stage Snow BlowerTwo 56V batteries24 inches20 inches 
Toro Power Max 824 OE Gas Snow BlowerGas24 inches20 inches
Toro Power Max e24 60V Snow BlowerTwo 60V batteries24 inches20 inches
Ryobi 40V 22″ Two-Stage Cordless Snow BlowerTwo 40V batteries22 inches18 inches 
Husqvarna ST 224 Snow BlowerGas24 inches 23 inches 

Our Top Picks

All of the selections listed below are suitable for gravel driveways. Our lineup includes both gas-powered and electric cordless snow blowers and features models for small and large driveways alike. 

Best Overall

Troy-Bilt Storm Tracker 2890 Snow Blower

 The Best Snow Blowers for Gravel Driveways Option: Troy-Bilt 2890 Storm Tracker Snow Blower
Photo: The Home Depot

What We Like

  • Track-style drive provides excellent loose-surface traction
  • Adjustable blade height offers plenty of clearance
  • Cuts a broad 28-inch-wide swath of snow with each pass
  • Trigger-controlled power steering makes changing directions easy

What We Don’t Like

  • A bit pricey since it’s a snow blower with tracks

Specs

  • Power source Gas
  • Clearing width 28 inches
  • Max depth 12 inches

While keeping rocks out of spinning tines is crucial when snow-blowing a gravel driveway, getting traction on this loose material is also important, which is why the Storm Tracker 2890 is such an ideal option. The track system creates more surface contact with the ground than a set of wheels, leading to significantly more traction on icy inclines where tires tend to spin and struggle. Like other quality snow blowers designed to work on gravel surfaces, the Storm Tracker is equipped with adjustable skid shoes that create necessary clearance for the spinning auger blade. 

Though it uses a standard skid system, the Storm Tracker amplifies it with an adjustable handle that raises and lowers the bottom blade height—a major differentiator for working safely on gravel. These adjustments prevent dirt and rocks from being ingested by the auger and allow users to gradually lower the blade when working through deep snow banks. In our tests, we found ourselves using the height adjustment frequently, but that wasn’t the only thing we liked about this model. The motor started on the first or second pull in cold conditions, and it fired up immediately using the electric start. All of the controls were easy to use, including excellent chute adjustment controls. 

What our tester says: “We were very impressed with how useful this machine’s six forward-speed settings and two reverse speeds were. We could throttle down to a crawl or hit the high gears and really move. Everything about this model is made for heavy-duty snow-blowing, and it did not disappoint.”—Zach Lazzari, Product Reviews tester and writer 

Read our full review: Troy-Bilt Storm Tracker 2890 Snow Blower

Get the Troy-Bilt snow blower for gravel driveways at The Home Depot,Walmart,Northern Tool + Equipment, or Troy-Bilt.

Runner-Up

Toro Power Max HD 828 OAE Two-Stage Gas Snow Blower

Photo: Tractor Supply

What We Like

  • 28-inch width makes quick work of clearing
  • Joystick control enables easy chute adjustments
  • 16-inch tires are large enough for deep snow

What We Don’t Like

  • Skids require manual adjustment

Specs

  • Power source Gas
  • Clearing width 28 inches
  • Max depth 21 inches

With its joystick-like controls, wide coverage, and ability to handle deep snowfall, Toro’s Power Max HD 828 is well suited to areas that spend much of the winter covered in snow. The large intake sits above the ground, making it ideal for gravel surfaces. It covers a broad 28-inch swath with each pass and can remove snow up to 21 inches deep and throw it up to 45 feet.

The model also comes equipped with Quick Stick, a joystick control with power steering that allows for easy one-handed turning, and its knobby 16-inch tires provide ample traction in slick conditions. Its anti-clogging system manages snow intake to prevent delays, and an LED headlight brightens dark paths for nighttime snow-blowing. It also has solid skids to adjust blade height above the ground.

During testing, this model performed exceptionally well. In addition to its powerful motor and drive system, the tires offered great traction. We especially appreciated the joystick controls, which made moving the chute throw direction and angle a breeze. 

What our tester says: “The Toro came in a very close second, and only because it was pitted against a track system with height adjustment control. Otherwise, it’s an absolute beast that can charge through the biggest storms.”—Zach Lazzari, Product Reviews tester and writer 

Get the Toro 828 OAE snow blower for gravel driveways at Tractor Supply Co.Acme Tools, or Toro

Best Bang For The Buck

PowerSmart DB7109 24" Two-Stage Gas Snow Blower

 The Best Snow Blower for Gravel Driveways Option: PowerSmart Two-Stage Gas Snow Blower
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Very affordable price relative to similar models
  • Chute allows for clearing snow at almost any angle
  • Push-button electric start, anti-clogging system, and self-propelled design

What We Don’t Like

  • Less capable on steep inclines and icy surfaces

Specs

  • Power source Gas
  • Clearing width 24 inches
  • Max depth 20 inches

With a price tag that’s significantly less than many other snow blowers, this two-stage model from PowerSmart is a good snow blower for those looking to clear a gravel driveway without breaking the bank. As with other two-stage snow blowers, the PowerSmart’s auger uses skids to remain above the ground, ensuring it won’t pick up gravel as it goes. Its 180-degree chute is easy to control from the handles with one hand, enabling quick changes after each turn. 

Not all affordable snow blowers offer the array of features found on top-rated machines, but the PowerSmart is quite competitive with what it includes. This model has a push-button electric start, an anti-clogging system, a self-propelling design, and 13-inch inflatable tires with traction. It also has six forward speeds and two reverse speeds, which helped us work through powder, wet snow, and icy snow without issue. It doesn’t quite have the traction and power of some more expensive models, but it’s more than ample for the average user.ction and power of some more expensive models, but it’s more than ample for the average user. We really enjoyed this unit and although it’s not the top choice, it does offer a great value for budget shoppers.

Get the PowerSmart snow blower for gravel driveways at Amazon, Walmart, or PowerSmart.

Upgrade Pick

Ego Power+ SNT2405 24" Two-Stage Snow Blower

 The Best Snow Blowers for Gravel Driveways Option: Ego Power+ SNT2405 24-Inch Two-Stage Snow Blower
Photo: Lowes

What We Like

  • Powerful yet quiet enough to prevent disturbing the neighbors
  • Throws snow up to 50 feet
  • Clearly labeled, sturdy controls make it easy to use

What We Don’t Like

  • Can stall if overloaded too quickly with heavy snow

Specs

  • Power source Two 56-volt (V) batteries
  • Clearing width 24 inches
  • Max depth 20 inches

Battery-powered blowers are starting to dominate the single-stage market, and the trend is extending to the two-stage category with options like this Ego Power+ model. Whether snow piles up on the sidewalk, patio, or even a gravel driveway, this two-stage battery-powered snow blower can push through it all, holding its own against gas models. 

We really enjoyed using this rechargeable snow blower and absolutely loved how quiet it was: no fumes or rumbling engines, and it always started without resistance. Better still, we found the controls intuitive and appreciated the heated grips. The headlight is fantastic, and the self-propelled power drive and grippy tires tracked well on loose surfaces. But it doesn’t end there—we were also impressed with its ability to scoop and blow snow up to 50 feet as well as its adjustable skids, all-steel auger, and generous 24-inch clearing width. 

Get the Ego snow blower for gravel driveways at Lowe’sAce Hardware, Walmart, or Northern Tool + Equipment.

Best For Long Driveways

Toro Power Max 824 OE Gas Snow Blower

 The Best Snow Blowers for Gravel Driveways Option: Toro Power Max 824 OE Gas Snow Blower
Photo: Tractor Supply

What We Like

  • Joystick offers perfect chute direction and angle controls
  • Speed options help cover more ground with less effort
  • Durable steel auger is great for gravel environments

What We Don’t Like

  • Smaller width may not be right for larger properties

Specs

  • Power source Gas
  • Clearing width 24 inches
  • Max depth 20 inches

A blower for a gravel driveway should run efficiently, pivot quickly, and be capable of moving large snow loads in a single session, and the Toro Power Max 824 OE can do it all. We used the Toro to plow through a long stretch of hard-packed gravel road, clearing 6 to 8 inches of snow, and were amazed to see how much ground we covered simply by sliding the throttle to rabbit speed and setting the snow blower to the six-speed position. By the time a snow plow arrived, we’d already cleared a major section of the road. 

While other top choices in this category have larger 28-inch-wide clearing widths, this 24-inch model is more than capable of clearing a long driveway that receives moderate snowfall with the occasional heavy storm. Like many Toro blowers, it has a joystick control for easy chute adjustments. It also features a convenient electric start, best-in-class chute controls, and a reliable engine, making it hard to go wrong with this model. Although we gave it the award for long driveways, it’s suitable for just about any snow removal need.

Get the Toro 824 OE snow blower for gravel driveways at Tractor Supply Co., Ace Hardware, or Toro.

Best Electric

Toro Power Max e24 60V Snow Blower

 The Best Cordless Snow Blower Option: Toro Power Max 60V e24 24 Two-Stage Snow Blower
Photo: Tractor Supply

What We Like

  • Performance and features modeled off gas version
  • Auger doesn’t use shear pins, minimizing potential for damage
  • Third battery option significantly extends runtime

What We Don’t Like

  • Each battery requires 3 hours to charge

Specs

  • Power source Two 60V batteries
  • Clearing width 24 inches
  • Max depth 20 inches

Not surprisingly, the Toro Power Max e24 has many similarities to the Power Max 824 OE. In fact, the body, auger, and control designs are nearly the exact same. This makes sense because there is no reason to reinvent the wheel when Toro already offers exceptional controls, a durable steel auger, and a great set of features and functions.

The main difference is the motor. Rather than a gas engine, it has an all-electric motor powered by up to three batteries. While it can run on a single battery, adding a second extends the runtime up to 70 minutes, and a third extends it even more. We tested the snow blower with just one battery, and it performed exactly like the gas model for over 30 minutes before requiring a recharge. 

There are plenty of great electric options on the market, but the advantages this one offers are why we awarded it the title of the best electric snow blower for gravel driveways. The fact that the steel auger doesn’t require shear pins is a major bonus since there’s nothing to break (and then replace) if the machine is under excess stress. Purchasing a third battery also makes it among the longest-lasting snow blowers on the market. 

What our tester says: “We loved this snow blower’s performance and ability to churn through difficult snow. It was significantly quieter than the gas version, and because it’s both heavy duty and durable, it may well be the best electric snow blower available today.”—Zach Lazzari, Product Reviews tester and writer y to churn through difficult snow. It was significantly quieter than the gas version, and in large part because it’s both heavy duty and durable, we found it to be among the best electric snow blowers tested.

Get the Toro e24 electric snow blower for gravel driveways at Tractor Supply Co.,Acme Tools, or Toro.

Best for Small Driveways

Ryobi 40V 22" Two-Stage Cordless Snow Blower

 The Best Snow Blowers for Gravel Driveways Option: Ryobi 40V 22-Inch Two-Stage Cordless Snow Blower
Photo: The Home Depot

What We Like

  • Cuts a reasonably wide path and changes direction easily
  • Plenty of power for moving through deep snow
  • Controls and drive system work great on gravel

What We Don’t Like

  • Batteries only run for 30 minutes

Specs

  • Power source Two 40V batteries
  • Clearing width 22 inches
  • Max depth 18 inches

Gravel driveways come in several shapes and sizes, and they don’t all call for an especially large snow blower. The Ryobi two-stage brushless snow blower has a steel auger, a speedy self-propelled drive system, and skids for raising the blade over gravel. With its 22-inch-wide cutting path, it’s smaller but more than sufficient for clearing the average driveway. 

To be honest, the Ryobi was a big surprise in our tests. It had a ton of power, tires with great traction, and impressive overall performance. Its ease of use and ability to turn and pivot to clear tighter spaces were excellent. The only limiting factor is the limited battery life, which may not be enough for large jobs or heavy snow. We only got about 30 minutes of runtime when precipitation was on the wet side, but the battery definitely lasted longer than that in light snow.

Get the Ryobi snow blower for gravel driveways at The Home Depot.

Also Consider

Husqvarna ST 224 Snow Blower

 The Best Snow Blowers for Gravel Driveways Option: Husqvarna ST 224 Snow Blower
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Durable steel auger and design that is built to last
  • Powerful engine for pushing hard and climbing hills
  • 6 drive speeds and reverse for easy use

What We Don’t Like

  • Must manually adjust skids to raise blade height

Specs

  • Power source Gas
  • Clearing width 24 inches
  • Max depth 23 inches

For those looking for a durable, all-around performance machine, the Husqvarna is a great option. The brand is known for its small engine-operated power tools, and this snow blower lives up to the high brand standards. In fact, we liked this 24-inch two-stage snow blower so much that we found it difficult to rank because it could have won almost any category on the list. It’s a solid unit made to work hard, and we were impressed with its combination of power and speed. Like every option we recommend, it has adjustable skids, a solid steel auger, and a powerful drive system. 

The Husqvarna’s 212 cubic centimeter (cc) engine offers 5.9 horsepower, making it a good choice for gravel driveways with inclines. Its rugged tires offer excellent traction when working over icy surfaces, and we liked the user-friendly controls and good-size headlight for working in the dark. We loaned this model out to a local property management company to assist with a gravel driveway on a rural rental property, and they said it did a great job.durable, all-around performance machine, the Husqvarna is a great option. The brand is known for its small engine-operated power tools, and this snow blower lives up to the high brand standards.

Get the Husqvarna snow blower for gravel driveways at Amazon, Tractor Supply Co., Walmart, or Northern Tool + Equipment.

Jump to Our Top Picks

close up of the models of best snow blower
Photo: Zach Lazzari for Bob Vila

How We Tested the Best Snow Blowers for Gravel Driveways

While there are many top-rated snow blowers available today, not all are right for clearing a gravel driveway. When selecting the picks for our list, we stuck with models well suited for this type of terrain, namely two-stage blowers. Beyond type, we looked for features that make snow blowers easier to operate, such as push-button starters, heated handles, and sturdy materials that can power through packed snow. 

We tested our selected models by clearing snow from multiple storms in rural Montana, using a loose-substrate gravel driveway and a hard-packed gravel road as our testing grounds. While much of the testing area was level, we also hit a few inclines and ran through mounds of piled-up snow.

We rated the snow blowers based on performance in each gravel environment. We looked at skids and adjustments that made it easier to run over gravel, and power, handling, and traction also factored high in the ranking process. Lastly, we assessed build quality, ease of use, battery life, engine performance, and the rest of the nitty-gritty details that make some snow blowers more capable on gravel surfaces.

Products tested 8
Time spent testing 2 weeks
Tests performed8
Price range$600 to $1,900

What to Consider When Choosing a Snow Blower for Gravel Driveways 

cleaning the snow with Ryobi Two-Stage Cordless Snow Blower
Photo: Zach Lazaari for Bob Vila

Understanding which types of snow blowers are suitable for gravel driveways and which are not is the first step in selecting the right model. Ahead, learn more about the three types of snow blowers as well as other important features, such as power output and intake width. 

Type

There are three main types of snow blowers: single-stage, two-stage, and three-stage. Each one clears snow a bit differently, but for gravel driveways, two-stage models are ideal. Here’s how each of these snow blowers works.

Single Stage 

Like all snow blowers, a single-stage snow blower or snow thrower uses an auger with serrated metal blades to scoop snow and launch it through the chute. Since the auger on this type of snow blower skims along the ground, it’s an excellent option for smooth pavement but a poor choice for loose gravel. If used on a gravel driveway, a single-stage snow blower will gather and throw rocks along with snow. 

Two Stage 

Similar to a single-stage snow blower, a two-stage model uses an auger to pull snow into the chute. However, rather than use the force of the auger to launch the snow, two-stage snow blowers rely on large impeller fans to propel the snow out of the chute. In addition to being able to throw snow much farther than a single-stage model, a two-stage snow blower’s auger does not come into contact with the ground. Instead of resting on the auger, the snow blower glides on two adjustable skid pads—a design that makes a two-stage model ideal for gravel surfaces. 

Three Stage

This heavy-duty snow blower uses an auger and impeller fan along with an accelerator, which is  a corkscrew-shaped blade that sits perpendicular to the auger and pulls snow quickly into the machine as it spins. True to its name, an accelerator allows the machine to glide more quickly through snow. These powerful snow blowers can throw snow up to 50 feet away and have intakes that measure up to 40 inches wide. This makes them ideal for covering large driveways. Like a two-stage snow blower, a three-stage model’s auger does not touch the ground, so it’s a good choice for gravel surfaces. Three-stage blowers also come with a hefty price tag. As such, they are typically only needed for regions that see very heavy snowfall. 

Power

When selecting a snow blower, consider how much power it needs to get the job done. Snow blowers have either a gas engine or, with battery-powered models, an electric motor. A gas snow blower’s power is measured in cubic centimeters. The higher the cc, the better able the snow blower is to move through deeper snow and the farther it can launch it. Two-stage snow blowers for gravel driveways have engines ranging between 200cc and 250cc. 

Electric snow blowers generally use two batteries to maximize runtime, though many can run on one battery (but they won’t run as long). Total runtime varies depending on the voltage and amp hours of the batteries, the number of batteries used, and, of course, the amount and type of snow being cleared. Depending on these factors, many battery-powered snow blowers can run for between 30 and 70 minutes. Some electric snow blowers also have an additional port that enables adding a third battery to extend runtime. 

Although battery-powered snow blowers may not be quite as powerful as gas-powered options, they operate at a much lower noise level and don’t produce exhaust fumes. They also don’t require periodic oil changes, making snow blower maintenance easier. Just keep in mind that lithium-ion batteries typically only last 3 to 6 years before they begin to lose their ability to hold a charge, at which point they need to be replaced. Still, even replacing batteries may be less expensive than paying the cost of snow removal in areas that receive regular snowfall. 

Width 

The width of the snow blower refers to the size of its intake and determines how broad a swath of snow the machine can remove with each pass. Most single-stage snow blowers remove snow in 11- to 22-inch swaths with each pass, making them suitable for small driveways and walks. Two-stage models range in width from 22 to 30 inches, making them ideal for most driveways. Large three-stage snow blowers have intakes that measure up to 40 inches wide. 

Additional Features 

Some of the best snow blowers for gravel driveways may come equipped with other useful features that make them easier and, in some cases, safer to use, such as: 

  • Speed controls, which allow the user to adjust how quickly the snow blower’s self-propelled wheels turn 
  • An automatic safety shutoff that cuts off the auger if the operator’s hands slip off the handle
  • Headlights that allow the operator to use the snow blower in dark and other low-visibility conditions
  • Electric starters that make the snow blower easier to start by eliminating the need to pull a cord 

Tips for Using Snow Blowers for Gravel Driveways 

In addition to buying a snow blower rated to work on gravel surfaces, there are other measures you can take to improve performance when clearing snow from this type of surface. 

First and foremost, ensure the skid shoes—the two metal pieces that raise the snow blower intake and auger above the ground—are properly adjusted so that the intake is about 1 inch off the ground. This gap will provide enough clearance between the auger and the ground to prevent it from contacting the gravel. 

If dealing with snow deeper than the height of the auger, consider raising the skid shoes to their highest setting to get the top layer of snow, then lower it to remove the remaining snow. 

In windy conditions, start blowing upwind on the driveway and set the chute to discharge snow downwind. If the snow is particularly wet, adding nonstick snow blower spray to the chute can help prevent clogging. 

When finished, make sure to clear any remaining snow from the auger to prevent it from freezing and clogging the intake. 

  • Adjust the skid shoes so the intake sits 1 inch off the ground. 
  • Start snow blowing on the upwind side of the driveway, and set the chute to discharge downwind.
  • For deep snow, first adjust the intake to its highest setting to get the top layer of snow.
  • Clear the intake after use to prevent snow from freezing and clogging the intake. 

FAQs

Understanding the best strategy for removing snow with a two-stage snow blower and how to set it up to avoid throwing rocks is crucial when clearing a gravel driveway. Here is more information on proper use as well as some answers to common questions about snow blowers. two-stage snow blower and how to set it up to avoid throwing rocks is crucial when clearing a gravel driveway. Here is more information on proper use as well as some answers to common questions about snow blowers.

Q. What is the best way to remove snow from a gravel driveway?

The best way to remove snow from a gravel driveway is to adjust the snow blower’s skid shoes to elevate its intake above the ground. This will prevent the machine from picking up and throwing gravel. If you don’t have a snow blower for your gravel driveway yet, check out our guide on clever hacks for how to shovel show

Q. What kind of snow blower can I use on gravel?

The best kind of snow blower to use on gravel is a two-stage model. The auger on a single-stage snow blower makes contact with the ground, so it will pick up gravel and throw it. A two-stage or three-stage snow blower has an intake that is elevated above the ground, allowing it to pick up snow without disturbing the gravel beneath it. Three-stage models work similarly, but they are heavy-duty options generally used by professionals.

Q. How long do snow blowers last?

They can last 10 years or many more if properly cared for. Snow blower maintenance includes changing the oil (for gas-powered models); lubricating the axle and augers; and periodically checking the shear pins, skid shoes, and belts for wear. Electric snow blowers require battery replacement about every 3 years if used regularly or up to 6 years if used intermittently. 

Q. What is the best time of year to buy a snow blower?

The best time to get a good price on a snow blower is in either May or June, when manufacturers are introducing new models and demand for these winter-weather machines is low. If you need to buy outside this period, our guide on the best cheap snow blowers offers some excellent options. 

Q. How do I stop my snowblower from scratching my driveway?

We asked Thomas Vanneli, founder and CEO of Minneapolis, Minnesota’s Tomms Property Solutions, for advice on this problem. He said, “To avoid scratching concrete, rubber or polymer skid shoes should be installed. Skid shoes stop the metal from coming into contact with the concrete, which will protect it from dings and scratches.” You can also prevent damage to concrete surfaces by adjusting the skid shoes so the intake sits about an inch off the ground. 

Q. How much does a snow blower for gravel driveways cost?

The snow blowers for gravel driveways we recommend in this guide cost between $600 and $1,900. 

Meet the Testers

Zach Lazzari is a freelance writer splitting time between the great outdoors, travel, and DIY projects ranging from camper builds to home renovations and maintenance. His home base in Montana is the perfect testing ground for winter products and snow equipment. With over a decade of professional writing experience, he also covers a variety of other projects and maintenance topics for BobVila.com.

Tom Scalisi is a full-time DIY and construction writer for many of the largest websites in the industry, including BobVila.com, This Old House, Family Handyman, and Forbes. He also owns and operates a pest control blog, RiddaBugs.com.

Additional research provided by Tony Carrick. 

The post The Best Snow Blower for Gravel Driveways Doesn’t Have Wheels appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-24T13:22:10-05:00
<![CDATA[Deck Railing Height and Code Requirements]]>Considering a backyard deck build or reno this year? Be sure you know your numbers when it comes to railing heights, guard heights, and other code requirements.

The post Deck Railing Height and Code Requirements appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/deck-railing-height/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=159251Thu, 23 Jan 2025 11:33:00 -0500ExteriorDeck, Patio & PorchWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Homeowners with a backyard may daydream about building the perfect deck for outdoor cooking, lounging, and entertaining. While there are many details to consider, one important safety detail is the height and spacing of the guards and railings. The guards are a continuous structural system that provides safety protection, and they are often (and mistakenly) called deck railings and commonly called guardrails. The railings are actually the graspable areas, like along a stair.

As with other residential building codes, the required deck guards and deck railing heights will depend on the municipality’s building codes. These codes set forth the requirements for any deck guards based on the platform height and the other dimensions of the deck to ensure the safety of anyone using it. While a low-platform deck may not need a guard to meet code requirements, a higher-platform deck or multilevel deck with stairs may call for continuous guards and a graspable deck railing with specific height and spacing requirements. 

Since codes can vary by location, it’s always best practice to contact the local building department and inquire about any necessary permits, inspections, and specific building plan requirements before starting construction. However, there are a few standard guidelines about guards and railings that most municipalities follow, and they are good to keep in mind when planning a deck-building project.

Deck Guard Height Requirements

A technical illustration depicting the minimum height for deck railing and minimum spacing between balusters.
Illustration: John B. via Fiverr

Building codes for a standard single-family residential dwelling are typically based on the International Residential Code (IRC), a set of minimum guidelines established to ensure the protection of public health, safety, and welfare. In many municipalities, deck builders follow the Prescriptive Residential Wood Deck Construction Guide (also referred to as the DCA-6 by deck builders) that’s based on the IRC. It dictates that deck guards must be installed on any deck higher than 30 inches above grade. The deck guard height should be a minimum of 36 inches, as measured from the surface of the deck to the top cap of the guard.

“Some places have increased the required height of guards to 42 inches,” says Glen Mathewson, Master Code Professional (MCP) and creator of BuildingCodeCollege.com. It’s “often related to how high the fall hazard is above that 30-inch trigger” above grade, he says.  

Since local municipalities can have their own code requirements about guard height, check with your local building department to ensure it does not require a higher guard than 36 inches or specific installation methods. If a proposed deck will be lower than 30 inches above grade, it may not require guards to pass code (but a homeowner may opt to install them for safety or aesthetics anyway).

Deck Stair Railing Height and Guard Height Requirements

When purchasing materials for a deck, homeowners will need to consider both guards around the perimeter of the deck and the railing for the deck stairs. At least one graspable deck stair railing should stand at least 34 inches high, measured vertically from the nose of the stair tread to the top of the rail. 

The IRC specifies that deck handrail height on a stair should be between 34 and 38 inches high, so homeowners may wish to use railing that is even higher than 34 inches for their deck stairs. However, it’s also an important safety detail that the handrail is smooth and continuous from the lowest riser to the highest riser. 

Deck Guard Baluster Spacing

Unpainted wood deck railing with wood deck treads against a dark blue sky.
Photo: iStock Photo: istockphoto.com

Balusters are the thinner vertical posts—often colloquially called pickets—that run between the bottom rail and top cap along the guards to prevent people and pets from falling off the edge of the deck or staircase. Code requirements dictate that balusters be spaced less than 4 inches apart. This safety guideline is based on the size of a small child’s head to prevent babies and young children from sticking their heads in the gaps between balusters.

The 4-inch rule also applies to the space between the bottom horizontal rail of the guard system and the deck surface. 

Deck Cable Railing Spacing

Not all deck railings have vertical balusters. Another option that has been gaining in popularity is cable railing systems. These systems use either metal or wood posts with cable railing strung horizontally between them. As with the vertical balusters, the codes dictate the same spacing of less than 4 inches must be maintained between the cables. Many of these systems are created as kits, so the manufacturers often provide templates or pre-drilled holes in the posts that maintain this code-dictated spacing. 

When cable railing started to appear on residential decks, discussions began about the “ladder effect” as it relates to the possibility of people climbing horizontal cables on decks. After a 3-year ICC Code Technology Committee review, it was determined there isn’t a need for further restrictions.

However, since cable railing is a newer guard system for residential applications, there is some debate about the flexibility of the cables. “I’d say one issue where things are very inconsistent, but not a legal adoption/amendment, is in cable guards and inspectors that believe they can pry them open to test opening restrictions,” says Mathewson. “The pulling open of cable guards is a researched subject and one that has been debated at code hearings, and it has not resulted in any guidance or authority in the IRC to do so.”

To eliminate this issue, cable rails are tightened during installation to not allow movement. Just like with all deck guards and other structural members, it’s best to check them periodically to make sure they are still performing as well as the day they were installed. 

Get a deck built in no time
Call in a pro. Get free, no-commitment project estimates from experts near you.
+

Deck Paneled Guard Railing Codes

As the building codes apply to all guards on a deck, the same codes apply to deck guards that contain glass or decorative panels. The open areas within the panel and between the panel and the surrounding guard posts, top cap, bottom cap, decking surface must be small enough so that a 4-inch sphere can’t pass through. 

And just like the other types of deck guard systems, they have to be able to withstand 200-pound force and the balusters or other infill panels must be able to withstand at least 50 pounds of force per square foot.

Deck Railing and Guard Code Details

When it comes to stair design, there are a few exceptions to the IRC requirements for deck baluster gaps. 

  • In the triangular opening that’s formed where the stair riser, tread, and bottom stair rail edge meet, the opening should be small enough that a 6-inch sphere can’t fit through it. 
  • The graspable stair handrail must project at least 1½ inches from the wall or guard system.
  • The space between the balusters on a stair guard system must not allow a 4⅜-inch sphere to pass through. 
  • A guard post is required every 6 feet along a stair. 

Still, if the stairs risers are open, a 4-inch sphere must not be able to pass between the treads. 

Other Deck Railing Codes

Red brick house with red-stained deck and stair in backyard.
Photo: iStock Photo: istockphoto.com

Depending on the style of deck a homeowner wants and the complexity of the build, certain sections of a deck may be subject to different building codes. For example, a split level deck may not need the same guardrail, stair rail, and baluster requirements on a section that’s lower than 30 inches as an upper section of the deck that is 30 inches or more above grade. A low deck may not need any railings. 

“In residential occupancies NOT covered by the IRC, guards must be 42 inches tall under IBC for decks and balconies,” says Mathewson. “Balconies under IBC have some newer ventilation requirements prompted from the Berkeley tragedy” in 2015 when six people died and seven were injured after a balcony collapsed, he adds. 

No matter what type of deck you want to build, always ensure the plans meet local building code requirements before you begin.

Final Thoughts

Decking guard systems and railings are an important safety feature of a backyard deck building project. Making sure the guard height and spacing meets the code requirements is essential for keeping your family and friends safe while they enjoy a backyard party on your deck.

Still, while the codes are in place for our safety, Mathewson warns that you can’t rely on deck guards to protect you from serious injury or death if you are not paying attention or being irresponsible while on a deck. 

The post Deck Railing Height and Code Requirements appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-23T11:33:00-05:00
<![CDATA[Snow Blower Won’t Start? Try These Troubleshooting Tips]]>When you can't get your snow blower up and running, the problem is usually a simple fix. Try these things before paying someone to service your machine.

The post Snow Blower Won’t Start? Try These Troubleshooting Tips appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/snow-blower-wont-start/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=95685Tue, 21 Jan 2025 15:03:05 -0500DIYDriveways & WalkwaysExteriorRepair & MaintenanceWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

If your snow blower has gathered dust since last winter, it might not start when you need it this winter season. Like all motorized equipment, snow blowers require periodic maintenance in order to operate efficiently. Assuming yours ran well when you last used it, there’s a good chance the problem is something minor that you can fix yourself.

Before trying the tips below to fix a snow blower that won’t start, pull out your owner’s manual (or download a copy from the manufacturer’s website). While virtually all snow blowers feature the same components—valves, filters, gas tanks, carburetors, fuel lines, and switches—their configurations vary by brand, so the manual will help you locate and identify them. 

“It’s good to start with the basic controls and function of the machine,” says Wes Bollingmo, Channel and Product Support Manager at Toro. “Is something moving that shouldn’t? Is something not moving that’s supposed to? Are the tires inflated to the proper psi?” 

If you don’t already have them on hand, all of the required tools for the following fixes can be found in any auto-supply store. 

Snow blower won't start?
Ask a pro to diagnose the issue.
+

Make sure all switches and valves are in the correct starting position.

Today’s snow blowers have many switches, buttons, and valves that must all be in the correct position for the machine to start. “Verify cables and controls are adjusted to the specifications outlined in your manufacturer’s operator manual,” Bollingmo confirms. Your manual may call for the throttle to be in the “High” position, the fuel shut-off valve in the “Open” position, the choke in the “Full” position, and the run switch set to “On.” 

“One of the most common mistakes on start-up after storage is the fuel valve,” says Bollingmo. “If you are properly prepared for storage, there is a good chance the fuel valve has been shut off. Make sure it is turned to the ‘on’ position prior to use.” 

Check the safety key.

Just like a car, a snow blower has a key that must be inserted and engaged in order for the blower to start. If you’re having trouble starting your snow blower, Bollingmo suggests you ask yourself, “Is the safety key installed? Is the key in the ‘on’ position?” Sometimes in the rush to get going, it’s easy to miss the simple things. 

Drain and replace old gas in the tank.

If your snow blower has sat idle for months, the gas may have developed gummy residue, which can make starting the machine difficult. Siphon out the old stuff with a small siphon pump, and then dispose of the gasoline. Fill the tank with fresh gas and try starting it again.

Add fuel stabilizer to the gas tank.

Pouring stabilizer into the valve of a snow blower.
Photo: Lost_in_the_Midwest / Depositphotos 

Even if you’ve drained and refilled the gas tank, residue from the old gas could be clogging the carburetor. To dissolve it, you’ll need a fuel stabilizer such as STA-BIL, a gasoline treatment product that helps liquefy residue.

Add fuel stabilizer to the snow blower’s gas tank at the rate specified on the container, and then try to start the machine. Even if it doesn’t immediately start, keep cranking by pulling the starter cord repeatedly to help work fresh fuel and stabilizer through the carburetor.

If the snow blower still won’t start, wait an hour or two to allow the fuel stabilizer more time to dissolve residue, and then try again.

Prime the engine to force fuel into the carburetor.

Gas engines are often slower to start in cold weather, so your next move is to give it a little boost of fuel. First, prime the engine by pressing the flexible primer bulb, a small rubber or silicone bulb located on your snow blower near the carburetor, three to five times. This will force a small amount of fuel into the carburetor, where it can more easily ignite.

Immediately after priming, try to start the blower. If it hasn’t been operated for months, it could take three or four attempts before it kicks on.

Check the oil.

Check the oil next, advises Bollingmo. Ensure the snow blower is on a level surface, and then locate the oil dipstick. Remove it, wipe it clean, reinsert it completely, and then pull it out again. Inspect the oil on the dipstick for both quality and quantity. If the blower is low on fuel, add more. If the oil is dark or burnt, it may be time to replace it.   

Clean or replace the spark plugs.

A repairperson removes spark plugs from a small red engine.
Photo: BanksPhotos via Getty Images

Three things must be present in order for your snow blower to run correctly: fresh fuel, the proper amount of compression in the engine, and a spark to ignite the fuel. To satisfy the third requirement, your lawn mower’s spark plugs must be in working order. If your machine refuses to start up properly, try cleaning it or replacing the spark plugs. And don’t forget to reconnect the spark plug wire, Bollingmo cautions. Here’s how to clean spark plugs:

  1. Use a socket wrench and a spark plug socket to remove the plugs.
  2. Clean any built-up carbon deposits from the electrodes, located on the threaded end of the spark plugs. To do so, use a carburetor cleaner and a wire brush.
  3. Dry the plugs and reinsert them.
  4. Reconnect the spark plug wire.

If the snow blower still won’t start, the spark plugs may be beyond repair. Inspect the porcelain sleeves for cracks. If you find a crack, replace the spark plug with a new one.

Examine the fuel line for damage.

The fuel line, which runs from the gas tank to the carburetor, should be flexible and pliable. Over time, fuel lines can harden, and a brittle line is prone to leaking fuel, either from a crack or around the connections where it meets the gas tank and the carburetor. A leak can prevent fuel from reaching the carburetor and keep the snow blower from starting. If the line is hard, cracked, or kinked, replace it with a new one.

Clean the carburetor.

If none of the above strategies have gotten your snow blower running, you may need to clean the carburetor more aggressively to dissolve gunk and residue. A carburetor’s purpose is to combine air and fuel in a precise ratio for efficient combustion, so if it’s clogged with residue, it can’t do its job.

  1. Check your owner’s manual for instructions on how to access the carburetor, located beneath the air filter. 
  2. Remove the air filter cover and the air filter.
  3. Look at the carburetor (a metal case with a cylindrical opening).
  4. Use a carb cleaner, a solvent that comes in an aerosol can with a straw that fits on the nozzle, to deliver a forceful shot of gunk-dissolving spray directly into the carburetor.
  5. Look for the air-intake valve. It’s an open cylindrical valve near where the air filter was connected to the carburetor.  
  6. Spray the carb cleaner inside the air-intake valve (instructions on the can will specify how much to use).
  7. Replace the air filter and filter cover and then try to start the snow blower.

Call a service technician.

A man in a yellow coat pushes a snow blower on a sunny day.
Photo: JulPo via Getty Images

Troubleshooting beyond these steps may require dissembling the machine. “When you get to a point where you are no longer confident in performing a repair or are not sure where to start, you should consult a professional,” says Bollingmo. “The stakes are too high for an individual to make guesses when repairing. Improper repair could result in a snow blower that doesn’t work properly. This can cause costly repairs to the unit or property, and even worse, injury.”

If your snow blower is still under warranty, contact the manufacturer or the store where you bought it for instructions on how to proceed. If it’s an older machine, take it to a small engine repair shop. Alternatively, stores that sell lawn mowers, snow blowers, rototillers, and other small equipment often also offer repair and maintenance services. Having a service technician repair your snow blower could run anywhere between $75 and $300—sometimes as much as it would cost to replace it with an inexpensive new model—depending on the extent of the problem.

If repair estimates wind up on the higher end of that range and your machine has quite a few years on it, now might be the time to upgrade. Check out our tested guide to the best snow blowers for key considerations to choosing your next outdoor tool, and recommendations at all price points.

Snow blower won't start?
Ask a pro to diagnose the issue.
+

Final Thoughts

When it comes to snow blower health, Bollingmo cites Benjamin Franklin’s famous adage: “An ounce of prevention is worth a pound of cure,” and he then adds, “That stands true for outdoor power equipment storage practices.” He suggests careful snow blower maintenance at the end of each season to ensure it’s ready to go the following winter. “If your gas-powered snow blower was correctly prepared for storage,” he says, “you will be ahead of the game,  and the next snowstorm!”

The post Snow Blower Won’t Start? Try These Troubleshooting Tips appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-21T15:03:05-05:00
<![CDATA[We Tested the Best Snow Shovels, and Our Favorite Makes Lifting Heavy Snow Easier on Everyone]]>The best snow shovel allows you to quickly and safely clear a snow-covered driveway. We tested the top snow shovels to see how they performed.

The post We Tested the Best Snow Shovels, and Our Favorite Makes Lifting Heavy Snow Easier on Everyone appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-snow-shovel/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=106487Tue, 21 Jan 2025 08:21:12 -0500ReviewsDriveways & WalkwaysExteriorTools & MaterialsWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Clearing driveways, walkways, and decks with a snow shovel might not be fun, but it’s a good-for-the-Earth way to keep these spaces safe and clean. While chloride contamination caused by salt treatments is toxic for wildlife, agriculture, and people long after the snow has melted, shoveling snow by hand causes no harm to the environment—and it’s great exercise. Plus, thanks to today’s high-quality, well-designed snow shovels, you can clear driveways and paths more quickly than ever.

To determine which of the thousands of shovels available are worth their price and your effort, we carefully researched top snow shovel models and tested them on driveways, paths, decks, and gravel. We shoveled fresh snow and drove a vehicle over sections of snow to test how these tools would do on compacted snow and ice. We also spoke with a snow removal expert for their insights on what to look for when choosing a snow shovel. 

Based on our expert’s experience and our test results, we chose the Snow Joe Shovelution Strain-Reducing Snow Shovel as our top pick. It’s easy to use on all types of snow, and its unique design makes it safe for all ages and fitness levels. If that’s not the right shovel for you, read on for more on how each snow shovel performed in our tests and details on which features matter most when choosing from among the best snow shovels.

  1. BEST OVERALL: Snow Joe Shovelution Strain-Reducing Snow Shovel
    ↓ Jump to Review
  2. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: True Temper 18-Inch Aluminum Snow Shovel With D-Grip
    ↓ Jump to Review
  3. BEST SNOW PUSHER: The Snowplow 36-Inch The Original Snow Pusher
    ↓ Jump to Review
  4. BEST FOR PACKED SNOW: Manplow RevolutionX 24-Inch Snow Pusher With U Handle
    ↓ Jump to Review
  5. BEST FOR WALKWAYS: Emsco Group Bigfoot Poly Snow Shovel
    ↓ Jump to Review
  6. BEST ELECTRIC SHOVEL: Snow Joe 24-Volt IONMAX Cordless Snow Shovel Bundle
    ↓ Jump to Review
  7. BEST PORTABLE SHOVEL: Trazon Portable Folding Snow Shovel
    ↓ Jump to Review
A person using the best snow shovel to clear a path in the snow.
Photo: Tom Scalisi for Bob Vila

Product Comparison

StyleMaterialBlade Size
Snow Joe Shovelution Strain-Reducing Snow ShovelComboPolypropylene blade, aluminum handle, plastic D-grip18 inches
True Temper 18-Inch Aluminum Snow Shovel With D-Grip TraditionalSteel handle with aluminum blade18 inches 
The Snowplow 36-Inch The Original Snow PusherPusherFiberglass handle, polyethylene blade36 inches
Manplow RevolutionX 24-Inch Snow Pusher With U Handle PusherAluminum handle and polyethylene blade24 inches 
Emsco Group Bigfoot Poly Snow ShovelTraditionalPoly blade, metal handle17⅞ inches
Emsco Group Bigfoot Poly Snow Shovel ElectricPlastic auger13 inches
Trazon Portable Folding Snow ShovelTelescoping handlePlastic blade, metal handle16 inches

Our Top Picks

Based on our research and hands-on testing, we’re confident at least one of these shovels will suit your needs. After comparing their features and reviewing what we like (and what we don’t), you’ll be able to find the right tool to make scooping snow easier. 

Best Overall

Snow Joe Shovelution Strain-Reducing Snow Shovel

 The Snow Joe Shovelution Strain-Reducing Snow Shovel on a white background.
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Integrated lift handle
  • Assembly is quick and straightforward
  • Lightweight yet durable construction

What We Don’t Like

  • Lift handle sometimes gets in the way

This Bob Vila Approved product carries our brand’s highest level of recommendation.

Bob Vila Approved badge

Bob Vila Approved recognizes the household and DIY products that impressed us most in our real-world testing and that exemplify core values of the Bob Vila brand, including craftsmanship, innovation, and value for the dollar. Winners of this designation come recommended by our professional review team and are personally approved by Bob Vila.

Product Specs 

  • Style: Combo
  • Materials: Polypropylene blade, aluminum handle, plastic D-grip
  • Blade size: 18 inches  

Anyone on the hunt for a solid overall snow shovel will want to give the Shovelution from Snow Joe a look. This combo-style shovel features an 18-inch-wide polypropylene blade with a metal lip and an aluminum handle that snaps together. Its lightweight construction and unique lift-assist handle make scooping and pushing heavy snow across a driveway and lifting snow over a deck railing easy—so much so that even children can help. 

Beyond being incredibly lightweight and user-friendly, we also liked that the Shovelution was easy to assemble, especially considering it came in the smallest box. Even though we were pretty uncertain about this shovel before we used it, in the end, our only complaint was that the additional handle was a little awkward when we turned the shovel over for chipping. Even that’s a pretty minor qualm since there’s a convenient strap that holds the handle in place; you just need to take a second to secure it.

What our tester says: “During testing, we didn’t want to like the Snow Joe. The additional lift-assist handle seemed like a gimmick, but it required much less bending over compared to a traditional shovel and plenty of leverage for scooping.”—Zach Lazzari, Product Reviews tester and writer

Get the Snow Joe snow shovel at Amazon.

Best Bang for the Buck

True Temper 18-Inch Aluminum Snow Shovel With D-Grip

 The Best Snow Shovel Option: True Temper 18-Inch Aluminum Snow Shovel With D-Grip
Photo: The Home Depot

What We Like

  • Aluminum and steel construction is lightweight but durable
  • Blade chips ice with little effort
  • No assembly required

What We Don’t Like

  • Traditional shape limits it to moving lighter loads

Product Specs 

  • Style: Traditional
  • Materials: Steel handle with aluminum blade
  • Blade size: 18 inches 

This reliable and durable shovel from True Temper might be the perfect choice for those with smaller driveways or who live in areas that don’t see a ton of snow. Designed to be a light-duty yet long-lasting shovel, it combines a traditionally shaped 18-inch-wide aluminum blade with a strong steel handle. 

During our tests, we found the True Temper aluminum snow shovel to be a great choice for small snowfalls or lightweight snow. It was tough yet light, and we appreciated that we could flip the traditional-style shovel over and chip ice off steps with ease. Also, it doesn’t require assembly, which is a definite benefit if a storm has already dropped a few inches of snow. A few inches is probably all it can handle since the traditional blade shape does make it difficult to carry heavier loads.

Get the True Temper aluminum snow shovel at The Home Depot.

Best Snow Pusher

The Snowplow 36-Inch The Original Snow Pusher

 The The Snowplow 36-Inch The Original Snow Pusher on a white background.
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Heavy-duty construction is built to last
  • Extra-wide blade effectively throws snow
  • Tough and thick blade

What We Don’t Like

  • More of a pain to assemble than other options

Product Specs 

  • Style: Pusher
  • Materials: Fiberglass handle, polyethylene blade
  • Blade size: 36 inches 

As the “original” snow pusher, the Snowplow is beloved for its straightforward performance. It can move more snow than a traditional or combo shovel, making short work of large driveways. The fiberglass handle lessens weight without sacrificing strength, and the sleek blade, which is made of advanced polyethylene, delivers extreme resistance to abrasion and wear.

The Snowplow was a joy to use during testing. With a little bit of force, the blade efficiently threw snow forward, making clearing our large driveway and surrounding walkways a breeze. The heavy-duty polyethylene blade was thick and tough, and it provided plenty of chipping power when turned over for use in snow-packed tire tracks. The only issue we had was that it was a little bit of a pain to assemble, but we think it’s worth it.

Get the Snowplow snow shovel at Amazon, Ace Hardware, or Northern Tool + Equipment.

Best for Packed Snow

Manplow RevolutionX 24-Inch Snow Pusher With U Handle

 The Manplow RevolutionX 24-Inch Snow Pusher With U Handle on a white background.
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Wide-handled U-shape design
  • Minimizes bending over to prevent back pain
  • Insulated padded grip adds comfort

What We Don’t Like

  • Not practical for lifting snow

Product Specs 

  • Style: Pusher
  • Materials: Aluminum handle and polyethylene blade
  • Blade size: 24 inches 

Anyone who’s ever driven over fresh snow and then tried to scoop it afterward knows this can be an impossible task—but the Manplow RevolutionX Snow Pusher is up for the challenge. This two-handled snow shovel features a pusher-style, U-shaped design with a padded grip, a polyethylene blade, and a durable metal handle. This combination allows you to generate some serious force, making it easy to chip up hard-packed ice and snow. Not only that, the design also minimizes bending, which helps prevent both fatigue and back pain. 

Though the Manplow has a long list of features and benefits in its pros column, our tests also revealed the shove’s con. When it came time to scoop and toss the snow we’d unstuck, we found the task nearly impossible. Though there’s a handle attachment to make the job easier, we found it was actually easiest to simply grab another shovel. To be fair, though, that one never could have lifted such packed-down snow.  

Get the Manplow snow shovel at Amazon or Manplow.

Best For Walkways

Emsco Group Bigfoot Poly Snow Shovel

 The Emsco Group Bigfoot Poly Snow Shovel on a white background.
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Lightweight design is easy to lift and maneuver
  • Blade is slick so snow slides right off
  • Large D-shaped handle provides great grip

What We Don’t Like

  • Small blade isn’t adequate for heavy loads
  • Not ideal for large driveways

Product Specs 

  • Style: Traditional
  • Materials: Poly blade, metal handle
  • Blade size: 17⅞ inches 

A heavy-duty snow shovel with a big bucket and metal-edged blade is great, but it won’t be right for every task. When it comes to clearing walkways, this lightweight Emsco Group Bigfoot poly snow shovel is a perfect fit. Simple in form, durable, and easy to grip and lift, it can handle reasonable snowfalls without fuss. During testing, it was our favorite option for clearing our sidewalks and back patio area. 

Those who live in condominiums or apartments where small areas need occasional clearing will also appreciate this option. It’s compact, stores easily, and comes in other blade shapes and styles should you need something smaller or larger. Though we found the linked version perfect for clearing light-to-moderate loads without working too hard, a bigger shovel capable of pushing through more volume would be better after big storms. 

Get the Emsco Group snow shovel at Amazon or Walmart.

Best Electric Shovel

Snow Joe 24-Volt IONMAX Cordless Snow Shovel Bundle

 The Best Snow Shovel Option: Snow Joe 24-Volt IONMAX Cordless Snow Shovel Bundle
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Electric auger removes snow without lifting
  • Battery lasts up to 30 minutes per charge
  • Clears decks and walkways quickly
  • 2-handle design makes it easy to use

What We Don’t Like

  • Short runtime for big clearing sessions
  • Projects snow forward rather than to the side

Product Specs 

  • Style: Electric
  • Materials: Plastic auger
  • Blade size: 13 inches

Though it’s not a replacement for a full snow blower, this surprisingly lightweight and easy-to-handle battery-powered shovel makes short work of clearing walkways, decks, and other tight spaces where shoveling is typically done. During testing, it zipped right through the snow left on our driveway by a big storm, pushing through the accumulated inches with minimal effort. When it came to testing the unit on deeper and heavier snow, we could only remove a few inches at a time. Still, the unit worked down to the ground relatively quickly, and the battery lasted nearly 30 minutes. 

When we first held this shovel, we expected more weight. But since its handles are strategically located to balance the head weight, it’s very easy to lift. It’s also easy to use: With the battery charged and installed, you simply push a button to activate the auger. 

What our tester says: “Like our pick for Best Overall (also a Snow Joe product), we were initially skeptical about this electric snow shovel. However, just like with that pick, we completely changed our minds after testing.”—Zach Lazzari, Product Reviews tester and writer

Get the Snow Joe IONMAX snow shovel at Walmart.

Best Portable Shovel

Trazon Portable Folding Snow Shovel

 The Trazon Portable Folding Snow Shovel on a white background.
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Handle collapses for easy storage
  • Locking mechanism expanded unit secure during use
  • Lightweight but still strong and durable
  • Ideal snow shovel for car

What We Don’t Like

  • Foam grip will likely wear out and tear off
  • Not ideal for big driveways or heavy snow loads

Product Specs 

  • Style: Telescoping handle
  • Materials: Plastic blade, metal handle
  • Blade size: 16 inches

While calling the Trazon a folding shovel is a bit misleading, this unit’s collapsing handle makes it as portable and easy to store as true folding shovels. Name aside, we prefer this design to one that folds for two reasons: It doesn’t have a weak point with a hinge, and its push button and locking mechanism hold the shaft securely in place during use. 

Though it’s not intended for day-to-day scooping like the other tools on our list, we enjoyed using this shovel in our tests. Its compact design can heft reasonable amounts of snow because the blade is concave. It also has a metal edge for scraping ice, like you’d find on an ice scraper, which is a nice bonus. Scraping is a little harder on concrete, but we would rather clear slippery spots than shovel over them and leave that ice intact. 

While we think this shovel is great for home use and especially nice for homes or apartments with limited storage, we like it most for those who travel backroads and sometimes encounter snow drifts that require digging. The collapsible handle makes it easy to stash behind the front seat or in the trunk of a car, and the locking mechanism makes the handle sturdy when expanded up to its full 48 inches. Though it has a nice foam grip that helps with handling, we do think the grip will wear or tear off after a season or two of use, but that’s not a deal breaker and won’t impact how well this shovel works.

Get the Trazon snow shovel at Amazon or Trazon.

Jump to Our Top Picks 

How We Tested the Best Snow Shovels

We tested the above snow shovels in upstate New York and Montana. Once snow fell in each location, we set to work getting an idea how well these shovels performed.

We used each shovel to clear a sidewalk or other walkway, testing how thoroughly the shovels removed the snow and how easy they were to use. We tested them on a deck to see how well they could toss snow over the railing. We worked each one over a gravel driveway to evaluate whether they could push along an uneven surface.

We also drove over fresh snow before clearing the driveway, packing it down into hard, tire-width trails. We then used all the shovels to push or scoop snow from one side of the driveway to the other, testing how well they could remove packed snow before using the back side of the blade to chip up the icy tire tracks. 

What to Consider When Choosing a Snow Shovel

Buying the best shovel for snow might seem like a basic task, but as Joe Palumbo, president of Ice Dam Removal Guys LLC, points out, a lot goes into choosing one. “Depending on how much snow you get and what type will determine your best course of action. There are scoops, pushers/plows, ergonomic, and even wheeled ones. One other thing to consider is material. Plastic/poly is my recommendation, and I’d even recommend that you check the lip’s edge and whether it is lined with metal or plastic. Reason being, metal can leave marks on certain pavers, flagstone, natural rock paths, and more.” 

The following sections on blade design, materials, handle features, and wheels and maneuverability go into further on what to consider when choosing a snow shovel. 

Blade Design

There are three types of shovels intended for snow removal: traditional scoop shovels, pushers, and combination shovels/pushers. The difference mainly comes down to blade design.

  • A traditional shovel has an almost flat, 18- to 24-inch rectangular blade. In contrast, a pusher has a longer, narrower curved blade.
  • Pushers are excellent for driveways because they clear snow faster and with less effort. A traditional shovel is better suited to walkways and smaller areas where a push shovel may have trouble maneuvering.
  • A combo shovel has a slightly wider, curvier blade than a traditional shovel for both scooping snow and pushing it away. For driveways and larger areas, either a push shovel or a combo is typically faster and easier to use.

Materials

Snow shovel blades, which need to be lightweight yet rugged, are routinely made from one of three materials: poly plastic, steel, or aluminum. Each has pros and cons.

A steel or aluminum blade is best for clearing off ice and hard-packed snow because these metals are light yet extremely strong with sharp edges. Metal blades, however, can scratch decking and other wooden or stone surfaces. A plastic blade works well for those spaces and for light to medium snow. Hardy handles typically consist of steel, aluminum, fiberglass, or wood.

Handle Features

Many snow shovels have straight handles, so learning the right grip is important to prevent strain. To shovel safely, place one hand as close to the blade as possible and the other on the handle grip. Some snow shovels boast ergonomic handles, which are curved to lessen the natural tendency to lean over and lift with the back (instead of lifting with the legs). 

Another option is an extra “assist” handle closer to the blade, which increases leverage and lifting power. These handles can be a big boost for children (or adults with bad backs), but they’re also all-around helpful for anyone who wants a more ergonomic snow shovel.

Some handles are even cushioned with foam to lessen hand fatigue. Many models feature wide D-grip handles, which, as their name suggests, are shaped like the letter D and provide a firmer and more comfortable grip than a straight handlebar.

Wheels and Maneuverability 

If snowfall is particularly heavy where you live, or you have larger areas to plow, a snow removal service might make sense, or you might want to consider a snow pusher or shovel with wheels. Unlike snow blowers, wheeled snow pushers don’t require any gas or engine upkeep, just old-fashioned elbow grease. The wheels make moving and depositing larger quantities of snow a bit easier, while the blade may be made of steel for greater strength, stability, and weight.

FAQs

Q. Is a plastic or metal snow shovel better?

In most cases, a plastic shovel for snow will be ideal. They’re generally lightweight, affordable, and durable enough for the heaviest storms—if you purchase a good one.

Q. How wide should a snow shovel be?

It depends on the type of snow shovel and application, but the following can serve as a guide:
– Traditional shovels should be between 18 and 24 inches wide.
– Combo shovels should be around 24 inches wide, though folks with strength concerns will want to go smaller (18 inches).
– For push-style shovels, consider the surface. Driveways can benefit from a 36-inch-wide push shovel for snow, while walkways might be easier to clear with a 24-inch-wide snow shovel.

Q. Should you salt before shoveling snow?

The best time to salt is before the snow falls or after you’ve cleared it away. If you’ve allowed snow to accumulate and become hard-packed or icy, you may need to salt it to melt the ice before you can scoop the slush away, but that’s not ideal. If you don’t have salt on hand but still need help softening snow before shoveling, there are other ways you can melt ice without salt.

Q. Is it better to shovel snow at night or in the morning?

Generally speaking, the best time to shovel is after a few inches have fallen. For safety reasons, however, it’s likely best to wait until the morning after the storm to start clearing accumulation.  For more tips, see our guide on how to shovel snow

Q. Are snow shovels worth it? 

Snow shovels are an inexpensive and eco-friendly way to clear away snow before it becomes dangerous ice. According to Joe Palumbo of Minneapolis, Minnesota’s Ice Dam Removal Guys LLC, “It’s always good to have a shovel. Clearing the snow allows any sun exposure to melt and dry the surface, which is much better than having ice there tomorrow.” If you don’t have a shovel but still need to clear away snow, you can try these tricks to remove snow without a shovel.

Q. Is a straight or curved snow shovel better?

It depends. A curved or angled snow shovel can reduce the need to bend over and the force required to push snow, which could decrease back strain. Straight shovels are often preferred when lifting or throwing snow, as it’s easier to position your hands on them for optimal power.

Meet the Tester

Zach Lazzari is a freelance writer splitting time between the great outdoors, travel, and DIY projects ranging from camper builds to home renovations and maintenance. His home base in Montana is the perfect testing ground for winter products and snow equipment. With more than a decade of professional writing experience, he covers a variety of other projects and maintenance topics for BobVila.com.


Additional research provided by Tom Scalisi and Andreana Lefton.

The post We Tested the Best Snow Shovels, and Our Favorite Makes Lifting Heavy Snow Easier on Everyone appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-21T08:21:12-05:00
<![CDATA[16 Winter Emergency Supplies You Should Always Keep in Your Car]]>When you're driving on the coldest days of winter, stow these essential supplies in your car to be prepared in the event of an emergency.

The post 16 Winter Emergency Supplies You Should Always Keep in Your Car appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/winter-emergency-supplies-to-keep-in-your-car/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=293533Tue, 21 Jan 2025 07:04:15 -0500ExteriorGaragesWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Snow, sleet, ice, and freezing temperatures make winter driving treacherous and unpredictable. Be prepared for even the worst weather by stocking your car with supplies that will keep you comfortable, and keep your car moving safely, all season long.

RELATED: The 50 Best Products for Surviving Winter

1. Pet-Friendly De-Icer

Winter Emergency Supplies Option Pet-Friendly De-Icer
Photo: amazon.com

While municipalities usually plow and ice city roads, sidewalks, parking lots, and concrete steps on private property don’t fall within their purview. If you’re faced with a treacherous and unavoidable dismount—for instance, a slippery sidewalk where ice has melted and refrozen—a bit of de-icer can make the trip from your car to your destination a little less dangerous. Just keep in mind before you pour that not everyone may appreciate your taking matters into your own hands.

Read our full review: Natural Rapport Ice Melt.

What Our Tester Says: “We really loved this ice melt’s shaker container for easy spreading. The larger granules also minimized our need to reapply.”—Zach Lazzari, Product Reviews tester and writer 

Get Natural Rapport Pet-Friendly Ice Melt at Amazon for $21.95.

2. Kitty Litter

Winter Emergency Supplies Option Kitty Litter
Photo: istockphoto.com

When you’re stuck in the snow, the best thing to do is put your car into low gear and accelerate slowly to give the wheels the best chance at gaining traction. If the wheels spin too fast, your car could just end up further entrenched in the snow. To get that extra bit of traction, you can sprinkle some kitty litter in the path of your tires to give the treads something to grip so they can pull you out of your rut.

Get a 25-pound bag of Premium Choice Carefree Kitty Unscented All-Natural Clumping Cat Litter at Chewy for $20.99

RELATED: 11 Tricks Every Driver Needs to Know This Winter

Windshield De-Icer

Winter Emergency Supplies Option Windshield De-Icer
Photo: amazon.com

good spray de-icer can solve myriad problems. Spray it on the windshield to break up ice and frost—especially useful if your car’s defroster is not in working order—or apply it to headlights and taillights to keep them from freezing over and losing brightness. It’s also a good idea to keep a small container of de-icer in your purse, backpack, or briefcase for those times when your car’s locks freeze over and you can’t get in.

Get CRC Ice-Off Windshield Spray De-Icer at Amazon for $8.82.

RELATED: 8 Easy Ways to Winter-Proof Your Car

4. Snow Brush

Winter Emergency Supplies Option Snow Brush
Photo: amazon.com

A snow brush is a winter-weather must-have. Ideally, opt for a combination snow brush and ice scraper like the Snow Moover, a top performer in our researched guide to the best ice scrapers. This one has thick bristles that help brush away snow from the windshield, hood, headlights, and roof of the car so you can get going as quickly as possible and stay safe on the road.

Get the Birdrock Home Snow Moover Small Car Brush and Ice Scraper at Amazon for $14.99.

RELATED: Best Car Accessories: 19 Gadgets Your Ride Really Needs

5. Mitten Windshield Scraper

Winter Emergency Supplies Option Mitten Windshield Scraper
Photo: amazon.com

It can be tough to scrape ice from your car windows when it’s really cold outside. If you’re wearing bulky gloves, you end up awkwardly fumbling and doing a so-so job with even the best ice scraper. Then, when you take off the gloves to gain better control of the scraper, your fingers go numb from the cold. Enter the Traderplus ice scraper mitt, a mitten with an integrated scraper. It will get the job done and keep your paws toasty warm.

Get the Traderplus Ice Scraper Mitten at Amazon for $15.99.

6. Windshield Cover

Winter Emergency Supplies Option Windshield Cover
Photo: amazon.com

If snow flurries threaten to cover your freshly scraped car while you run into the grocery store, or if freezing rain is coming down while you’re inside working, you might want to throw a cover over your windshield. Not only will it keep your windshield free of snow and ice, but it will also protect the wipers from freezing to the glass, allowing you to get on your way quickly and easily.

Get the EcoNour Windshield Snow Cover at Amazon for $29.99.

RELATED: 23 Brilliant Hacks to Help You Weather Winter

7. Traction Mat

Winter Emergency Supplies Option Traction Mat
Photo: amazon.com

When you need extra traction to get out of a slippery situation, these 36-inch polypropylene traction mats can handle it, whether you’re stuck in snowy, muddy, or sandy conditions. Lightweight (just 2.5 pounds each) and easy to carry, there’s no installation—or shoveling—required to get you on your way again.

Get a Jojomark Tire Traction Mat at Amazon for $69.99.

RELATED: 10 Surprising Tips and Tricks for Dealing With Ice and Snow

8. HotHands

Winter Emergency Supplies Option HotHands
Photo: amazon.com

In extreme winter weather, you could become stranded on the road at any time. If you’re stuck in your car, the last thing you want is to be uncomfortable and shivering. To keep your hands warm while you’re waiting for help, stash a few packages of HotHands in the car. This popular air-activated hand warmer is a favorite of campers, hunters and fishermen, tailgaters, and anyone else who needs to keep warm in far-from-balmy conditions.

Get a 10-pack of HotHands Hand Warmers at Amazon for $7.48.

9. Nonslip Boots

Winter Emergency Supplies Option Nonslip Boots
Photo: amazon.com

Winter weather is unpredictable. You never know when you’ll have to get out of the car and shovel snow out from under your tires or change a tire while icy rain is pouring down. To make these unexpected challenges safer and more manageable, be sure you have a pair of sturdy, slip-free boots, such as Moab 2 waterproof boots from Merrell, stowed in your vehicle. A pair of these will provide the traction you need in an emergency, and they’re even handy when all you need is a warm, dry change of shoes.

Get the Merrell Moab 2 Waterproof Hiking Boots at Amazon, priced from $94.95. 

RELATED: 7 Snow Shoveling Lessons No One Ever Taught You

10. Heated Blanket

Winter Emergency Supplies Option Heated Blanket
Photo: amazon.com

Hand warmers aren’t the only way to keep warm when you’re stuck on the road. Several top-rated heated electric blankets on the market can be plugged into a 12-volt power outlet (in other words, the socket for the cigarette lighter). Look for a blanket that’s large enough to keep two people warm and that has a cord long enough to reach the back seat.

Get the Stalwart Electric Blanket at Amazon, priced from $24.95.

RELATED: 10 Genius Gadgets to Bring on Your Next Road Trip

11. Emergency Flashlight

Winter Emergency Supplies Option Emergency Flashlight
Photo: amazon.com

Flag down help, even in the worst weather, with a pair of trusty emergency flashlights. These lights by HeroBeam, sold as a twin pack, can also be used as work lights. The lights are water- and shock-resistant, and each one is outfitted with a strong magnet that allows for mounting on steel car panels or the hood or fender and has a clothing clip to hook onto a coat or belt.

Get Cob LED Work Flashlight with Magnetic Base and Clip Multi-Function Pocket Pen Light Inspection Work Light at Amazon for $14.99.

12. Protein Bars

Winter Emergency Supplies Option Protein Bars
Photo: amazon.com

Horrific storms in recent years have led to road closures and delays that have left drivers stranded in bumper-to-bumper conditions for up to 12 hours. Prepare for trouble now by stashing high-protein snacks in the glove box. You’ll need water, too, but it’s not a good idea to keep water bottles in your car indefinitely, since they can freeze and crack. Instead, always carry a bottle or two in your backpack or purse so you’ll be prepared for whatever winter dishes out.

Get 12 RXBARS at Amazon for $20.43

RELATED: 14 Things You Never Thought to Keep in Your Car

13. Portable Car Battery Starter

Winter Emergency Supplies Option Portable Car Battery Starter
Photo: amazon.com

While having jumper cables in the car is good practice year ‘round, you definitely don’t want to be caught without them when winter winds blow. There may be no other drivers out when your battery decides to quit, so consider carrying a portable car jump starter, which dispenses with the need for another car to jump yours. Charge it up once a year via USB, then carry it in your car to jump-start your battery whenever needed. It also functions as a power bank and a flashlight.

Get the NOCO Boost Sport Jump Starter Box at Amazon for $79.95. 

RELATED: How to Jump-Start a Car Without Another Car

14. Snow Shovel

Winter Emergency Supplies Option Snow Shovel
Photo: amazon.com

Not all emergency supplies have to be high-tech. A humble snow shovel might be all that’s needed to get you out of a jam when the white stuff piles up unexpectedly while you’re out to dinner with friends. Look for one that folds down or disassembles into a compact package for easy storage.

Get the Overmont 32-inch Folding Emergency Snow Shovel at Amazon for $32.99.

15. Portable Phone Charger

Winter Emergency Supplies Option Portable Phone Charger
Photo: amazon.com

Portable phone chargers are handy to have when you have no other power source to charge your potentially life-saving method of communication. If your phone battery is dead from too much snow-covered-mountain picture-taking, and your car battery is dead because of course it is, a portable charger might just save you. Consider purchasing a dedicated “car emergency” charger and committing yourself to leaving it in the car.

Get the Anker PowerCore Slim 10k Portable Charger at Amazon for $12.19

RELATED: Buyer’s Guide: The Best Solar Phone Chargers

16. Road Flares

Winter Emergency Supplies Option Road Flares
Photo: amazon.com

In whiteout conditions, a bright red flare might save your life. Keep a pack of these emergency beacons in your car to alert others that you need help or to let passersby know that your car is parked on the shoulder. Flares that come in a bag will remain safely contained in your trunk. And don’t forget to also carry a lighter, stored in a separate place, to light the flares.

Get the 6-pack Orlon Safety Highway Flare Kit at Amazon for $30.75

The post 16 Winter Emergency Supplies You Should Always Keep in Your Car appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-21T07:04:15-05:00
<![CDATA[Ego Snow Blower Review: Does the SNT2405 Deliver?]]>Ego Power+ has entered the best electric snow blower market with a model designed to tackle big storms. See how it performed in our tests.

The post Ego Snow Blower Review: Does the SNT2405 Deliver? appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/ego-snow-blower-review/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=248398Mon, 20 Jan 2025 16:02:09 -0500ReviewsExteriorWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Ego Power+ has entered the electric snow blower market with a model designed to tackle big storms. In a side-by-side test with seven other electric models and several gas-powered snow blowers, the 24-inch self-propelled Ego Power+ performed exceptionally well. With two 7.5 Ah, arc lithium batteries, a heavy steel auger, a convenient control dashboard, and 50 feet of throwing distance, I was impressed at the well-rounded features and thoughtful design.

I tested the snow blower in several storms, the first leaving less than one foot of crusted snow and the next arriving in several phases. Phase one was a nice layer of powder around 8 inches deep. Phase two brought sleet and very wet snow that tested the limits of every blower. Phase three was an all-night dump of big powder that left several feet of snow to play with the next morning. I cleared two large driveways (several times) with the Ego Power+ and also cleared a large section of the street while testing against a neighbor’s gas-powered model.

Ego Power+ 24-Inch Self-Propelled Snow Blower: At a Glance

Rating: [9/10]

Ego Two-Stage Snow Blower
Photo: Zach Lazzari

What We Like

  • Excellent drive power with multiple speed options on a convenient lever
  • Multispeed blade controls for different snow types and chute throw distance
  • High visibility with LED light with a simple button on the control panel
  • Convenient controls overall with everything near the handle
  • Adjustable skids for varying conditions

What We Don’t Like

  • Battery life is roughly 1 hour at top speed, requiring several hours to charge
  • More assembly required than other models out of the box
  • Batteries become hot at full operation, requiring a cool down period before charging

Get the Ego Power+ 24-Inch Self-Propelled Snow Blower at:

What Is the Ego SNT2405 Power+ 24-inch Self-Propelled Snow Blower?

As a beefy two-stage blower, the Ego Power+ is designed to handle the heavy lifting after a big snowfall. It delivers features that rival leading combustion models with a large steel auger, adjustable skids and high traction tires.

As a self propelled snow blower, the drive system has variable speeds to move slowly through heavy snow or quickly through lighter loads. The chute also has a variable speed to control throwing distance. You can throw snow up to 50-feet or dial it back to hit a closer mark. Initially, I used the highest setting and snow was flying over the street, nearly reaching the neighbor’s driveway.

Many other electric models are self-propelled, requiring pushing to move through snow. While lightweight, pushing is tiresome and inconvenient in deeper snow. The ability to snow blow with confidence and ease in big storms makes the Ego Power+ two-stage model stand out.

Ego Two-Stage Snow Blower
Photo: Zach Lazzari

Is the Ego Self-Propelled Snow Blower Easy to Assemble?

When compared to smaller, single-stage blowers, setup is a bit more involved with this heavier two-stage model. That said, it only required about fifteen minutes to complete the assembly and have the snow blower ready for action. The manual and directions were clear and the general process was pretty intuitive.

First, I opened the box from the top and removed the charger, manual, and batteries, and set them aside. The parts fit tightly in the box, and I found it easiest to simply run a box cutter down each corner to drop the sides and set everything loose. The included bag had hardware and parts for the chute along with the handle screws to make those connections.

Following the instructions, I attached the handles and screwed down the provided parts to secure everything in place. Lastly, I attached the chute and screwed it in place with included hardware. Opening the box required roughly as much time as assembling the components.

Is the Ego Power+ Self-Propelled Snow Blower Easy to Use?

Ease of use is a major advantage over most combustion models that require priming, pull cords, and motor maintenance to operate. With every electric model tested, starting and operating was exceptionally easy.

The Ego Power+ two-stage snow blower has more options than smaller, single-stage blowers and therefore, has more controls. The control panel layout is adjacent to the handles however, making for easy access and clear operating signs for every control. Simply drop the batteries in place, press the power button, and grab the throttle to power the drive. Then grab the chute control to throw snow and you are in business.

Handle height is adjustable and at 5 feet 8 inches tall, I had no problem finding a comfortable fit. Since this snow blower is self-propelled, little effort is required to actually operate the machine beyond making turns. I found this snow blower very easy and comfortable to use overall.

Ego Two-Stage Snow Blower
Photo: Zach Lazzari

How Intuitive Are the Controls on the Ego Power+ Self-Propelled Snow Blower?

Most of the electric models I tested had limited controls: press a button, grab the throttle, and start plowing. On the Ego Power+, more robust features are present and as such, the controls require a minute or two of experimenting to master. However, they are far from complicated and offer nice customizations for speed and power.

On the right side, a prominent lever is present for chute angle control. Another lever on the center handle area controls chute direction with a clear label for its purpose. On the center of the handle area is a light button to turn the LED lights on and off.

A large green power button is also present on the center handle area. Press this button to activate the chute and grab the right handle control to begin throwing snow. A small lever adjacent to the handle shows the throwing power options. Grab the left handle lever to activate the drive and begin moving forward. Another speed control is present adjacent to this handle.

Everything you need in terms of controls is right at your fingertips. After doing a few laps, I found it very easy to make quick chute adjustments and find the perfect chute power and drive speed for the given conditions. Ego did an excellent job designing controls for this model.

How Powerful Is the Ego SNT2405 Power+ Snow Blower?

While this snow blower can run on a single battery, it has substantially more power with both used simultaneously. Two arc lithium, 7.5 Ah, 56-volt batteries combine to maximize power, drive speed, throwing distance, and run time. Keep in mind, the 24-inch width and 20-inch height are made to move large amounts of snow and those batteries work hard to deliver ample power.

In terms of drive power, at low speeds, the snow blower crawls along without requiring assistance. The highest speed is surprisingly fast and it requires a brisk walking pace just to keep up. For general use, placing the drive speed at a moderate pace is ideal.

I already covered the 50-foot throwing distance but it’s worth mentioning again. The distance is impressive. Throwing 50-feet is not always necessary, however, and the ability to control throwing power to find the right distance is a great feature.

Overall, I had more than enough power to work through a big storm. When tested against combustion models in the street, the electric Ego Power+ was equally capable of powering through several feet of snow while throwing at a greater distance than some of the best gas-powered models.

Ego Two-Stage Snow BlowerEgo Two-Stage Snow Blower
Photo: Zach Lazzari

Is the Ego Power+ 24-inch Self-Propelled Snow Blower Worth the Money?

High-end, single-stage electric snow blowers run between $400 and $800 while two-stage electric snow blowers are priced from $1,000 to $2,000. The Ego Power+ 24-Inch Two-Stage Snow Blower sits in the middle of two-stage models at $1499. Based on the general market, it’s competitively priced and is a good overall value.

When considering the features, substantial lithium batteries, and construction quality, I think this model is well worth the money. It requires no maintenance, saving on long-term costs over gas-powered motors, and the use of metal components and quality hardware speak to its potential for long-term durability. If you want a powerful electric snow blower for big storms and large spaces, this model seems like a reasonable investment.

Is Ego Power+ 24-Inch Self-Propelled Snow Blower Right for You?

Your personal needs and geographical location will ultimately dictate which snow blower is the best fit. Testing in the Reno-Tahoe region was ideal for demonstrating the range of capabilities. For example, folks living in the lower elevation Reno valley areas rarely require a large snow blower. The lighter, single-stage models are more than ample for that area. I recently tested an entire roundup of the best electric snow blowers to help you find the right one for your needs.

As you gain elevation, moving closer to Tahoe, snowfall increases substantially. In the area where I tested, snow accumulated to several feet while it remained at less than a foot in the valley. At the lake level, up to five feet accumulated in this single, large storm. At my level and higher, the Ego Power+ offered far more power and big snow capabilities.

If you live in an area where one foot or more accumulation is common, this model is an excellent choice. It also makes sense for people covering large areas. I managed a large driveway at full speed in about one hour. For extended use and multiple driveways, investing in a backup set of batteries would be helpful. You can rotate them through the charger and continue working without downtime for charging.

Where to Buy the Ego Power+ 24-Inch Self-Propelled Snow Blower

Get the Ego Power+ 24-Inch Self-Propelled Snow Blower at:

The post Ego Snow Blower Review: Does the SNT2405 Deliver? appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-20T16:02:09-05:00
<![CDATA[We Tested Over a Dozen Snow Blowers and This Ryobi Is a Heavy-Duty Machine in Compact Form]]>The best cordless snow blowers make quick work of clearing driveways and walkways. We put our top picks to the test on heavy snow in cold temps.

The post We Tested Over a Dozen Snow Blowers and This Ryobi Is a Heavy-Duty Machine in Compact Form appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-cordless-snow-blower/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-cordless-snow-blower/Mon, 20 Jan 2025 12:58:00 -0500ReviewsDIYDriveways & WalkwaysExteriorToolsTools & MaterialsWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Shoveling snow can be tiring, but a cordless snow blower can minimize the bending, lifting, and tossing necessary to clear driveways and walkways. Another major benefit of these tools is that they don’t emit unpleasant and harmful fumes, which makes them better for the environment than gas-powered snow blowers. To help you sift through all the options, we tested a dozen popular models, evaluating them on power, maneuverability, and overall efficiency.

After our tests and an interview with a snow-removal expert, we chose the Ryobi 40V 22″ Two-Stage Cordless Snow Blower as our favorite for its sturdy build and powerful performance. It impressed us in just about every kind of snow, but it’s not the only option worthy of a look.

Our top picks are among the best in their category, with a range of models and sizes to suit a variety of snow-blowing needs. Keep reading to find out how well these models cleared snowy exteriors and to learn what to look for when shopping for one of the best cordless snow blowers.

  1. BEST OVERALL: Ryobi 40V 22″ Two-Stage Cordless Snow Blower
    Jump to Review
  2. RUNNER-UP: Toro Power Max 60V e24 24″ Two-Stage Snow Blower
    Jump to Review
  3. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: Snow Joe 48V 18″ Ionmax Cordless Snow Blower Kit
    Jump to Review
  4. BEST TWO-STAGE: Ego Power+ 56V 24″ Self-Propelled Snow Blower
    Jump to Review
  5. BEST SINGLE-STAGE: Greenworks Pro 60V 22″ Cordless Snow Blower
    Jump to Review
  6. BEST COMPACT: Earthwise 40V 18″ Cordless Snow Thrower
    Jump to Review
  7. BEST LIGHTWEIGHT: Ego Power+ 56V 21″ Peak Power Snow Blower
    Jump to Review 
  8. BEST HEAVY-DUTY: Toro Power Clear 60V e21 21″ Cordless Snow Blower
    Jump to Review
  9. ALSO CONSIDER: DeWalt 60V 21″ Max Single-Stage Snow Blower Kit
    Jump to Review 
Three of the best cordless snow blowers on a snowy driveway during testing.
Photo: Zach Lazzari for Bob Vila

Cordless Snow Blowers Comparison Chart 

Product NameTypeWeightClearing Width
Ryobi 40V 22″ Two-Stage Cordless Snow Blower2-stage146 pounds22 inches
Toro Power Max 60V e24 24″ Two-Stage Snow Blower2-stage172 pounds24 inches
Snow Joe 48V 18″ Ionmax Cordless Snow Blower Single-stage37.5 pounds18 inches
Ego Power+ 56V 24″ Self-Propelled Snow Blower2-stage143.3 pounds (without batteries)24 inches
Greenworks Pro 60V 22″ Cordless Snow BlowerSingle-stage57 pounds22 inches
Earthwise 40V 18″ Cordless Snow ThrowerSingle-stage34 pounds18 inches
Ego Power+ 56V 21″ Peak Power Snow Blower Single-stage53 pounds21 inches
Toro Power Clear 60V e21 21″ Cordless Snow BlowerSingle-stage55 pounds21 inches
DeWalt 60V 21″ Max Single-Stage Snow Blower Kit Single-stage59 pounds21 inches

Our Top Picks

We tested and ranked these options based on build quality, price, and overall efficiency. Not only did these models remove mounds of the white stuff easily, but they also handled temperatures as low as -7 degrees Fahrenheit during testing with no battery or power output issues. Check out our top picks to find the best cordless snow blower for just about any job.

Best Overall

Ryobi 40V 22" Two-Stage Cordless Snow Blower

 The Ryobi 40V 22" Two-Stage Cordless Snow Blower, two batteries, and charger on a white background.
Photo: The Home Depot

What We Like

  • Steel auger strong enough for hard-packed snow
  • Multiple speed settings for maximum maneuverability
  • Cutting path is appropriately sized most exteriors
  • Includes 2 powerful 8 amp hour (Ah) batteries

What We Don’t Like

  • Loses charge faster at full auger and drive speed
  • No heated hand grips

Specs 

  • Type: 2-stage
  • Weight: 136 pounds
  • Clearing width: 22 inches

After completing all our tests, one snow blower ranked better than the rest for excellent performance across every category: the Ryobi two-stage brushless snow blower. This machine has all the benefits of a heavy-duty model yet is also very nimble and capable in tighter spaces. While there are both bigger and smaller options available, this one was just right for every job we encountered. 

The Ryobi’s steel auger is powerful, and it even worked on a gravel driveway with great results. With multiple speed settings and a reverse option on the drive system, the lightweight unit was very easy to maneuver. The tires gripped well, and it had no problem pivoting on narrow walkways and cutting through deep snow on big driveways. The controls made changing auger and throw angles simple, and this model shot snow through the chute with impressive power, sending fresh powder a good 40+ feet.

What our tester says: “The combination of functionality, maneuverability, and the flexibility to work through different types of snow and surfaces made this model a joy to use. This thing felt as powerful as any gas or electric model we’ve tested. “—Zach Lazzari, Product Reviews tester and writer

Get the Ryobi cordless snow blower at The Home Depot.

Runner-up

Toro Power Max e24 60V 24" Two-Stage Snow Blower

 The Best Cordless Snow Blower Option Toro Power Max 60V e24 24 Two-Stage Snow Blower
Photo: Tractor Supply

What We Like

  • Wide 24-inch path for larger driveways
  • Durable steel construction
  • High headlight position for working in poor visibility
  • Optional-use third battery bay to extend runtime

What We Don’t Like

  • Very heavy

Specs 

  • Type: 2-stage
  • Weight: 172 pounds
  • Clearing width: 24 inches

Property owners and managers in need of a serious two-stage electric snow blower will appreciate the Toro e24 cordless model. It’s built on the same platform as Toro’s two-stage gas models and delivers the power and performance the brand is known for. In our tests, one of the first things we noticed was its beefy steel auger, which is surrounded by a steel box and frame. The auger’s joystick-style control offered the best of design of the bunch, making changing throwing angle and direction quick and easy.

Since it has space for the two included batteries and an optional third, the battery box on this Toro is larger than that of other options. Buying a third battery is a simple way to increase runtime between recharging, and with all three, this model can run for over an hour. We used two in our tests, giving us just over 30 minutes to clear our property. In exceptionally heavy and wet snow, runtime might be a bit shorter, but it’s still competitive with that of other models. 

What our tester says: “This machine performs similarly to top-tier gas models. Its drive system was powerful enough to push heavy snow, and its wide path helped us clear our driveway quickly even though conditions were challenging.”—Zach Lazzari, Product Reviews tester and writer

Get the Toro Power Max cordless snow blower at Tractor Supply Co. or Acme Tools.

Best Bang for the Buck

Snow Joe 48V 18" Ionmax Cordless Snow Blower Kit

 The Best Cordless Snow Blower Option Snow Joe 48V 18 Ionmax Cordless Snow Blower Kit
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Budget-friendly price point
  • Powerful snow thrower for the size
  • Lightweight for easy maneuvering
  • Small size for easier storage

What We Don’t Like

  • Less stable on uneven surfaces

Specs 

  • Type: Single-stage
  • Weight: 37.5 pounds
  • Clearing width: 18 inches

This Snow Joe single-stage model is an excellent lightweight and highly portable snow blower. Although this machine is smaller than many others we tested, its quadruple-bladed rubber-tipped steel auger can carve a path 18 inches wide by 10 inches deep in a single pass. In deeper snow, we had to blow snow in layers, but this Snow Joe still got the job done. 

In our testing, we found that the Snow Joe was best for flat, even walkways and driveways, as it did get hung up on small obstructions. Beyond that, we were truly impressed with its overall performance, easy-to-use controls, and value price. Its ability to throw snow in the 20-foot range was a definite surprise for a single-stage snow blower. We did use chute lubricant to minimize clogging, and we believe this helped it throw snow without sticking. 

This rechargeable snow blower comes with two 4Ah batteries, which provide about 40 minutes of runtime. It has a pair of LED headlights that make night sessions easier, and it’s also easy to pick up (it even has a handy crossbar to grab for the job). Especially given that it’s a relatively cheap snow blower, this small Snow Joe is a very solid option.

Get the Snow Joe cordless snow blower at Amazon (with cover and scraper), Walmart, Best Buy, or Blain’s Farm & Fleet.

Best Two-Stage

Ego Power+ 56V 24" Self-Propelled Snow Blower

 The Ego Power+ 56V 24" Self-Propelled Snow Blower and two batteries on a white background.
Photo: Lowe’s

What We Like

  • Throws snow 50 feet or more
  • Can change throttle speed quickly
  • Comparable power to gas-powered snow blowers

What We Don’t Like

  • Can’t “bump” the throttle

Specs 

  • Type: 2-stage
  • Weight: 143.3 pounds (without batteries)
  • Clearing width: 24 inches

Whether snow is mounded on your sidewalk, patio, or even a gravel driveway, this two-stage snow blower can push through. It features a powerful auger to scoop and throw snow as well as an impeller fan that helps it manage large piles. Thanks to its ample 24-inch-wide clearing path, this model can move through large areas efficiently. It still feels nimble, however, and we appreciate how easily it pivots under power. The dual-battery power provided by the two 7.5Ah batteries keeps it running for upwards of 1 hour in normal conditions, and the heated grips are a wonderful bonus for cold conditions. 

This Ego Power+ isn’t inexpensive, but it’s worth every penny. Not only did this model work as well as almost any gas-powered snow blower we’ve ever used, but in some instances, it worked better. We liked that we could change the throttle speed on the fly. Also, we found that the reported 50-foot throw distance might be an understatement—this thing has power to spare. The main throttle for the drive wheels is a lever-activated switch, which didn’t allow us to bump the throttle the way we can with a gas-powered mechanical throttle. Instead, there’s a delay, but the ability to throw snow 50-plus feet made up for it. 

What our tester says: “With two 7.5Ah arc lithium batteries, a heavy steel auger, a convenient control dashboard, and 50 feet of throwing distance, I was impressed by this machine’s well-rounded features and thoughtful design. It had more than enough power to work through a big storm.”—Zach Lazzari, Product Reviews tester and writer

Read our full review: Ego Power+ 56V 24″ Self-Propelled Snow Blower

Get the Ego Power+ self-propelled snow blower at Lowe’s, Walmart, Ace Hardware, or Northern Tool + Equipment

Best Single-Stage

Greenworks Pro 60V 22" Cordless Snow Blower

 The Greenworks Pro 60V 22" Cordless Snow Blower, two batteries, and charger on a white background.
Photo: Walmart

What We Like

  • Lightweight design
  • Ample power for a single-stage snow blower
  • Excellent battery life
  • Auger churns through snow very well

What We Don’t Like

  • Cleaning tool doesn’t attach to the snow blower

Specs 

  • Type: Single-stage
  • Weight: 57 pounds
  • Clearing width: 22 inches

The Greenworks Pro 60V snow blower offers a nice combination of power and functionality in a lightweight, easy-to-use unit. We tested this model in varying conditions, and its auger breezed through powder and held its own in heavy snow. Its 22-inch cutting path is substantial for a single-stage model, and it also has 13 inches of depth. The chute ejection proved clean in testing, and the Greenworks threw snow up to 40 feet, which is an ample distance. 

One thing we really appreciate about Greenworks is the brand’s impressive battery game, and this unit pairs two higher amp-hour batteries (5Ah) with this tool’s competitive single-stage design. With more than an hour of runtime in moderate storms, this is an excellent option for those wanting ample runtime to work across larger areas. We were able to clear a full driveway and walkways and still had battery life left over to help out the neighbors.

Get the Greenworks snow blower at Tractor Supply Co., Walmart, or Greenworks

Best Compact

Earthwise 40V 18" Cordless Snow Thrower

 The Earthwise 40V 18" Cordless Snow Thrower on white background.
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Compact size stores easily
  • Lightweight and easy to handle for extended use
  • Impressively quick 30-minute charging

What We Don’t Like

  • Assembly is hampered by lesser-quality hardware

Specs 

  • Type: Single-stage
  • Weight: 34 pounds
  • Clearing width: 18 inches

Instead of multiple rounds of intensive shoveling that result in sore, aching muscles, shoppers may be better off investing in an affordable, cordless device that clears away snow at a rate of up to 500 pounds per minute. Earthwise’s battery-powered snow blower comes with one 4Ah battery and a rapid charger that brings the battery back to full power within 30 minutes. At just 34 pounds, this lightweight machine is akin to a handheld snow blower, and its ergonomic, padded handle makes it even easier to maneuver.

This excellent-value blower includes a dual-blade auger with a snow-throwing distance of 30 feet. Its front snow-intake port has a clearing width of just 18 inches, so it may take a few passes to clear a wide driveway. It has a clearing depth of 12 inches, which can cut quickly through long stretches of moderate snow. 

Overall, this light-duty single-stage snowblower performed very well in testing. It has a relatively sturdy build, but we wish it had better assembly hardware. Otherwise, it worked similarly to a cordless snow shovel with a battery, making it perfect for clearing backyard patios and small to moderate driveways. We really enjoyed the bright headlights for low light conditions and how easily the chute rotates, but the throw angle does require a manual adjustment.

Get the Earthwise cordless snow blower at Amazon, Walmart, or Northern Tool + Equipment.

Best Lightweight

Ego Power+ 56V 21" Peak Power Snow Blower

 The Best Cordless Snow Blower Option Ego Power+ 56V 21 Peak Power Snow Blower
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Easy to maneuver and control
  • Quiet operation won’t disturb neighbors
  • Throws snow an impressive distance

What We Don’t Like

  • Single-stage auger can catch on uneven surfaces
  • Chute needs lubrication in extreme cold

Specs 

  • Type: Single-stage
  • Weight: 53 pounds
  • Clearing width: 21 inches

The Ego Power+ Peak Power single-stage snow blower is a battery-powered machine that runs on two 5Ah batteries, offering impressive snow-clearning power on a single charge. Weighing just 53 pounds, we found operating it similar to using a lawn mower. It has a bail switch for easy control and a conveniently placed chute lever for quickly adjusting snow-throwing direction. Its steel auger was quite effective when clearing heavy snow from our driveway, though it did scrape against the cement in places where the pavement is uneven. 

We appreciated that this machine was so easy to set up, only requiring us to install the chute. Its batteries charged in just 40 minutes via our rapid charger, but a standard charger will still get the job done in a relatively short 100 minutes. Though this machine didn’t quite throw lightweight snow the full 40 feet Ego advertises, it got pretty close when we tested it on wet and heavy precipitation, even in below-zero temperatures. The chute did clog when it was that cold outside, but using a bit of nonstick snow blower spray will take care of that problem.

Read our full review: Ego Power+ 56V 21″ Peak Power Snow Blower

Get the Ego Power+ Peak Power snow blower at Amazon, Lowe’s, or Ace Hardware.

Best Heavy-Duty

Toro Power Clear 60V e21 21" Cordless Snow Blower

 The Best Cordless Snow Blower Option Toro Power Clear 60V e21 21 Cordless Snow Blower
Photo: Lowe’s

What We Like

  • Really digs into the snow
  • Durable metal auger is built to last
  • Large battery with 40 to 60 minutes of runtime

What We Don’t Like

  • Awkward weight distribution
  • Takes 3 hours to charge the battery

Specs 

  • Type: Single-stage
  • Weight: 55 pounds
  • Clearing width: 21 inches

Although the Toro two-stage is a popular favorite, the company also makes a single-stage snow blower for those wanting something a little lighter-duty. Like the two-stage, it resembles the build of Toro’s single-stage gas models. By bringing the long-standing quality and design of gas snow blower augers, buckets, chutes, and components to the electric side, Toro gives major confidence and sets real expectations for users experienced with gas-model operations.

The Toro truly shined in our head-to-head comparison testing. Its best attribute was how well it dug into the snow, getting down to the surface below for better clearing. This is one of only a few single-stage options that offer a steel auger. While that adds a few pounds, it’s worth the trade-off when it comes to breaking down wet or icy snow. It also throws that snow very well, hitting around 40 feet from the chute, and the chute itself has a great turning radius of 200 degrees. However, we found its uneven weight distribution awkward—it even tipped over a few times, but not during use. We think this is due to the massive 7.5Ah battery mounted behind the wheels, but that long battery life is worth it to us.

Get the Toro Power Clear cordless snow blower at Lowe’s, Tractor Supply Co., Ace Hardware, Walmart, or Toro.

Also Consider

DeWalt 60V 21" Max Single-Stage Snow Blower Kit

 The Best Cordless Snow Blower Option DeWalt 60V 21 Max Single-Stage Snow Blower Kit
Photo: Tractor Supply

What We Like

  • Steel auger blade
  • Eco and Max power modes for optimal battery life
  • Batteries last about an hour
  • Folding handle makes storage easy

What We Don’t Like

  • Plastic wheels have minimal traction
  • Requires manual pushing
  • Power button doubles as the auger engagement

Specs 

  • Type: Single-stage
  • Weight: 59 pounds
  • Clearing width: 21 inches

DeWalt is a leader in electric power tools, and its entry in the electric snow blower market is strong. The company offers two substantial 4Ah batteries and 60 volts of power for a long-lasting, reasonably powerful machine. We enjoyed the steel auger, which performs better than plastic when it comes to icy conditions and difficult snow. It ought to provide real longevity. 

The blade did a great job of breaking down wet snow, and it ejected well from the chute. It didn’t throw more than 40 feet like many models we tested, but it did throw a reasonable distance and cleared the space required for a 2-car driveway. We found that adding a layer of silicone chute lubricant helped to prevent clogging and kept it running smoothly. While users must manually adjust the chute angles, the electric chute rotation tabs were really nice for changing direction. They are quick and easy to access—among the best we have encountered.

Other bonuses are the easy-to-fold handle for transportation and storage. It only requires a few seconds to prep for storage and it reassembles just as quickly. This is a good electric snow blower for small to moderate snow loads on paved surfaces. It’s not as robust as the bigger two-stage options, but it’s still a great pick.

Get the DeWalt snow blower at Tractor Supply Co., Ace Hardware, or The Home Depot.

Jump to Our Top Picks

How We Tested the Best Cordless Snow Blowers

We had to wait for a significant storm to test these snow-clearing tools, but when it finally arrived, it not only brought snow but subzero wind chills—the perfect weather to put these models through their paces since extreme cold is typically hard on battery-powered tools. Before testing, we assessed each model’s ease of assembly and compared their features and components, identifying which were more heavy duty and which might be more difficult to use. 

Once we had a few inches of snow on the ground, we cleared two 75-foot-long 4-car driveways, a 12-foot-by-8-foot deck, and several small walkways between them. As snow continued to fall in additional storms, we kept using each option to blow the light and heavy precipitation that fell and chip away at icy road buildup left by plows. We checked runtime, throwing distance, and ease of use, rating each model to determine which of the best cordless snow blowers belonged in our lineup.

Testing Stats
Products tested 12
Time spent testing 2 weeks
Tests performed5
Price range$350 to $1,600

What to Consider When Choosing a Cordless Snow Blower 

The best snow blower for a particular user depends on the amount of snow a region typically experiences, the size of the sidewalk and driveway that need clearing, and how much battery power and runtime the project requires. Some cordless snow blowers are equipped to handle wide swaths of deep snow, but others are not. Consider these factors when perusing the many features of cordless snow blowers on today’s market.

Single-Stage vs. Two-Stage

The best cordless snow blowers fall into one of two categories: single-stage or two-stage. There are also three-stage blowers available; however, these are limited to gas-powered tools and commercial applications.

  • Single-stage snow blowers, most commonly used for residential purposes, have a horizontal auger at the front of the machine that rotates rapidly to scoop up snow and throw it through the chute. One disadvantage of a single-stage snow blower, however, is that it isn’t suitable for gravel driveways. Its auger blades are too low to the ground and will pick up the rocks and throw them.
  • Two-stage snow blowers use an auger to scoop and throw snow, much like single-stage snow blowers, but they also have an impeller fan that makes them more effective at managing larger amounts of heavy snow. They can throw snow over 35 feet, and their auger blades sit high enough to clear gravel driveways.

Power and Runtime

The runtime of a battery-powered snow blower is a key factor to consider when deciding on the best electric snow blower for tackling a driveway, walkway, or patio. Although most battery-operated snow blowers have a runtime that ranges from about 30 to 45 minutes, this depends on whether the snow is light and fluffy or heavy and wet.

The heavier the snow, the more power required to remove it, which means a cordless snow thrower that usually runs for 45 minutes may run for only 30 minutes before the battery needs to be recharged. However, there are also snow blowers that use more than one battery at a time to increase the power and runtime of the machine. Shoppers will want to consider a dual-battery blower if there’s a lot of ground to clear.

Size and Weight 

A cordless snow blower’s size and weight are important considerations. Though users needn’t bend to scoop, lift, and throw snow as they do with a standard shovel, they still must push the snow blower. Size also matters when storing the snow blower in a garage, shed, or any other space. 

Small snow blowers are generally single-stage models that weigh between 20 and 60 pounds. Though heavier snow blowers may have a self-propelling system to make them easier to move, maneuvering a larger, heavier machine, especially if the area is large or hilly, can be challenging for many users. 

Clearing Width and Depth 

When calculating clearing width and depth, think about the driveway, sidewalk, and any other areas around the home that must be cleared of snow. Some cordless snow blowers have small intake ports that can clear 6 inches of snow, and other models have deep 12-inch intake ports. Clearing width correlates to the blower’s number of stages.

  • Single-stage cordless snow blowers are usually sufficient for residential snow removal. Use a single-stage blower to remove snow in sections that are 11 to 22 inches wide.
  • Two-stage cordless snow blowers, well suited for small commercial locations or large residential properties, have a clearing width between 20 and 30 inches.

Speed Control

Because snow blowers can be heavy and cumbersome, many users want a self-propelled model. Unlike gas snow blowers, battery-powered models have a digital drive system and can be self-propelled, but they usually have a variable-speed auger to speed up snow removal. 

By increasing the speed at which the snow is scooped and thrown through the chute, the auger makes it easier to move the machine through a light snowfall. However, a variable-speed auger isn’t as effective when clearing heavy, packed snow.

Chute Control

The chute, which is a curved, hollow tube that extends from the back of the intake on a snow blower, provides a route for the snow to be thrown from the machine. On most blowers, a manual crank or lever allows users to change the angle and direction of the snow being displaced. 

Premium snow blowers, however, have auto-rotating chutes that users turn by pushing a button near the handle, which doesn’t require the machine to be stopped. The angle on some chutes also can be changed to allow the snow blower to throw snow even farther.

Wheels, Tracks, and Terrain Type

Cordless snow blowers can traverse snow on either wheels or tracks. Wheeled snow blowers feature two large rear wheels that drive the machine forward, while snow blowers with tracks have tracks similar to those found on a tank. Consider the features of wheeled versus tracked blowers: 

  • Wheeled snow blowers are easier to turn because tracked models don’t pivot. Wheel sizes for single-stage snow blowers range from 6 to 8 inches. Larger wheels perform better in deeper snow, while smaller wheels are easier to maneuver. These blowers are generally faster than tracked models. That said, some higher-end tracked blowers offer faster speed and turn-on-a-dime technology, making them comparable in speed and maneuverability to wheeled models. 
  • Tracked snow blowers provide significantly better traction in the snow, making them better able to climb steep slopes without slipping backward. Most tracked snow blowers are two-stage models, as single-stage models typically don’t produce enough power to drive the tracks. They also operate closer to the surface, leaving a thinner layer of snow and ice on a driveway or sidewalk than wheeled models. 

When choosing between wheeled or tracked snow blowers, shoppers will want to take terrain type into account. Wheeled snow blowers are best suited for paved surfaces, such as driveways and sidewalks, while tracked snow blowers are better on unpaved surfaces. Grade also has a significant impact; steep driveways require a snow blower with good traction and enough power to pull it up a snow-covered slope.

Additional Features

Some of the best cordless snow blowers have special features designed to make snow clearing easier and more comfortable. These extras include heated handles, a drift cutter, headlights, and an automatic snow blower safety shutoff. 

  • Heated handles may seem luxurious, but personal safety is an important part of working outdoors in freezing temperatures. The heat generated by the handles not only helps keep the user’s fingers warm in the cold air, but also makes it easier to hold and control the snow blower.
  • Drift cutters help clear deep drifts of snow. The cutter’s metal housing collects and pushes snow down into the auger for removal.
  • Headlights make it easier and safer to clear snow at night or during low-visibility situations.
  • An automatic safety shutoff shuts off the snow blower when the user releases the handle.

FAQs 

First-time cordless snow blower shoppers may have some additional questions about these devices. Just ahead are answers to some of the most commonly asked snow-blower questions.

Q. What is the difference between a snow blower and a snow thrower?

The terms “snow blower” and “snow thrower” are used interchangeably, but there are a couple of minor technical differences. While both clear away snow, a snow thrower is a single-stage machine, and a snow blower can be a single-stage, two-stage, or three-stage machine. Snow blowers clear a wider swath and are better suited for heavier snow, while snow throwers work well for lighter snow.

Q. Is a cordless snow blower heavy?

Battery-powered cordless snow blowers are relatively lightweight, typically ranging from about 20 pounds to 60 pounds for a single-stage. Two-stage electric models can reach nearly 200 pounds.

Q. How do you use a snow blower?

To get the driveway as clean as possible with a snow blower, power it up just after the snow has stopped falling since snow is easier to move when it’s still light and fluffy. Push the snow blower down and back up the sidewalk or driveway, making the necessary adjustments to the discharge chute so that the snow piles up where you want it.

Q. How do you store a snow blower?

A cordless snow blower should be stored safely in a garage or storage shed when not in use. Those who don’t have sheltered storage will want to secure a waterproof tarp over and around the snow blower. Without proper storage and maintenance, folks could wind up with a snow blower that doesn’t start.

Q. How long do cordless snow blowers last?

If properly stored and maintained, a cordless snow blower can last about 10 years.

Q. How much should I spend on a snow blower?

The affordable snow blowers​ tested in this guide cost between $350 and $1,600. According to Corey Welch, founder and CEO of Mow & Snow, “Higher price tags often mean better durability, power, and features, but it’s all about matching the blower to your needs. Paying for more power than you’ll use or features you don’t need doesn’t make sense.” Over time, even a more expensive snow blower will likely run you less than the cost of snow removal if you live in an area that gets regular snow.

Q. Are cordless snow blowers loud?

Cordless snow blowers are much quieter than gas models. Still, given that these are large machines doing relatively difficult work, some noise is to be expected. 

Q. How much horsepower is good for a snow blower?

The Ryobi 40V 22″ Two-Stage Cordless Snow Blower is a very good snow blower, and it uses a 40-volt battery to deliver more power than a 243cc gas snow blower. As our pick for the best cordless snow blower, it was powerful enough to excel in all of our tests.

Meet the Testers

Zach Lazzari is a freelance writer splitting time between the great outdoors, travel, and DIY projects ranging from camper builds to home renovations and maintenance. His home base in Montana provides the perfect testing grounds for winter products and snow equipment.

Tom Scalisi is a freelance writer specializing in the home design, construction, tools, and automotive industries. He has been involved in the trades for over 15 years as both a contractor and a commercial building mechanic. 

Additional research provided by Timothy Dale. 

The post We Tested Over a Dozen Snow Blowers and This Ryobi Is a Heavy-Duty Machine in Compact Form appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-20T12:58:00-05:00
<![CDATA[9 Ways to Melt Ice Without Salt or Ice Melt]]>Snowed in without salt for the driveway? Learn other ways to keep your driveway, walkways, and porch free of ice.

The post 9 Ways to Melt Ice Without Salt or Ice Melt appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/melt-ice-without-salt/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=196934Wed, 15 Jan 2025 15:49:57 -0500ExteriorDIYWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

When strong winter storms hit, many people stay safe and warm indoors until the poor weather has cleared up. If you need to go out, however,  and you don’t have any rock salt for melting the ice that’s sure to form on your driveway and walkway, then your strategy might be to  try to clear the snow at multiple points throughout the storm to prevent a layer of ice from forming. This is one effective way to keep your property’s high-traffic areas ice-free, but it’s time-consuming, physically demanding, and exposes you to severe winter weather (and the risk of slipping and falling on ice).

Instead, consider using an alternative method to ensure your porch, driveway, and walkway remain clear of ice even when stores run out of rock salt. Even when rock salt is readily available, it’s still preferable to use a different method for melting ice. This is because rock salt damages asphalt, concrete, grass, and other vegetation—not to mention the fact that it dries out pets’ paws, is not particularly safe to use around children, and can corrode parts of your vehicle. To help protect your home, pets, kids, and the environment, seek out one of these other means for melting ice on your outdoor surfaces.

1. Snow Melting Mats

snow melting mats
Photo: istockphoto.com

One of the more passive methods for dealing with ice outdoors is to use snow melting mats. These innovative devices effectively eliminate the need for rock salt or even shoveling, in some cases. They can be laid along a walking path or porch and plugged in, at which point heat generated from the mats will melt any ice and snow on top of them. The initial cost of buying and installing a snow melting mat system is much higher than purchasing a bag of rock salt, especially if you are installing heat mats on an entire driveway, but it may be worth the cost if you never want to worry about shoveling again.

2. Fertilizer

Finding an alternative to rock salt isn’t just about effectiveness. Sometimes the best solution is a convenient one, such as a product you may already have in your garage or shed. Fertilizer doesn’t work as quickly as rock salt, but select one with a high percentage of nitrogen—the first of the three numbers typically listed on fertilizer packaging. Fertilizer ingredients such as ammonium sulfate, potassium chloride, or urea are high in nitrogen, and effectively melt ice. Like rock salt, the molecules in these chemicals lower the melting point of ice, but they do so without damaging your pavement and yard.

3. Coffee Grounds

Coffee grounds sprinkled on pavement ice to melt it.
Photo: iStock

Coffee grounds are often thrown away or composted after making coffee, but this organic debris is a great option for melting ice on your driveway and porch. Coffee grounds contain nitrogen, which works to lower the melting point of ice. Additionally, the dark color of coffee grounds absorbs sunlight better than white snow or clear ice, marginally helping to increase the speed at which the ice melts.

4. Rubbing Alcohol

Isopropyl alcohol isn’t only useful for cleaning, as it can also be poured on ice to help clear a driveway or path. However, simply dumping out an entire bottle of rubbing alcohol would be expensive and inefficient. To clear a sizable area, combine a 16-ounce bottle of isopropyl alcohol with 1 teaspoon of concentrated dish soap and 4 gallons of hot water for a more cost-effective homemade ice melt solution. Just be sure to shovel away any excess water after pouring, as it can refreeze and form new ice if left standing.

5. Sugar Beet Juice

A surprising substance with ice-melting capabilities is sugar beet juice. The chemical makeup of beet juice, which you can find online and in stores in liquid or powdered form, lowers the melting point of ice and snow in a manner similar to rock salt. Not only is this unconventional option effective for melting ice, but it’s also safe for concrete, asphalt, plants, cars, and pets. However, beware that beet juice’s reddish purple color can potentially stain concrete. To avoid this effect, clean up the beet juice as soon as the ice melts, if possible.

6. Vinegar

The acetic acid in vinegar is a chemical compound that lowers ice’s melting point, but it doesn’t melt ice quite as well as rock salt or some of the above alternatives. Like isopropyl alcohol, vinegar can technically be used on its own to melt ice, but it provides better results in a mixture of equal parts vinegar and hot water. This solution can rapidly melt solid sheets of ice, at which point they can be broken up with shoveling. As with alcohol, take care to clear the resulting water from your driveway, walkway, or porch to prevent it from refreezing.

7. Wood Ash

Chimney ashes in a metal pan or bucket.
Photo: Franck Metois / Getty Images

In a pinch, ash from your fireplace can be used as an ice melt, as it contains potassium, which will slowly melt ice. Wood ash has an additional benefit of adding traction to the slick ice. However, ash is also quite messy, and people who value clean floors may not be happy with ash being tracked into their homes.

8. Weed Torch

A weed torch is a propane-fueled device that is used to kill weeds by burning them up. If you’re really desperate to clear a path, it could also be used to melt away ice on concrete walkways. It’s unlikely to harm your concrete, but it’s best to try this method on a small patch of concrete before going all in. Of course, we recommend all the usual precautions when wielding fire. 

9. Heated Driveway

For the ultimate convenience, you can invest in a heated driveway. A system of electric heating elements is installed below the surface of the driveway or walkway; when activated, the radiant heat melts the snow and ice away. Installing a heated driveway can cost from $10 to $25 per square foot, and adds a considerable amount to your monthly utility bill—as much as $120-$1,000, depending on a number of variables.  

Another method of heating driveways uses a hydronic system, where a solution of hot water and antifreeze circulates through plastic piping installed beneath the driveway’s surface. The cost to install a hydronic system is typically more than the expense of installing an electric system.

When a Chloride Compound Is Your Only Option

A driveway with ice melt residue down the middle and piles of snow on either side.
Photo: iStock

OK, this last option is commercial ice melt. In the end, it could be that a traditional “ice melt” product may be your best (or only) option for disappearing the snow on your hardscaping. These products almost always contain chloride compounds. Note that all chlorides can harm waterways, are corrosive, and can harm lawns and other plants if they’re applied in large quantities. Some of them, however, do a little less damage than others.

  • Calcium chloride is the most widely used non-sodium ice melt product. It melts ice at temperatures as low as -25° Fahrenheit.
  • Magnesium chloride is often touted as being safer for pets. The ASPCA, however, says that magnesium chloride can cause stomach upset. It is effective to 0° Fahrenheit.
  • Sodium chloride is rock salt, and is often used because it’s more affordable than other chlorides. It is effective to +20°Fahrenheit.
  • Potassium chloride was once occasionally used as an ice melt, but it works more slowly than calcium chloride, rock salt and magnesium chloride. It is effective to +25° Fahrenheit.

If you want your ice melted as quickly as rock salt will do the job but you are are willing to switch to a more environmentally friendly (and more expensive) option, then calcium chloride is a good choice. It works best when used in temperatures between 0 and 30 degrees Fahrenheit, and it’s easy to find in many home improvement stores. Potassium chloride and magnesium chloride can also be used to melt ice. In fact, magnesium chloride is an even more ecologically safe option than calcium chloride, and it works at temperatures as low as -13 degrees Fahrenheit.

If you’re in a position to choose between these compounds (and we get it—in an emergency, you may not have a choice), we recommend that you weigh the pros and cons of each and make the best selection for your situation. Your needs will likely depend on whether you’re parking a car on the driveway you’re salting, or if you have children or pets who might come in contact with the ice melt.

The post 9 Ways to Melt Ice Without Salt or Ice Melt appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-15T15:49:57-05:00
<![CDATA[The Best Roof Rakes to Keep Your Home Safe from Heavy Snow, Tested]]>The best roof rakes allow you to safely remove snow from your roof to protect your home and anyone passing by. We tested eight top options and review them here.

The post The Best Roof Rakes to Keep Your Home Safe from Heavy Snow, Tested appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-roof-rake/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=106627Wed, 15 Jan 2025 14:26:06 -0500ReviewsDIYExteriorRoofingToolsTools & MaterialsWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Wet snow can weigh as much as 21 pounds per square foot, according to the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), and a snow roof rake is the most effective means of removing that weight. The heavier the snow, the greater the risk of structural damage to a roof. That’s why the roof rake is an essential piece of winter equipment in some regions.

This tool lets users remove snow from a roof while keeping their feet planted firmly and safely on the ground. Failing to remove heavy snow can damage a roof and home after a big storm. Without a roof rake, one would need to improvise a tool or climb on the roof with a shovel, which are both dangerous and challenging options.

I tested eight different roof rakes after heavy snowfalls in Montana. To do so, I raked a metal roof and a shingle roof with different heights and pitches. I also tested the rakes on a tall shed and a camper. The camper was especially important because snow and ice buildup can lead to roof damage and leaks. My favorite from the bunch is the combo pack from Avalanche! It can handle large amounts of snow and includes built-in wheels to prevent roof damage.

Keep reading to learn about the different features to look for in a roof rake and find out why we chose the following as the best roof rake options available.

  1. BEST OVERALL: Avalanche! Combo Package
  2. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: Goplus Roof Snow Removal Rake Tool
  3. BEST HEAVY-DUTY: SnowPeeler Premium Long Handle Roof Rake
  4. BEST FOR FLAT ROOFS: Avalanche! Big Rig Rake
  5. BEST FOR BIG ROOFS: True Temper Telescoping Snow Roof Rake
  6. BEST GRIP: Snow Joe RJ208M Pro Snow Removal Roof Rake
  7. BEST TELESCOPING HANDLE: Garant Snow Roof Rake With Telescopic Handle
  8. BEST FOR GUTTERS: Roof Razor Original Snow Removal Tool
The best roof rake in action breaking a large block of roof snow into smaller segments for removal.
Photo: amazon.com

Before You Buy a Roof Rake

Note that roof rakes are intended for snow removal on single-story homes only. They should only be used when standing on the ground, and never while standing on a ladder. Attempting to balance a long pole while navigating snow-slick ladder rungs is a surefire way to slip and fall. Even if you have great balance, the weight of the snow you’re pulling off the roof could easily knock you off a ladder.

Product Comparison

LengthWeightMaterial
Avalanche! Combo Package 4 to 15.5 feet10.8 poundsFiberglass shaft, plastic head
Goplus Roof Snow Removal Rake Tool Up to 20 feet4.5 poundsAluminum shaft, plastic rake
SnowPeeler Premium Long Handle Roof RakeExtendable to 30 feet13.4 poundsAluminum shaft, aluminum head
Avalanche! Big Rig RakeExtendable from 4 to 16 feet7.25 poundsFiberglass shaft, plastic head
True Temper Telescoping Snow Roof RakeExtendable from 7 to 17 feet4.88 poundsAluminum shaft, polyethylene head
Snow Joe RJ208M Pro Snow Removal Roof Rake 22 feet7 poundsAluminum poles
Garant Snow Roof Rake With Telescopic Handle 16.5 feet4.5 poundsAluminum handle, poly blade
Roof Razor Original Snow Removal Tool 24 feet10 poundsAluminum

Our Top Picks

Selected for quality, functionality, material construction, and design, all of these tested products are excellent options for keeping the roof snow-free during the winter.

Best Overall

Avalanche! Combo Package

 The individual components of the Avalanche! Combo Package on a white background before assembly.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Heavy-duty design; suitable for large amounts of snow
  • Retractable plastic slide attachment enhances efficiency
  • Built-in wheels to glide along the roof, preventing damage

What We Don’t Like

  • Weighs more than most roof rakes on our list
  • Adding and removing sections slows job completion

Product Specs 

  • Length: Extendable from 4 to 15.5 feet
  • Weight: 10.8 pounds
  • Material: Fiberglass shaft, plastic head

Equipped with a retractable plastic slide for enhanced efficiency, this rake pulls dislodged snow down the slide and off the roof, saving users time and effort. It’s also equipped with small wheels to help it glide along the roof without damaging it.

The rake extends from 4 to 15.5 feet when each fiberglass extension bar is attached. This process is simple, but it takes a few minutes to add each extension. With telescoping models being the exception, most other roof rakes use fitted extension segments similarly.

When adding an extension pole, users might need to remove gloves to press the locking button. I really liked the fiberglass poles because they aren’t nearly as cold as metal options. It is important to ensure that the segments are seated well at each joint, with the locking button in place.

Super durable, the plastic head is up to heavy-duty challenges. Raking snow off a roof is usually awkward with any rake, and that was the case with this one. But I didn’t mind a small amount of extra weight while reaching for the high spots because the durable design also gave me the confidence to hit the heavy snow spots and pull hard. I felt like the fiberglass poles were strong as well.

One other reason this won our top spot is the fact that multiple heads are included for different needs. The head that’s equipped with wheels and a slide should be able to tackle most users’ needs. The slide allows snow to fall off the roof easily, creating a pathway over gutters and other obstacles. When users hit stubborn areas and need a head that can bust through ice and grab big chunks of snow over shingles, asphalt, and tricky surfaces, they’ll want to use the rake head with wheels.

What Our Tester Says: “I think this combo package is a great investment for anyone requiring regular use of a snow roof rake. Shoppers can find lighter-duty options for regions with less snow accumulation, but for those folks living in the mountains and regions where the snow piles up, I think a high-quality system is worth the price.”–Zach Lazzari, product tester and writer.

Read our full review: Avalanche! Combo Package

Get the Avalanche! Combo roof rake at Amazon or The Home Depot.

Best Bang For The Buck

Goplus Roof Snow Removal Rake Tool

 The Goplus Roof Snow Removal Rake Tool and additional handle pieces on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Lightweight and easy-to-handle
  • Multiple shaft segments for different length needs
  • Nice grip, durable head, and well-built handles

What We Don’t Like

  • Not built for heavy-duty use

Product Specs 

  • Length: Up to 20 feet
  • Weight: 4.5 pounds
  • Material: Aluminum shaft, plastic rake

Simple and affordable, this shovel provides up to 20 feet of reach with the help of its lightweight aluminum poles. Similar to other models, this rake features a clever locking system that allows users to add or remove segments. The snow roof rake itself is a simple hard plastic rake with metal supports to increase strength and rigidity.

Users will want to bolt the rake supports and head into place, but that’s the extent of the assembly. The rake head is hard and durable, and the handles are well built. When adding segments, each section must be seated well with the locking button aligned perfectly to hold the segments together. I found it easiest to connect each segment without gloves. It’s worth noting that the metal can get pretty cold to the touch, so work quickly or wear thin gloves.

The rake had no problem pulling snow off the roof. It doesn’t have a slide for easy removal, but it will make quick work of bigger drifts that add serious weight to the structure. The aluminum shafts do flex a little when every piece is connected, but overall, this rake worked well, and it has a great price point.

Get the Goplus roof rake at Amazon.

Best Heavy-duty

SnowPeeler Premium Long Handle Roof Rake

 The SnowPeeler Premium Long Handle Roof Rake on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Suitable for heavy snowfall
  • Slide attachment improves efficiency
  • Assembly is simple with a no-frills design

What We Don’t Like

  • Heavier than other rakes

Product Specs 

  • Length: Extendable to 30 feet
  • Weight: 13.4 pounds
  • Material: Aluminum shaft, aluminum head

Users who live in a region that gets heavy snow might want to invest in the tough SnowPeeler roof rake. Weighing in at 13.4 pounds and boasting a sizable 18-inch aluminum rake head with built-in stabilizing braces, the SnowPeeler roof snow rake can pull even packed snow down from the roof with no problem.

This is a heavy-duty product made with an aluminum shaft and rake head for dealing with deep, heavy snow. The roof rake can extend from up to 30 feet in length by adding the included extension poles as needed.

The SnowPeeler comes with a slide attachment that creates a slick path for the snow to slide down and off the roof. This greatly improves efficiency because the user doesn’t need to pull the snow all the way off the edge. However, the weight of the rake can fatigue the user more quickly than a lighter rake might.

I found this rake to be very easy to use, and I only wish the storm had dumped a heavier snow load so that I could really push its limits. Regardless, it peeled off a heavy foot of snow without any issues. It’s ideal for ski towns and mountain locations that get heavy snowfall and big storm events. Thanks to its no-frills design, assembly is simple, and the effectiveness for heavy snow is excellent. Overall, this roof rake is made to work hard.

Get the SnowPeeler roof rake at Amazon or The Home Depot.

Best For Flat Roofs

Avalanche! Big Rig Rake

 All the pieces of the Avalanche! Big Rig Rake and its storage bag on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Sharp-angled shaft good for flat roofs
  • Wheels protect the roof and shingles from damage
  • Lightweight with a comfortable nonslip handle

What We Don’t Like

  • Not ideal for sloped roofs with its angled shaft

Product Specs 

  • Length: Extendable from 4 to 16 feet
  • Weight: 7.25 pounds
  • Material: Fiberglass shaft, plastic head

To properly clear a flat roof, it’s necessary to use a roof rake that doesn’t have a completely straight shaft. The shaft needs to be angled so that it can bend over the side and still sit flat on the roof. Designed with that in mind, this rake features a simple angled connector piece that fits onto the fiberglass shaft and extension bars. This gives users the ideal reach for a flat roof, like that of a truck trailer, RV, or shed.

Each extension bar is about 4 feet long, allowing the roof rake to extend to a maximum length of 15.5 feet. Also, keep in mind that each extension bar needs to be manually connected to the shaft. This is less convenient than other models that house the extensions inside the core of the shaft, allowing users to slide them out as desired. This roof rake weighs just over 7 pounds and features built-in wheels to keep the rake head from damaging the shingles.

I primarily tested this roof rake on my camper. It’s a flat roof with few obstacles aside from the two roof vents. The angled shaft made it very easy to clear the entire roof—it only took a few minutes. I think this model would also be great for semi-trailers, cargo trailers, and even flat roofs on garages and houses.

The problem with flat roofs is that they don’t allow snow to slough off naturally. This creates serious problem areas that can damage the roof and test the structural limits of a house or trailer. While straight-shaft models allow users to rake reasonably well, they still have trouble grabbing and pulling the base layers of snow. With this rake, I could easily clear the full snow load. It’s durable, sturdy, and easy to grip as well. I’m a big fan of this model and the quality of this brand’s products in general.

Get the Avalanche! Big Rig roof rake at Amazon.

Best For Big Roofs

True Temper Telescoping Snow Roof Rake

 The True Temper Telescoping Snow Roof Rake on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Aluminum design is easy to lift and maneuver
  • Easy push-button extension can reach up to 17 feet
  • Comfortable nonslip handle

What We Don’t Like

  • Polyethylene head may crack or chip with repeated contact

Product Specs 

  • Length: Extendable from 7 to 17 feet
  • Weight: 4.88 pounds
  • Material: Aluminum shaft, polyethylene head

The push-button telescoping design on this True Temper roof rake can extend the pole up to 17 feet, and it quickly collapses to 7 feet for storage. It weighs just 4.88 pounds, so users can easily lift it over their heads and control the movement of the rake.

If their home maintenance regularly requires removing substantial snow deposits, users will likely appreciate the lightweight aluminum design, which is easy to lift and maneuver thanks to its nonslip handle. Plus, this rake effectively pulls down deep snow accumulations in a single draw thanks to its 24-inch-wide poly blade.

This isn’t the longest roof rake out there, but its lightweight build is a trade-off that makes this model a favorite for large roofs. The telescoping handle lets the user quickly change the shaft’s length to match the required distance and pitch. Adjusting the telescoping handle is especially easy, and I found it very easy to manipulate. If you’ll be raking multiple roofs and will need to change lengths quickly, this is a great roof rake.

Although it’s a few feet shorter than some rakes, I was able to reach every spot needed on my roof. For a unique roof that requires some serious reach, there are much longer rakes out there, but they use segments rather than telescoping designs.

Get the True Temper roof rake at Amazon, Tractor Supply Co., or The Home Depot.

Best Grip

Snow Joe RJ208M Pro Snow Removal Roof Rake

 The Snow Joe RJ208M Pro Snow Removal Roof Rake on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Excellent grip increases control and functionality
  • Slide system and head design minimizes effort
  • Sturdy poles snap together easily

What We Don’t Like

  • Wheels can hang up on ice dams and other obstacles
  • Not designed to pull against heavy snow loads

Product Specs 

  • Length: 22 feet
  • Weight: 7 pounds
  • Material: Aluminum poles

This was a tricky roof rake to categorize because it performed very well across several categories. It did a great job overall, and I wouldn’t hesitate to recommend the rake for large roofs, heavy snow, and possibly other categories, too. It also sits at a nice price point.

One thing that stood out about this rake was its comfortable grip. I was able to hold it with and without gloves without my grip slipping. As minor a feature as it might seem, the grip really increased the functionality of this rake. The aluminum poles are also very sturdy and well built. Segments can be added or removed quickly with the locking button system. During testing, each section seated easily and snapped right into place.

The 22-foot-long model I tested offered plenty of reach, although if shoppers need a longer rake, the company also offers a 28-foot option. The rake head has two wheels and a fabric slide for easy snow removal. As the wheels roll into the snow, the fabric slide moves beneath it, allowing the snow to slide off the roof. The head is designed in such a way that it glides along the snow with very little resistance.

This type of head design is used by a number of other brands and models. It’s a great system that doesn’t cause fatigue as quickly as heavier rake heads made of a single solid strip. If the roof has ice dams and obstacles, though, the wheels might get caught occasionally. I really like the slide system overall because it’s capable of removing snow with minimal effort. It also covers gutters, and the snow slides over those openings.

In short, this rake impressed me. It features a solid design with a great grip. The handle feels durable, and during testing, it pulled snow off the roof with little resistance.

Get the Snow Joe roof rake at Lowe’s, The Home Depot, or Menards.

Best Telescoping Handle

Garant Snow Roof Rake With Telescopic Handle

 The Garant Snow Roof Rake With Telescopic Handle on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Great grip on coated primary pole
  • Smooth all-in-one telescoping handle
  • Sturdy rake head

What We Don’t Like

  • Shorter than other models
  • No wheels or slides for assistance

Product Specs 

  • Length: 16.5 feet
  • Weight: 4.5 pounds
  • Material: Aluminum handle, poly blade

Dealing with stand-alone pole extension segments can be a hassle at times. Not only is it a pain to have to lug them around while raking the roof, but it also takes time and planning to add and remove segments for different areas of the roof. It’s true that segmented designs work well for users who have a specific length need and consistent roof pitches—it’s not a bad system by any means, but all-in-one telescoping handles are much more convenient.

When you need to make adjustments on the fly and don’t want a pile of poles in the garage or truck, a telescoping handle design is an ideal option. This telescoping roof rake from Garant features a well-rounded design with a smooth-telescoping handle that extends to 16.5 feet long. It’s certainly not the longest out there, but it should be sufficient for most single-story homes.

I loved the handle and pole design of this model. It slides out in seconds, so length can be added or subtracted in a jiffy. I found the push-button design very user-friendly. Just make sure to hear a click to lock out the handle at the desired length. The coated primary pole also offers a great gripping platform for the second hand.

This model uses a standard poly blade with angled supports. The same system can be found on many other models. It’s sturdy and makes it easy to grab and pull snow. It requires more effort and strength than roller-and-slide systems, but I still found it easy to get the job done. For anyone with a normal single-story home, this roof rake is a winner. I love that it’s easy to store as a single-piece unit rather than having to deal with various poles and components.

Get the Garant roof rake at Ace Hardware or Walmart.

Best For Gutters

Roof Razor Original Snow Removal Tool

 The Roof Razor Original Snow Removal Tool on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Great for big roofs with gutters
  • Wheels and snow slide work very well
  • 24-inch cutting head removes large snow loads quickly

What We Don’t Like

  • Poles may flex when all segments are attached
  • Pole segments must be seated well to avoid damage

Product Specs 

  • Length: 24 feet
  • Weight: 10 pounds
  • Material: Aluminum

The Roof Razor and the aforementioned SnowPeeler have a few design similarities. It’s a close call between the two, and each has a unique set of advantages. I think the SnowPeeler has slightly stronger poles, but the Roof Razor is certainly up to tackling large roofs and heavy snow loads. During testing, the fabric slide rolled out nicely, and it allowed snow to slide over the gutters and fall to the ground.

I appreciated the long 24-foot handle, largely because it allowed me to reach difficult areas. Thanks to that, I was able to use this rake on the high roof of my neighbor’s metal shop. It was easy to lift and maneuver, even with the super-long extension poles attached. It also rolled easily over the metal roof and allowed a foot or so of snow to slide off. The high side of the shop didn’t have gutters, but the lower lean-to section did, and the slide covered the gutters as snow was removed. I was able to clear most of the 50-foot-long by 30-foot-wide shop within a half hour.

As with many snow rakes, this one requires each pole segment to be connected manually. To do so, users will want to seat the sections and make sure the button locks into place. This rake is slightly heavier than other models, but it also offers more length than most. Overall, it’s easy to handle once users find the balance point. A basic wrench set is required for assembly.

Get the Roof Razor roof rake at Amazon.

Jump to Our Top Picks

How We Tested the Best Roof Rakes

Testing was done throughout a weeklong storm event. The first 3 days received heavy snowfall with a mix of dry powder and wet snow. The powder wasn’t problematic, but the wet snow was heavy, and it stuck to the rooftops. It also underwent a slight thaw and a subsequent freeze cycle that solidified the rooftop snow.

I waited for the storm to end and rotated through each roof rake, pulling sections of snow down. I judged each roof rake based on ease of assembly, grip, length, and ability to reach and grab snow without damaging the roof. Durability was also considered. Several of the brands have similar design features with slight variations in the way they are constructed. There was a reasonable overlap when it comes to performance and function with these look-alike models.

What to Consider When Choosing a Roof Rake

Make sure you’re up to date on the most important product factors before deciding on the best option to rake snow from your roof and prevent ice dams from forming. Some factors to consider in finding the right snow rake for roof cleaning include the type and quality of the materials, length, weight, and head design.

Material

A roof rake for snow removal can be made of different materials, including fiberglass, polyethylene, aluminum, and wood.

  • Fiberglass is a durable, lightweight material commonly used to make the shaft of a roof rake. This provides substantial support, allowing the user to push and pull snow without worrying about handling a heavy or fragile shaft.
  • Polyethylene is a type of plastic used to make the rake head. It’s tough, weather-resistant, and affordable, though aluminum is a more durable option.
  • Aluminum is great for use as both a shaft and rake head, though the hard metal can scratch or tear shingles. To avoid this issue, invest in a roof rake with wheels to help keep the edge of the rake just off the top of the roof.
  • Wood is never used for a roof rake head because it will begin to break down and decay with excessive exposure to water or snow. However, wood can be used to make the roof rake shaft, and it functions similarly to fiberglass.

Length and Weight

Most roof rakes come with adjustable poles that can be lengthened from 14 to 22 feet for snow removal and shortened to less than 8 feet for storage. The longer the pole, the higher users will be able to reach on the roof, but longer poles can also be unwieldy and may require more physical strength to lift and maneuver.

Roof rakes range in weight between 4 and 14 pounds, with most of the weight in the rake head. The heavier the rake head, the more likely it is to sink deeply into the snow on the roof, allowing users to remove a good amount with each pull. Conversely, heavy roof rakes require more physical strength to lift and position.

Head Design

Roof rake heads range in depth from a narrow 3 inches to a generous 10 inches, and widths run between 12 and 24 inches. The larger the rake head, the more snow the rake can remove in a single pull. If the snow is wet and heavy, it can require additional physical strength to pull it, which can lead to back and shoulder fatigue.

Curved heads and interchangeable attachments, such as a scoop, blade, or plastic slide, can greatly decrease fatigue if used properly. It’s also a good idea to consider looking for a roof rake with built-in wheels or bumpers to help protect the roof and shingles from damage. This is especially important when working with an aluminum rake head or if the rake has a blade attachment.

Tips for Using a Roof Rake

When starting to rake the snow off of a roof, it’s important to begin the process by removing the snow from the roof’s edge first. If users attempt to extend the roof rake as much as possible and simply pull down any snow caught within this range, there is a good chance that they will be unable to move the snow. Also, keep in mind that even if the snow does move, it isn’t a good idea to bring down that much snow at once because the weight of the snow could cause injury.

While the goal of snow removal on a driveway is to clear any snow or ice that could cause the car to slip, it’s not actually necessary to rake every inch of snow off the roof. Leaving one or two inches of snow isn’t going to cause ice dams to form, and this gap can help prevent the roof shingles from being damaged during raking.

Additionally, under no circumstances should users attempt to climb a ladder or walk on a sloped roof in winter conditions to remove snow. The entire purpose of a roof rake is for the user to remain on the ground, so don’t risk trying to rake the roof while perched on a ladder.

  • Start at the roof’s edge and work towards the center.
  • Not all the snow needs to be removed from a roof.
  • Do not climb up a ladder or sloped roof while handling a roof rake.

FAQs

For more information on the best roof rake for snow removal at your home, take a look at some of the most commonly asked questions and the detailed answers below.

Q. What is a snow rake for? 

Unlike general-purpose rakes, snow rakes (also known as roof rakes) are specially designed for one purpose: to remove snow from single-story roofs without having to climb. This makes it much easier and safer to keep the roof clear of snow and prevent ice dams from forming in the gutter system.

Q. Do roof rakes damage shingles? 

The blade on a roof rake head can damage the shingles on a roof. This is especially true with aluminum rake heads, but this problem can be avoided if you invest in a roof rake with built-in wheels. These wheels elevate the rake slightly, suspending the rake head above the surface of the shingles instead of grating against them.

Q. Do roof rakes prevent ice dams? 

If you rake the roof the same day it snows, you can prevent ice build-up in the gutter system.

Q. Do I need a roof rake for a metal roof? 

Whether or not you need a roof rake depends on how much snow naturally builds up on your roof. Some houses have steep roofs that don’t collect a lot of snow, while others may have a gentle slope. Metal roofs can be raked with a roof rake to keep them clear of snow, but in most cases, the snow will tend to slide off a metal roof without a problem. In fact, many homes with metal roofs need snow guards or snow fences to prevent piles of snow from sliding off and potentially hurting anyone standing nearby.

Q. When should I rake my roof? 

It’s a good idea to rake the roof on the same day it snows, just as it isn’t wise to wait long to shovel your driveway. Keep in mind that freshly fallen snow is much easier to move than snow that has been allowed to melt and refreeze under the sun.

Meet the Tester

Zach Lazzari is a freelance writer splitting time between the great outdoors, travel, and DIY projects ranging from camper builds to home renovations and maintenance. His home base in Montana is the perfect testing grounds for winter products and snow equipment. With over a decade of professional writing experience, he also covers a variety of other projects and maintenance topics for Bobvila.com.

Additional research provided by Glenda Taylor and Timothy Dale.

The post The Best Roof Rakes to Keep Your Home Safe from Heavy Snow, Tested appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-15T14:26:06-05:00
<![CDATA[4 Home Security Trends We Saw Come Out of CES 2025]]>The post 4 Home Security Trends We Saw Come Out of CES 2025 appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/exterior/home-security-trends-ces-2025/https://www.bobvila.com/?p=424338Tue, 14 Jan 2025 18:00:55 -0500ExteriorHome SecurityReviewsSafety & SecurityWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

We love any opportunity to see the debuts of fun, new, even futuristic gadgets—who doesn’t? But the home security technology unveiled at this year’s Consumer Electronics Show (CES) had our attention because of what it means for homeowners’ safety, convenience, and savings. 

Based on what CES presented, we saw several home security trends emerge for protecting property, family, and packages. With corresponding technology offering everything from better sensors to sleeker designs, these are our predictions for home safety and security in 2025.

The new Lockly Styla incorporates a smart deadbolt and video camera into a sleek handle on a modern exterior door
Photo: Lockly

1. Sleeker, Design-Forward Security

Though door knobs with smart locks have added numerical or touchscreen keypads, they still look relatively similar to traditional handles. As technology advances, however, we see companies focusing on more sleek, modern designs that not only incorporate additional features but also reimagine the standard design of smart handles. 

Lockly Styla 

Loved by DIYers and professional builders alike, Lockly is leading the way in creating new looks and enhanced functionality with the Styla. This combination front door handle, smart deadbolt, and video doorbell fits into a cylindrical modern door pull most easily imaginable for high-end residential applications. And it fits a lot in a skinny profile. The video component has a motion sensor, a 2K camera with color night vision, and two-way audio. The smart lock works via a 3D fingerprint sensor, a PIN Genie pad with a randomizable keypad, an RFID reader with programmable fobs, and a traditional keyhole. 

Though its aesthetics push the envelope enough that they may take some getting used to, we think this and other innovative designs will continue to become more common. This all-in-one handle, lock, and video doorbell comes in matte black, gray, and gold and is battery-powered for easy installation and rechargeable via USB. The Styla also comes with Lockly’s new Wi-Fi hub that privately stores recorded videos and audibly chimes rather than pinging your phone. Stay tuned for when the Lockly Styla becomes available later this year.

Schlage Sense Pro installed at an entry door for keyless entry
Photo: Schlage

2. Better Sensors

While most of us have seen smart locks with numeric buttons or touchscreen keypads, some recently released products indicate better and much harder-to-fool technology is on the way. Though we’re only highlighting two popular CES products here, we predict many brands will be increasing their focus on lock sensors for home security soon. 

TCL Smart Lock D1 Pro

The TCL Smart Lock D1 Pro requires something much more unique than a four-digit code to unlock it: your palm. Though the D1 Pro was launched this past October, CES attendees couldn’t help but flock to see its revolutionary operation. Among its seven unlocking methods, the most interesting by far is its use of AI technology to read and recognize the layout of veins in your palm. Like many other smart locks, it also works via keypad, app, cards, period passwords, standard keys, and voice assist via Google Home and Amazon Alexa. The lock features a 7,800mAh rechargeable battery and durable IP54 weather-resistant construction. 

Get the TCL D1 smart lock at Amazon for $179.99.

Schlage Sense Pro  

Another reputable leader in the home security market, Schlage introduced its new Sense Pro Smart Deadbolt at this year’s CES. In addition to a standard touchscreen keypad for code entry, the smart deadbolt uses Ultra Wideband (UWB) technology paired with select personal devices of your choosing to enable hands-free and tap-to-unlock access. Connected to your smart home network, the lock can automatically calculate your speed and trajectory as you approach and unlatch on its own. The Sense Pro is expected to come out later this year. 

The Switchbot Video Doorbell makes it possible to see video and communicate through a stand-alone display
Photo: Switchbot

3. Increased Front Door Visibility

With video doorbells showing up next to more front doors every day, it’s relatively standard to be able to check your phone when you hear a chime alerting you to a visitor. Still, it’s not always the most convenient if you’re on a call to see if there’s cause for attention or alarm. Some households may include members without smartphones who can’t access an app-only display. Two products that showed up at CES remedied this issue by integrating their own displays, hardwiring optional. 

SwitchBot Video Doorbell

The SwitchBot Video Doorbell combines a traditional-looking video doorbell with a 4.3-inch smart display screen you can sit on a surface or mount to the wall. The screen delivers live videos, notifies you if anyone arrives, lets you talk to visitors while keeping your door closed, and features 512GB of local storage. 

The unit can be either wired or battery-powered, and SwitchBot will also offer a solar panel to ensure continuous operation. The 2K resolution camera has a 165-degree field of view and color night vision to help you identify visitors no matter the time of day. At the time of publication, no specifics on the SwitchBot Video Doorbell launch date have been announced yet.

Lockly Vision Prestige 

In a similar push to enable front door visibility without relying on phones, Lockly will release its Vision Prestige smart lock later this year. Rather than casting video to a separate screen like the SwitchBot Video Doorbell, this lock has a display on its interior housing. It uses presence detection powered by bit radar and a 2K resolution camera with facial recognition to clock when a person is at the door, and the screen lights up when you touch it so you can identify that individual from the inside. It even boasts an intercom, like most video doorbell cameras, so that you can have a conversation through your front door.

The Vision Prestige offers a few different means of securing the home, too: keyed entry, fingerprint recognition, and a patented pin entry. You can switch from a traditional touchscreen keypad to Lockly’s PIN Genie, which places digits in random locations, guaranteeing safe entry into your home without revealing your code to prying eyes. We expect the Prestige—an upgrade to the current Lockly Vision—to drop near the end of the year.

Hyve Smart Home Delivery Pod
Photo: Hyve

4. Smarter Ways To Secure Deliveries

While package delivery boxes and locking mailboxes aren’t a totally new concept, more options have hit the market with smart features like remote locking and unlocking via app and automated video recording. And since package theft is a problem almost everyone has experienced, seen, or heard about, we predict package lockboxes with additional security features will continue to roll out. 

Hyve Smart Home Delivery Pod

The Hyve smart home delivery pod may look somewhat similar to a standard front porch delivery box. Like other smart delivery boxes, users can lock and unlock the Hyve pod via an app and send unique codes to drivers, family members, and friends. But that’s far from all this model offers. The box sounds a siren and sends a tamper alert to your phone if it detects anyone is attempting to access it without authorization. It also features a carbon-fiber tether to secure the entire unit to a column or railing, preventing would-be thieves from stealing the entire box. There’s a window on top to allow drivers to take delivery confirmation photos, and Hyve is even compatible with package pickup software to help make arranging returns easier. You can join the waitlist for the smart package pod, expected to start shipping in June.

The Overlap Between Home Security and Internet Safety

As smart home security devices continue to evolve, their effectiveness increasingly relies on robust internet connectivity and cybersecurity. An IT expert from ORTIT, an IT consulting service in Frankfurt, highlights, “Even the most sophisticated smart locks or video doorbells can be rendered vulnerable without a secure and well-managed network.” Research supports this, showing that improperly secured systems are a leading cause of breaches in smart home setups.

To ensure both convenience and safety, integrating devices like video doorbells or smart locks with professional-grade network solutions is essential. This approach not only enhances device functionality but also safeguards against potential cyberattacks, protecting your family and home. ORTIT emphasizes that by addressing these gaps early, homeowners can avoid costly vulnerabilities while enjoying the full benefits of modern home security technology.

The post 4 Home Security Trends We Saw Come Out of CES 2025 appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-14T18:00:55-05:00
<![CDATA[How to Heat a Garage: 11 Ways to Keep Your Workshop Warm in Winter]]>Employing one or more of these insulating and heating ideas will keep your garage warm—and help you stay productive—through the coldest months.

The post How to Heat a Garage: 11 Ways to Keep Your Workshop Warm in Winter appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/heating-the-garage/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=101316Fri, 10 Jan 2025 13:26:22 -0500InteriorExteriorGaragesHeating & CoolingWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Most garages aren’t designed to stay warm inside when outdoor temperatures are frigid. Garages usually lack insulation, and their concrete floors remain chilly all year around. Even with a small space heater running, the temperature inside the garage probably won’t rise more than a few degrees.

When the air inside your garage is bitterly cold, it’s not just the DIYer who doesn’t function well: Tools are icy, paints and glues won’t bond properly, and automotive repairs and woodworking tasks can be difficult to complete. To be able to tinker in your garage in all seasons, not just the warm ones, combine some of these tips for heating the garage to a comfortable temperature. You’ll have a productive work space, whatever the weather.

1. Choose a portable space heater (or two) that’s properly sized for the garage’s square footage.

Visit your local home improvement store in late fall, and you’ll find aisles of portable energy-efficient space heaters, both large and small. Most of these options, however, aren’t powerful enough to heat an entire garage. If you’re looking for a serious heat source, consider installing a ceiling-mounted forced-air heating unit such as the hardwired Dr. Infrared 7,500-Watt Garage Heater, or Comfort Zone Garage Heater, confirming, of course, that the heater model you choose is adequately sized for the square footage of your garage. This type of heater is best situated in a corner of the garage, pointed downward at a 45-degree angle to provide the best distribution of warmth. Most of today’s ceiling-mounted garage heaters come with a remote control and a thermostat so you can set the temperature you prefer and rely on the shop heater to do the rest. For other terrific heater options, refer to our tested guide to the best garage heaters.

The only real downside to a ceiling-mounted heater is that the inches nearest the floor may remain cold. If your feet are still chilly, try supplementing with a baseboard heater placed where you’re most apt to be working—one likely spot is the area beneath your workbench. Hydronic baseboard heaters like the Slant/Fin Fine/Line 30 Series Hot Water Baseboard Heater are hooked up to a home’s boiler. As hot water runs through the pipes in the heater, warm air radiates out into the space, keeping things toasty at floor level and beyond.

2. Insulate the walls with fiberglass batt and paneling.

A garage is insulated with pink batt insulation; a couple of panels of drywall lean against the walls.
Photo: Fiskness / Depositphotos

No matter how much power your garage heater packs, you’ll find it difficult to maintain comfortable warmth in your garage if the walls aren’t finished. Many garage walls consist of just the studs, covered on the outside with sheathing and siding. Without garage insulation, cold air outside will quickly transfer to the inside of the garage and detract from your heating efforts.

Insulating a garage is a project that’s easy enough for most homeowners to take on themselves. To create an insulated barrier, install fiberglass batt insulation (such as Johns Manville R-19 fiberglass batt insulation) in each stud space and then finish the interior walls by installing drywall panels, plywood sheets, or oriented strand board (OSB). Insulated and finished walls will help retain heat in the garage, and you’ll save money on heating bills.

3. Insulate the garage door.

Often manufactured from thin metal, garage doors are notoriously cold in winter. In fact, if you live in a northern climate, it’s not unusual to find frost clinging to the inside of a metal garage door. Insulating the garage door will help keep the cold outside air from transferring indoors and cooling the workshop. An insulated garage door can make the space an average of 10 to 12 degrees warmer in winter, even before you crank up any heaters. And the process isn’t so intimidating for do-it-yourselfers, thanks to kits like Reach Barrier’s Garage Door Insulation Kit, which contain all of the necessary supplies. When selecting a garage door insulation kit, be sure to measure your doors carefully. While the Reach Barrier kit will insulate one standard garage door, garages with oversize doors (or two or more doors) will require additional kits.

4. Seal gaps and drafts.

Contractor installing black rubber garage door sweep on garage door.
Photo: Thefutureis/ Depositphotos

Investing in insulation and heaters will help you keep your garage comfortable in the winter, but you should also seal any gaps that let cold drafts blow through. To get started, take a walk around your garage, focusing on these three most likely sources of drafts.

  • The garage door frame: Garage doors don’t fit tightly in their frames—small gaps run all the way around the door. Fortunately, you can quickly address these spots with an integrated weather-strip seal like M-D Building Products’ Vinyl Garage Door Top and Sides Seal. The self-adhesive strips will help close the gaps so cold drafts can’t enter.
  • The bottom of the door: If your garage door is more than a couple of years old, it’s also a good idea to replace the seal, or garage door threshold, where the door meets the floor. This seal is designed to block drafts but can become brittle and cracked over time, and start to let the cold air in. Gaskets are available in various sizes to fit different size doors. Measure the width of your door carefully before you choose a replacement such as DGSL’s Bottom Rubber Weather Stripping Kit.
  • Windows: To seal drafty windows, apply shrink-type film to the inside of the windows. To install the 3M Window Insulator Kit or other top picks from our tested guide to the best window insulating kits, tape the shrink wrap to the window frame and then use a hair dryer to heat the film until it fits snugly to the frame, sealing out drafts.

5. Install a radiant floor heating system.

Radiant floor heating system with a red base and paths of piping over top.
Photo: desperado / Getty Images

If you enjoy working on your car in your garage, you probably dread having to lie on a frigid concrete floor while changing oil or making repairs. One effective way to remedy this problem is to install a radiant floor heating system. Unfortunately, this is a viable solution only for those who are building a new garage or are planning to tear out and replace an existing garage floor. Radiant floor heating is installed before the concrete floor is poured. The installation process is roughly as follows:

  • First, a reflective liner is installed over fill sand in the bottom of the excavated area, 
  • Flexible piping is positioned in loops over the liner
  • The concrete is poured
  • The radiant heating system is connected to the boiler, which circulates hot water through the pipes, radiating heat to the floor and the objects above.

If you spend a lot of time in your garage and are thinking of renovating it, this solution may be right for you. It’s not a DIY project. You’ll need to hire a plumber who specializes in installing radiant floor heating systems. The cost to install radiant floor heating is usually about $5 to $9 per square foot for installation, plus the cost of the boiler. The resulting system is ideal for heating a garage workshop: It warms the space without blowing wood chips and dust around as forced-air heating would, keeping your workspace clear of particles that might interfere with detail work.

6. Run a portable propane heater.

Many houses are connected to natural gas lines, but garages often aren’t, and that leaves homeowners with fewer options for heating their garages.

Electric heating is almost always a possibility, but in many regions electricity is pricey. Electric garage heaters also pull a lot of juice, which can cause circuits to overload and breakers to trip, particularly if you’re running a few tools at the same time. Also, relying on electric heat may require additional electrical circuits. For all of these reasons, using a propane heater for the garage may be a reasonably priced alternative. (For our recommended manufacturers and models, read our tested guide to the best propane heaters.)

A standard, 20-pound propane tank can power a small propane heater. If that’s not enough heat, you can opt for a larger 500-gallon tank and have a plumber run a gas line to the garage to fuel a larger propane gas garage heater. Where venting isn’t possible, look for a vent-free propane heater that’s designed to burn cleanly and safely.

7. Warm up with a wood-burning stove.

For those who plan on spending a lot of time in a garage workshop during the colder months, it’s tough to beat the soothing warmth of a wood-burning stove. Not only will a wood burning stove provide heat, but it also adds a cozy ambience to the space. If you have a ready source of wood, this can be among the best options for cheap heat. (Our researched guide to the best wood stoves highlights high-quality stoves at a variety of price points.)

Safety considerations should be top of mind if you decide to install a wood-burning stove in a garage. The stove must be positioned on a nonflammable surface—a concrete garage floor is ideal—and located a safe distance from walls, cabinets, and any flammable or combustible items. Models vary, however, and some of the newer wood-burning stoves feature insulated exterior shells that don’t get dangerously hot.

It’s important to note that a wood stove must be appropriately vented to keep smoke from backing up in the garage. Local building codes come into play here and usually require that a triple-wall stovepipe be installed vertically through the ceiling. Check with your local building authority for additional restrictions.

how to heat a garage
Photo: istockphoto.com

8. Concentrate heat with a kerosene space heater.

Electric space heaters are great for supplemental heating during cold weather, but if a space heater will be the only source of heat in a garage, it should be a powerful one. A kerosene-powered heater fits the bill.

This type of space heater, often called a “torpedo” or “salamander,” generates a lot of heat and concentrates it in a specific direction, so a craftsperson or mechanic at work in the garage can stay nice and warm. Because these heaters often have fans that run on electricity, you’ll still need an electric outlet to run it, but the heat itself is generated by kerosene.

Kerosene space heaters, such as the Dyna-Glo 50,000 BTU Forced Air Heater, a top performer in our tested guide to the top non-electric heaters, can generate up to 215,000 BTUs. That’s a heck of a lot of heat! When selecting a kerosene heater for a garage, buy one that’s designed for indoor use to ensure that it won’t emit toxic fumes. Kerosene torpedo heaters designed for outdoor use may not burn as cleanly, and they are not intended for use in closed spaces. Make sure the model you choose is properly sized for the space in which it’ll be used.

9. Radiate heat.

Some types of heaters blow out hot air that warms up a space, but radiant heat works a bit differently, and it’s among the best options for heating a garage on a chilly day.

Radiant heaters use infrared energy that’s generated in a number of ways, via a heating element, an infrared lamp, or even actual flames. The way they work, however, is fundamentally different from forced-air heat. Imagine standing outdoors on a cold day. When the sun comes out, you immediately feel its warmth—that’s radiant heat—even though the air temperature may not have risen perceptibly.

In a garage or workshop, radiant heaters can be installed overhead or on walls. The Comfort Zone CZQTV5M Ceiling Mounted Radiant Quartz Heater uses two quartz bulbs and a reflective base to radiate heat outward, where it will make you, and everything around you, warm. You’ll be able to work comfortably no matter how cold it gets outside and, thanks to the heater’s built-in halogen light bulb, you’ll be able to see whatever’s on your workbench.

10. Extend your mini-split system setup into the garage.

how to heat a garage mini split
Photo: Mitsubishi Photo: mitsubishicomfort.com

For homeowners who already have a ductless mini-split air conditioning system for heating and cooling, it should be fairly easy to add an indoor air-handling unit to your system if the compressor you have is large enough to handle heating and cooling an additional “room.” If you don’t already have a mini-split system, purchasing a mini-split compressor and indoor unit for your garage is still a terrific option, but doing so will cost you more than a few space heaters will.

11. Reduce thermal transfer with a floor covering.

While heaters and insulation will certainly help keep the air in your garage warmer during the winter, there’s one zone that will still feel frigid: the garage floor. Concrete floors can be bitterly cold, particularly so for anyone who has to scoot under a car or kneel on the floor to work on a project.

Covering the floor is the simplest solution to cold concrete: Consider putting down an indoor/outdoor rug that can be vacuumed or blown clean with a leaf blower. To make a hard concrete floor more comfortable, you might instead install interlocking rubber mats—the kind that’s used for the best gym flooring. These mats both insulate the floor and pad it, making it easier to be on your feet for long periods of time.

The post How to Heat a Garage: 11 Ways to Keep Your Workshop Warm in Winter appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-10T13:26:22-05:00
<![CDATA[The Best Fireproof Document Bags to Keep Papers Safe, Tested]]>To help you stay prepared and protect your important documents, we tested and reviewed the best fireproof document bag options.

The post The Best Fireproof Document Bags to Keep Papers Safe, Tested appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-fireproof-document-bag/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-fireproof-document-bag/Thu, 09 Jan 2025 11:54:37 -0500ReviewsExteriorHome SafetyHome SecurityInteriorStorage & OrganizingWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

While documents such as medical records, banking statements, and bills can be stored in the cloud or on digital thumb drives, paper documents still play a role in business and personal life. It’s important to protect and store them properly and securely. Whether looking to secure a will, a visa, a certified copy of a birth certificate, or even valuables like jewelry or a laptop, a fireproof document bag can help.

We decided to test several fireproof document bags to determine which models stood out above the rest. Our favorite was the Engpow Fireproof File Organizer Bag With Lock, which was large enough to store plenty of important documents and managed to keep them safe against intense heat. Keep reading to learn how all of the products performed in our hands-on tests and earned the title of being a best fireproof document bag for inclusion in this guide.

  1. BEST OVERALL: Engpow Fireproof File Organizer Bag With Lock
    Jump to Review
  2. RUNNER-UP: Roloway X-Large Fireproof Bag
    Jump to Review
  3. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: Colcase Fireproof Document Bag
    Jump to Review
  4. BEST WITH WATERPROOF: FlyPal Fireproof and Water-Resistant Bag
    Jump to Review
  5. BEST LARGE: DocSafe Multilayer Fireproof Document Bag 
    Jump to Review
  6. BEST SMALL: Roloway Small Fireproof Money Bag
    Jump to Review
One of the best fireproof document bags outside undergoing testing by being blasted with a DeWalt 68,000-BTU heater.
Photo: Tom Scalisi for Bob Vila

Our Top Picks

These fireproof document bags all handle intense heat and feature strong, reliable closures. Depending on the specific need, the best fireproof document bag for any shopper might well be among the following models.

Best Overall

Engpow Fireproof File Organizer Bag With Lock

 The Best Fireproof Document Bag Option Engpow Fireproof File Organizer Bag With Lock
Photo: amazon.com

Our Ratings: Ease of Use 5/5; Performance 5/5; Value 5/5

Product Specs 

  • Heat resistance: 2,000 degrees Fahrenheit
  • Size: 10.63 inches tall by 14.18 inches wide by 3.94 inches deep
  • Materials: Silicone-treated fiberglass 

What We Like

  • 4 mesh bags can hold multiple items and documents
  • 2 compartment folders offer plenty of space for larger items
  • Includes a combination lock to keep sensitive documents safe

What We Don’t Like

  • The smaller bag suffered quite a bit of damage, so it would be better used inside the main bag.

Featuring multiple fireproof layers and numerous compartments, the Engpow fireproof document bag is well suited for protecting valuable items while keeping them organized for easy retrieval. It measures 10.63 inches tall by 14.17 inches wide by 3.93 inches deep, offering plenty of room in the main compartment to store letter-size folders and papers. 

This model is constructed of two layers of silicone-treated fiberglass that protects the contents from heat up to 2,000 degrees Fahrenheit. It also includes a combination lock to keep the contents secure. The inside of the zippered top contains four mesh bags for securing passports or certificates and two additional compartment folders to hold items like business cards and up to four flash drives.

The Engpow bag withstood the heat better than any other full-size bag in our testing. The zipper and its seam melted, but the rest of the bag was almost entirely unscathed. We also liked the dividers inside the bag for organizing documents, IDs, cards, and other important items. It came with an additional smaller bag that we could place inside for extra protection. However, that bag took much more damage—although the paper inside remained intact.

Read our full review: Engpow Fireproof File Organizer Bag With Lock

Get the Engpow fireproof document bag at Amazon.

Runner-Up

Roloway X-Large Fireproof Bag

 The Roloway X-Large Fireproof Bag and included small document bag on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

Our Ratings: Ease of Use 5/5; Performance 4.5/5; Value 5/5

Product Specs 

  • Heat resistance: 2,000 degrees Fahrenheit
  • Size: 12 inches tall by 15 inches wide by 5 inches deep
  • Materials: Silicone-coated and polyvinyl chloride (PVC)-coated fiberglass 

What We Like

  • Large storage space to store a wide variety of items of different sizes
  • Combination of zipper and Velcro-type closure ensures a tight seal
  • Includes a comfortable rubber handle and adjustable shoulder strap 

What We Don’t Like

  • Storage in a fireproof briefcase or safe recommended 

For protecting documents and other valuables from heat up to 2,000 degrees Fahrenheit, shoppers will want to consider this Roloway fireproof document bag. The bag measures 12 inches tall by 15 inches wide by 5 inches deep, which is large enough to store a stack of documents along with other valuables, or even a laptop. 

This bag is made from two layers of silicone-coated fiberglass. It features a high-quality, lockable zipper (lock not included) and a Velcro-type closure. It also includes both a handle and an adjustable shoulder strap.

The Roloway did take some damage during our test, especially around the hook and loop flap. It also smoked considerably more than the other bags. We were initially concerned that the smoke was the paper burning inside, but it stayed in perfect condition. Overall, this is a relatively simple bag with a lot of storage space, making it a solid choice for anyone looking to protect quite a few documents in the event of a fire. 

Get the Roloway extra-large fireproof document bag at Amazon.

Best Bang for the Buck

Colcase Fireproof Document Bag

 The Colcase Fireproof Document Bag on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

Our Ratings: Ease of Use 5/5; Performance 4/5; Value 4/5

Product Specs 

  • Heat resistance: 2,000 degrees Fahrenheit
  • Size: 15 inches tall by 11 inches wide
  • Materials: Silicone-coated fiberglass and aluminum foil

What We Like

  • Zipper and flap closure with 2 separate compartments help organize documents
  • Dual-layered design provides additional protection from fire
  • Pockets are large enough to fit legal-size documents 

What We Don’t Like

  • Paper was still intact after the testing but did sustain some damage
  • Number of documents the bag can hold is limited by its size

Protecting valuable documents doesn’t have to break the bank. The Colcase fireproof document bag comes with an affordable price tag and resists 2,000 degree Fahrenheit conditions with dual layers of silicone-coated fiberglass. 

This 100 percent fireproof bag is 15 inches tall by 11 inches wide, making it suitable for small and large documents, jewelry, or a laptop. To ensure even more protection, it features both a zipper and a flap closure. 

The Colcase bag was the only document bag in our testing that allowed the paper inside to burn at all. However, the paper was still intact after the test, which truly surprised us due to the significant damage that the bag sustained. This bag won’t hold many documents, so users will have to prioritize which documents they protect and which they risk (or buy multiple document bags). 

Get the Colcase fireproof document bag at Amazon.

Best with Waterproof

FlyPal Fireproof and Water-Resistant Bag

 The FlyPal Fireproof and Water-Resistant Bag on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

Our Ratings: Ease of Use 3.5/5; Performance 3.8/5; Value 4/5

Product Specs 

  • Heat resistance: 2,000 degrees Fahrenheit
  • Size: 12.6 inches tall by 16.6 inches wide by 6.5 inches deep
  • Materials: Silicone gel, fiberglass, aluminum foil, and nonwoven fabric

What We Like

  • Plenty of interior space for larger items, such as cell phones or hard drives
  • Includes a lock for an extra layer of security

What We Don’t Like

  • Zipper was difficult to use even before being exposed to extreme temperature

The Flypal fireproof and water-resistant document bag is a reliable and secure solution for safeguarding important documents and valuables. This bag is capable of withstanding temperatures up to 2,000 degrees Fahrenheit, and the impressive features make it a must-have for protecting belongings.

The FlyPal bag is equipped with a lock, providing an added layer of security. With a spacious interior and an additional zipper pouch, this bag is 12.6 inches tall by 16.6 inches wide by 6.5 inches deep, which is large enough to organize documents, cell phones, or even external hard drives and keep them readily accessible. 

The first few seconds of our heat test for the FlyPal bag were initially concerning. The hook-and-loop closures failed immediately, and the flap started to funnel hot air right toward the zipper. The lock also started to melt immediately. However, after 10 minutes, it didn’t withstand much more damage and survived the testing quite well. The paper inside was still completely intact. Our biggest complaint with this model was that it was difficult to work the zipper even long before we exposed it to the heat. 

Get the FlyPal fireproof document bag at Amazon.

Best Large

DocSafe Multilayer Fireproof Document Bag

 The DocSafe Multilayer Fireproof Document Bag closed on a white background with a small inset in the corner of it open and filled with documents.
Photo: amazon.com

Our Ratings: Ease of Use 5/5; Performance 5/5; Value 3/5

Product Specs 

  • Heat resistance: 2,000 degrees Fahrenheit
  • Size:12.5 inches tall by 17 inches wide by 7.2 inches deep
  • Materials: Silicone-coated fiberglass and aluminum foil

What We Like

  • Large size provides fireproof storage of multiple items and documents
  • Multiple compartments and pockets can neatly store documents, jewelry, and electronics
  • Exterior reflective strip allows for better visibility

What We Don’t Like

  • The reflective strip melted away almost immediately during testing

The DocSafe fireproof document bag is an ideal solution for keeping a large number of important documents and valuables secure and protected. This bag is a generous 12.5 inches tall by 17 inches wide by 7.2 inches deep, offering ample storage capacity for all essential items. 

Designed with multiple pockets, slots, and compartments, the bag will help organize belongings with ease—from passports and legal documents to USB drives and jewelry. One notable feature of the DocSafe bag is the reflective strip on its exterior. This strip enhances visibility, so the bag is easier to locate in low-light conditions or emergencies, such as a house fire. 

The DocSafe bag was one of the most secure and durable bags in our testing. While the reflective strip only lasted about 30 seconds, the rest of the bag fared well, though it was far from reusable. The closure stayed shut, and the zipper remained mostly functional. Just as was the case with most of the bags in our testing, the paper inside the bag remained in perfect condition. 

Get the DocSafe fireproof document bag at Amazon.

Best Small

Roloway Small Fireproof Money Bag

 Two Roloway Small Fireproof Money Bags, one white and one grey, shown on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

Our Ratings: Ease of Use 4/5; Performance 4/5; Value 4/5

Product Specs 

  • Heat resistance: 2,000 degrees Fahrenheit
  • Size: 5 inches tall by 8 inches wide 
  • Materials: Silicone-coated fiberglass 

What We Like

  • Compact size is suitable for small items and travel
  • Fold-over Velcro-type closure keeps contents securely in place
  • Affordable compared to similar options available

What We Don’t Like

  • Best if stored in a fireproof safe or a larger fireproof bag 

Just the right size for safely stowing cash, a passport, or folded documents, the Roloway fireproof bag tucks inside a suitcase or a backpack easily. It measures a diminutive 5 inches tall by 8 inches wide and will protect valuables in temperatures up to 2,000 degrees Fahrenheit. 

This Roloway money bag is made from silicone-coated fiberglass and features a fold-over Velcro-type closure at the top. Pair it with a larger fireproof bag for added security, or store it in a fireproof safe for even more protection.

After testing the thin Colcase fireproof document bag (our #3 pick), during which the paper sustained some damage, we had similar concerns about this small bag. We feared it would burn quickly, as would the paper inside. However, that wasn’t the case. The bag withstood the flames quite well. The edges of the hook-and-loop flap melted, but the zipper and the paper inside stayed intact. In fact, the bag was mostly reusable, which surprised us. 

Get the Roloway small fireproof document bag at Amazon.

Jump to Our Top Picks

How We Tested the Best Fireproof Document Bags

We knew going into this testing that fireproof document bags are designed to protect shoppers’ most important documents. We also understood the unique nature of this testing: We’d only get one shot to see if each of these six bags would perform as advertised, so we had to ensure we were exposing them to extreme heat—simulating the realistic conditions for which they are designed. However, we also had to test without breathing in chemicals or setting the house ablaze. To safely and accurately complete this testing, we fired up a 68,000 British thermal unit (BTU) propane heater outside and then placed each bag directly in front of it on a concrete surface. 

We kept each bag in front of the heater for 10 minutes. Our goal was not merely to see how well the document bag survived the heat but—most importantly—how well the paper we placed inside each document bag stayed intact. After 10 minutes, we moved the bag away from the heat, let it cool, and checked the contents. 

It’s important to note that none of these bags are designed to withstand actual flames. Most of them are intended to be kept inside a safe. All of the bags suffered a lot of damage during the testing but still achieved their purpose since the papers inside remained intact. 

Testing Stats
Products tested 6
Time spent testing 3 hours
Tests performed4 to 5
Price range$10 to $60

What to Consider When Choosing a Fireproof Document Bag 

A fireproof document bag is more “fire-resistant” than fireproof, as this type of protective bag can and will fail to protect its contents from a raging fire. Instead, it offers a modicum of security against intense heat if a fire starts and the document bag is nearby. 

Most fireproof document bags are made from silicone-treated fiberglass, and the better ones include two or more layers of treated fiberglass for added heat protection. Some also feature aluminum foil liners. If the bag is amid actual flames, don’t expect the contents to escape unscathed. For absolute fire protection, consider a fireproof safe that is rated to withstand flames for 1 or 2 hours. 

Fire-Resistance 

No federal regulations exist for testing fireproof document bags, but manufacturers use materials known to be fire-resistant. To determine the level of fireproof protection, look for the maximum amount of heat the bag can withstand, typically between 1,000 and 2,000 degrees Fahrenheit.

Size and Compartments

Fireproof document bags range in size from envelope-size bags with a single compartment to larger briefcase-size bags with multiple zipped compartments or pockets for keeping papers organized. Additionally, some fireproof document bags sell in sets, with a smaller bag the user can tuck inside the larger bag for additional protection.

Water and Heat Resistance

Most manufacturers also advertise their fireproof bags as waterproof or water-resistant, which is an important feature. If the bag is in a burning house or the trunk of a car that’s in flames, the fire is likely to be doused with a water hose, so it’s essential to have a level of water protection for the stored documents in the bag.

Lockability and Closure Style

Fireproof document bags typically close with either a zipper made from fire-resistant materials, or they feature a snug-fitting Velcro-type closure. Some models include more than one type of closure, such as an interior zipper and an additional Velcro-type closure, increasing the bag’s fire resistance.

Items Being Stored

Common items stored in a fireproof document bag include property records, birth certificates, paper money, passports, and notes with written passwords to online accounts. Some bags are large enough to add other valuables, such as jewelry, antique photographs, digital thumb drives, or even tablets or laptops.

Tips for Using a Fireproof Document Bag 

Simply storing documents in a fireproof bag offers a measure of protection, but don’t stop there—always store the bag itself in a safe location. A few tips can help users gain the most protection from a fireproof document bag. 

  • When selecting a fireproof document bag, consider choosing a size larger than necessary to accommodate additional items in the future.
  • The higher the fire-resistant rating of the bag, the safer the items will be. For optimal protection, look for a bag that can withstand at least 2,000 degrees Fahrenheit.
  • Fireproof bags can trap moisture inside, making documents smell musty or encouraging mold or mildew. Make sure all papers and valuables are dry before placing them in the bag.

FAQs 

Fireproof document bags offer some protection for essential paperwork and other items against heat damage, but they don’t offer a 100 percent guarantee against a raging fire. Shoppers considering purchasing a fireproof document bag likely have some questions.

Q. Can a fireproof bag replace a fireproof briefcase? 

A fireproof bag is not as protective as a fireproof briefcase, but it will still help protect documents and valuables. Storing the bag inside a fireproof safe or a fireproof briefcase will offer additional protection.

Q. How fireproof are fireproof bags?

A quality fireproof bag will protect documents from igniting due to intense heat if they’re near a fire, up to about 2,000 degrees Fahrenheit. If the temperature rises above that level or the bag falls directly into the fire, its contents could be damaged or destroyed.

Q. What is a fireproof bag made of? 

Most fireproof document bags feature one or more layers of silicone-treated fiberglass, which is known for its fire-resistant properties.

Meet the Tester

Tom Scalisi is a full-time DIY and construction writer for many of the largest websites in the industry, including BobVila.com, This Old House, Family Handyman, and Forbes. He also owns and operates a pest control blog, RiddaBugs.com. He spent years working in the trades and tests a wide range of tools and home improvement products.

Additional research provided by Glenda Taylor.

The post The Best Fireproof Document Bags to Keep Papers Safe, Tested appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-09T11:54:37-05:00
<![CDATA[How to Clean Mold on a Windowsill]]>Condensation on windowpanes can lead to mold formation on the sills below, particularly during colder months. Killing the mold is as easy as opening your pantry or medicine cabinet.

The post How to Clean Mold on a Windowsill appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/mold-on-window-sill/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=173649Tue, 07 Jan 2025 11:45:34 -0500InteriorCleaningExteriorWindowsWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Mold is a common problem on windowsills in many homes. That’s because as warm humid indoor air hits the cool window pane, condensation forms on the sill, creating the moist conditions necessary to foster mold or mildew growth. This is especially true during winter months, when indoor air temperatures are significantly warmer than outdoor temperatures.  

Not only is that mold unpleasant to look at, it can also be hazardous to your health. The more dangerous black mold can cause serious health problems if it’s inhaled. If you catch mold growth around your windows early, you can clean it easily using products you probably already have under your kitchen sink. 

Think you have mold in the home?
Have a pro check it out for peace of mind.
+

What causes mold on windowsills?

Condensation drops on a widow with growing mold.
Photo: Olga Dobrovolska via Getty Images

There are three basic requirements for mold to take hold on your walls, windowsills, or anywhere else for that matter, says Russell Vent, vice president of Paul Davis Restoration of Greater Rochester, N.Y.  According to Vent, it requires “mold spores, oxygen, a food source (some sort of organic material for mold to grow or feed on) and water or moisture.” Mold spores are present in just about every environment, he says, and dust and dirt built up on the sill satisfies the food-source requirement. There are a couple of ways for moisture to form, creating mold or mildew:

  • Condensation: When the mercury drops outside, warm indoor air causes humid air to condense on the window panes and sill. This is especially true with single-pane windows that transfer cold outdoor air temperatures indoors more easily than double-pane windows. Mold on windows from condensation is also prevalent in rooms with humid air, such as bathrooms and kitchens.
  • Leaks: The other way moisture can end up on your windowsill is through a leak in the seal around the sill or a cracked pane, both of which can allow moisture from rain and snow to get inside. 

What kills mold?

While cleaning mold off porous surfaces can be a challenge, removing mold from nonporous surfaces is easier. “If you have visible growth on semi-porous building materials or low-porosity materials, cleaners like a peroxide-based cleaner and some scrubbing and elbow grease can usually be a good solution to the problem,” Vent says. Here are your best options: 

  • Bleach: When most people see mold, they reach for bleach. But while bleach does a great job of killing surface mold, it doesn’t penetrate deeply into surfaces. In other words, bleach is not effective at taking out the mold’s roots, meaning the mold will probably return. Since most windowsills are painted with semi-gloss paint, which is nonporous, bleach should eliminate the problem if the paint is in good condition.
  • Vinegar: Household vinegar is perhaps the best weapon for how to remove mold from a windowsill. It kills most mold species, including black mold, and penetrates to the roots, taking it out completely. Use undiluted household vinegar with 5 percent acidity.
  • Hydrogen peroxide: A 50/50 solution of hydrogen peroxide and water is also an effective solution for killing mold. While it doesn’t penetrate porous material well, it’s effective on nonporous surfaces.
  • Commercial products: If you’re looking to buy a product with industrial-strength mold-killing power, there are several that will do the trick. Two of the best are RMR-86 Instant Mold and Mildew Stain Remover Spray and 30 SECONDS Pro Mold and Mildew Stain Remover

Think you have mold in the home?
Have a pro check it out for peace of mind.
+

Before You Begin

Mold poses a potential health hazard, especially if you’re dealing with black mold on a windowsill. Vinegar, bleach, peroxide, and other cleaning supplies can also be dangerous. Take precautions to protect yourself from both mold and the supplies you are using to clean it. Mold is especially harmful when you breathe in spores, so wear an N-95 respirator (or at least an N-95 half mask), along with gloves and goggles, while you work.

Tools & Materials

Bobvila.com may earn a commission from purchases made through these links.

How to Kill Mold on Windowsills

Wiping down the window sill with yellow rubber gloves on and a potted plant nearby.
Photo: Richard Drury via Getty Images

Cleaning mold off a windowsill is a relatively easy process that involves basic tools and a little elbow grease. 

Step 1: Wipe down the windowsill.

Make sure the area is dry before you begin by wiping it down with a rag or paper towels. Since you’ll be wiping up mold along with the moisture, use something that’s disposable. 

Step 2: Spray cleaning solution.

When cleaning mold off a nonporous surface, several options work. Vinegar, bleach, or hydrogen peroxide-based solutions are all effective at killing and removing mold from a windowsill. Start by coating the mold with the solution using a spray bottle. Let the solution soak in for about 10 minutes.

Step 3: Scrub mold with a brush and cleaning solution.

Use a stiff-bristle brush to scrub the cleaning solution into the mold. The goal is to expose all the mold to the cleaner while physically detaching it from the sill. After scrubbing the mold loose, wipe the sill clean with a disposable rag or paper towel, so you don’t have to worry about cleaning and sanitizing these supplies afterward. 

Step 4: Let the windowsill dry completely.

Allow the windowsill to dry, then examine it to determine if any mold remains. If so, you’ll need to repeat the cleaning process or the mold will grow back. 

How to Prevent Mold on Windowsills

Backview of an elderly man using a silicone tube  of caulk on a windowsill.
Photo: Anastasia Smanyuk / Depositphotos

Preventing mold is as important to know as how to kill mold. Since mold thrives in conditions in which the humidity is above 55 percent, ventilation and keeping water out are key to prevention. 

  • If the problem is with a bathroom window, make sure to use the bathroom fan when showering to prevent mold on the ceiling, windowsill, or other surfaces.
  • If the fan isn’t reducing condensation, consider upgrading to a more powerful bathroom fan.  
  • You also can help eliminate mold spores with an air purifier.
  • If the problem is a leaky window, replace the window or repair any broken panes, gaskets, or seals that allow rain to get inside and form mold on the window frame or sill. If the window isn’t repairable, you’ll need to replace it. 
  • Discourage mold growth on your windowsills by coating them with mold-resistant paint. We recommend Zinsser Perma-White Mold & Mildew-Proof Semi-Gloss Interior Paint, which comes with a 5-year mold and mildew-proof paint film guarantee.

When to Call a Professional for Mold Removal

While removing small amounts of mold on a windowsill is something you can handle safely and effectively using the methods and practices above, you might have to move on to stronger cleaners and more intensive cleaning (or professional help) to address mold that has penetrated a porous windowsill. 

Larger mold problems require the expertise of a professional to test for mold and remove it. According to Vent, if the mold growth is greater than 10 to 15 square feet, you’ll want to call in a pro. He also suggests hiring a mold removal company if you have serious mold sensitivities, asthma, or a compromised immune system.

Think you have mold in the home?
Have a pro check it out for peace of mind.
+

The post How to Clean Mold on a Windowsill appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-07T11:45:34-05:00